Released by RareReactor.tk

1

FOREWARD
In my career as a professional intelligence officer, I had
many occasions to access highly classified documents, but duringservice as a political science officer in the field in Angola, West
Africa, I had the opportunity to view a series of top secretclassified documents which were unusually explicit. What I saw
filled me with anger and resentment and launched me on a course
from which I have not deviated, namely to uncover what power itis that controls and manages the British and United States
governments.
I was thoroughly familiar with all of the well known secretsocieties such as the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA),
the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergers,
Trilaterals, the Zionists, Freemasonry, Bolshevism-Rosicrucianism
and all of the spinoffs of these secret societies. As an intelligence
officer, and even before that as a young student in the course of
my studies at the British Museum in London, I had cut my eye
teeth on all of them, plus a good number of others with whom I
imagined Americans were familiar.
But when I came to the United States in 1969, I found thatnames like the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Club of Rome theGerman Marshall Fund, the Cini Foundation, the Round Table, theFabianists, the Venetian Black Nobility, the Mont Pelerin Society,Hellfire Clubs, and many others were at best totally unknown here,or else their true functions were at best but poorly understood, if
at all.
In 1969-1970 set about remedying the situation in a seriesof monographs and cassette tapes. Much to my surprise I soon
found plenty of people willing to quote these names as if they had
known of them all of their writing careers, but who were not in theleast bit knowledgeable about the subjects, yet quite unwilling tostate the source of their lately acquired information. I consoled
myself with the thought that imitation is the sincerest form of
flattery.
I pursued my investigations, pressing on in the face ofsevere risks, attacks on myself and my wife, financial losses,

2

continual harassment, threats and calumny, all part of a carefullycrafted and orchestrated program to discredit me, run bygovernment agents and informers, embedded in the so-called
Christian rightwing, the "Identity Movement" and rightwing"patriotic" groups. These agents operated, and still operate, undercover of strong and fearless outspoken opposition to Judaism theirmain enemy, they would have us believe. These agent-informers
are led and controlled by a group of homosexuals who are wellliked and well-respected by political and religious conservatives all
across the United States.
Their program of calumny, lies and hatred, disinformation
about my work, even lately attributing it to other writers,
continues unabated but it has not had the desired effect. I shallcarry on with my task until I have finally ripped off the mask of theentire secret upper-level parallel government that runs Britain andthe U.S. This book is a part of that ongoing effort.
Dr. John Coleman, November 1991

3

TABLE OF CONTENTSFORWARDAN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIESINSTITUTIONS THROUGH WHICHCONTROL IS EXERCISEDPAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS/ORGANIZATIONSAND THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE
COMMITTEE OF 300
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPSBANKSLEGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND LAWYERSACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORSTAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATESBIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES4AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES
Certainly a fair number of us are aware that the people
running our government are not the people who are really incontrol of political and economic matters, domestic and foreign.
This has led many to seek the truth in the alternative press, thosenewsletter writers who, like me, have sought, but not always
found what it is that is making the United States terminally ill.
"Seek and ye shall find" has not always been the case with thisgroup. What we did find was that the people walk in great
darkness, mostly not caring or bothering to find out where theircountry is headed, firm in the belief that it will always be there forthem. This is the way the largest population group has been
manipulated to react, and their attitude plays right into the handsof the secret government.
We frequently hear about "they " doing this, that or theother. "They" seem literally to be able to get away with murder.
"They" increase taxes, send our sons and daughters to die in wars
that do not benefit our country. "They" seem above our reach, outof sight, frustratingly nebulous when it comes to taking action
against "them." No one seems able to clearly identify who "they"are. It is a situation that has pertained for decades. During thecourse of this book, we shall identify the mysterious "they" andthen, after that, it is up to the people to remedy their situation.
On 30th April 1981, I wrote a monograph disclosing theexistence of the Club of Rome identifying it as a Committee of
3OO subversive body. This was the first mention of both of theseorganizations in the United States. I warned readers not to befooled by the feeling that the article was far-fetched and I drew aparallel between my article and the warning issued by theBavarian government when the secret plans of the Illuminati fell
into its hands. We shall return to the Club of Rome and the role of
the Committee of 300 in U.S. affairs later herein.
Many of the predictions made in that 1981 article havesince come to pass, such as the unknown Felipe Gonzalez
becoming prime minister of Spain, and Mitterand being returned to
power in France; the downfall of Giscard D' Estang and Helmut
Schmidt, the return to power of Swedish nobleman and Committee

5of 300 member Olaf Palme, the nullifying of Reagan's presidency
and the destruction of our steel, auto and housing industries interms of the post-industrial zero-growth order handed down by
the Committee of 300.
The importance of Palme lies in the use made of him by theClub of Rome to deliver technology to the Soviet Union on theforbidden list of the U.S. Customs, and Palme's world-widecommunications network employed to train the spotlight on thephony Iran hostage crisis, while he shuttled back and forth
between Washington and Teheran in an effort to undermine thesovereign integrity of the U.S. and place the phony crisis in therealm of a Committee of 300 institution, viz, the World Court at
The Hague, Holland.
In what is in fact an open conspiracy against God and man,
which includes enslaving the majority of humans left on this earth
after wars, plagues and mass-murder have done with them is notwell hidden. In the intelligence community, it is taught that thebest way to hide something is to place it in open view. As an
example of the foregoing, when Germany wanted to hide its prize
new Messerschmidt fighter plane in 1938, the aircraft was put on
display at the Paris Air Show. While secret agents and spies werecollecting information from hollow tree trunks and from behindloose bricks in a wall, the information they sought was staring
them right in the face.
The upper-level parallel secret government does notoperate from dank basements and secret underground chambers.
It places itself in full view in the White House, Congress and in
Number 10 Downing Street and the Houses of Parliament. It isakin to those weird and supposedly terrifying "monster" films,
where the monster appears with distorted features, long hair andeven longer teeth, growling and slavering all over the place. This is
distraction, the REAL MONSTERS wear business suits and drive towork on Capitol Hill in limousines.
These men are IN OPEN VIEW. These men are the servantsof the One World Government-New World Order. Like the rapist
who stops to offer his victim a friendly ride, he does not LOOK likethe monster he is. If he did, his intended victim would run off

6screaming in fright. The same applies to government at all levels.
President Bush does not LOOK like a dutiful servant of the upperlevel parallel government, but make no mistake about it, he is as
much a MONSTER as are those horrors found in horror-movies.
Stop for a moment and consider how President Bushordered the brutal slaying of 150,000 Iraqi troops, in a convoy ofmilitary vehicles carrying white flags, on their way back to Iraq
under Geneva Convention rules of agreed disengagement andwithdrawal. Imagine the horror of the Iraqi troops when, in spiteof waving their white flags, they were mowed down by American
aircraft. In another part of the front, 12,000 Iraqi soldiers wereburied alive in trenches they occupied. Is that not MONSTROUS in
the truest sense of the word? From where did President Bush get
his orders to act in this MONSTROUS fashion? He got them fromthe Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) who received its
mandate from the Committee of 300, also known as the"Olympians."
As we shall see, even the "Olympians" do not hide theirfaces. Often times they put on a show which could be likened to
the Paris Air Show, even as conspiracy buffs spend their time infruitless searching in the wrong places and in the wrong direction.
Note how the Queen, Elizabeth II, performs the ceremonial
opening of the British Parliament? There, in full view is the head of
the Committee of 300. Have you ever witnessed the swearing-in
ceremony of a United States President? There in full view isanother member of the Committee of 300. The problem is only
one of perception.
Who are the conspirators who serve the mighty allpowerful Committee of 300? The better-informed of our citizens
are aware that there is a conspiracy and that the conspiracy goes
under various names such as the Illuminati, Freemasonry, theRound Table, the Milner Group. To them the CFR and the
Trilaterals represent most of what they do not like in regard todomestic and foreign policy. Some even know that the Round
Table has a big input into United States affairs through the British
ambassador in Washington. The problem is that real hard
information on the treasonous activities of members of theinvisible Government is very hard to come by.

7

I quote the profound statement made by the prophet
Hosea, which is found in the Christian Bible: "My people perish forlack of knowledge." Some may already have heard my expose of
the foreign aid scandal, in which work I named several
conspiratorial organizations, whose number is legion. Their final
objective was the overthrow of the U.S. Constitution and themerging of this country, chosen by God as HIS country, with agodless One World-New World Order Government which will return
the world to conditions far worse than existed in the Dark Ages.
Let us talk about actual case histories, the attempt tocommunize and deindustrialize Italy. The Committee of 300 longago decreed that there shall be a smaller—much smaller—and
better world, that is, their idea of what constitutes a better world.
the myriads of useless eaters consuming scarce natural resourceswere to be culled. Industrial progress supports population growth.
Therefore the command to multiply and subdue the earth found in
Genesis had to be subverted.
This called for an attack upon Christianity; the slow but
sure disintegration of industrial nation states; the destruction of
hundreds of millions of people, referred to by the Committee of
300 as "surplus population," and the removal of any leader who
dared to stand in the way of the Committee's global planning toreach the foregoing objectives.
Two of the Committee's earliest targets were Italy andPakistan. The late Aldo Moro, Prime Minister of Italy, was one
leader who opposed "zero growth" and population reductions
planned for his country, thereby incurring the wrath of the Club ofRome commissioned by the "Olympians" to carry out its policies inthis regard. In a Rome courtroom on November 1Oth, 1982, aclose friend of Moro's testified that the former prime minister was
threatened by an agent of the Royal Institute for International
Affairs (RIIA) who is also a Committee of 300 member while hewas still the U.S. Secretary of State. The meteoric rise of the man
the witness named as Kissinger will be dealt with later.
It will be recalled that Prime Minister Moro was kidnaped by
the Red Brigades in 1978 and subsequently brutally shot to death.

8

It was at the trial of members of the Red Brigades that several ofthem testified to the fact that they knew of high-level U.S.
involvement in the plot to kill Moro. When threatening Moro,
Kissinger was obviously not carrying out U.S. foreign policy, butrather acting according to instructions received from the Club ofRome, the foreign-policy arm of the Committee of 3OO.
The witness who delivered the bombshell in open court wasa close associate of Moro's, Gorrado Guerzoni. His explosive
testimony was broadcast over Italian television and radio on
November lOth, 1982, and printed in several Italian newspapers
yet this vital information was suppressed in the U.S. Those famous
bastions of freedom with a compelling right to know, theWashington Post and the New York Times, did not think it
important to even print a single line of Guerzoni's testimony.
Nor was the news carried by any of the wire services or
television stations. The fact that Italy's Aldo Moro had been aleading politician for decades, and who was kidnaped in broad
daylight in the spring of 1978, all of his bodyguards butchered incold blood, was not deemed newsworthy, even though Kissinger
stood accused as an accomplice to these crimes? Or was thesilence BECAUSE of Kissinger's involvement?
In my 1982 expose of this heinous crime, I demonstrated
that Aldo Moro, a loyal member of the Christian Democrat Party,
was murdered by assassins controlled by P2 Masonry with theobject of bringing Italy into line with Club of Rome orders todeindustrialize the country and considerably reduce its population.
Moro's plans to stabilize Italy through full employment andindustrial and political peace would have strengthened Catholic
opposition to Communism and made the destabilization of the
Middle East—a prime goal—that much harder.
From the foregoing it becomes clear just how far ahead theconspirators plan. They do not think in terms of a Five Year Plan.
One needs to go back to Weishaupt's statements about the early
Catholic Church to understand what was involved in the murder of
Aldo Moro. Moro's death removed the roadblocks to the plans todestabilize Italy, and as we now know, enabled conspiracy plans
for the Middle East to be carried out in the Gulf War 14 years later.

9

Italy was chosen as a test-target by the Committee of 300.
Italy is important to the conspirators' plans because it is theclosest European country to the Middle East linked to Middle East
economics and politics. It is also the home of the Catholic Church,which Weishaupt ordered destroyed, and home for some ofEurope's most powerful top oligarchical families of the ancientBlack Nobility. Should Italy have been weakened by Moro's death,
it would have had repercussions in the Middle East which would
have weakened U.S. influence in the region. Italy is important foranother reason; it is a gateway for drugs entering Europe from
Iran and Lebanon, and we shall return to that subject in due
course.
Various groups had combined under the name of socialism
to bring about the downfall of several Italian governments since
the Club of Rome was established in 1968. Among these are theBlack Nobility of Venice and Genoa, P2 Masonry and the Red
Brigades, all working for the same goals. Police investigators inRome working on the Red Brigades-Aldo Moro case came acrossthe names of several very prominent Italian families working
closely with this terrorist group. The police also discovered
evidence that in at least a dozen cases, these powerful andprominent families had allowed their homes and/or property to be
used as safe houses for Red Brigades cells.
America's "nobility" were doing their share to destroy the
Republic of Italy, a notable contribution having come from Richard
Gardner even while in his official capacity as President Carter's
ambassador to Rome. At that time Gardner was operating under
the direct control of Bettino Craxi, an important member of theClub of Rome and a key man in NATO. Craxi was the leading edgeof the conspirators' attempts to destroy the Italian Republic. As weshall see, Craxi was almost successful in ruining Italy, and as theconspirators hierarchy's leading player, was able to get divorce
and abortion pushed through the Italian Parliament, resulting in
the most far-reaching and destructive religious and social changes
ever to strike at the Catholic Church, and consequently, the moralsof the Italian nation.

10

After President Ronald Reagan was elected, an important
meeting was held in Washington D.C. in December 1980 under the
auspices of the Club of Rome and the Socialist International. Boththese organizations are directly responsible to the Committee of300. The main agenda was to formulate ways and means of how
to neutralize the Reagan presidency. A group plan was adopted
and, as we look back, it is perfectly clear that the plan theconspirators agreed to follow has been very successful.
In order to get an idea of how vast and how all-pervasive isthis conspiracy, it would be appropriate at this point to name thegoals set by the Committee of 300 for the pending conquest andcontrol of the world. There are at least 40 known "branch offices"of the Committee of 300, and we shall be listing them all, together
with a description of their functions. Once this is studied it
becomes easy to understand how one central conspiratorial body
is able to operate so successfully and why it is that no power on
earth can withstand their onslaught against the very foundationsof a civilized, progressive world, based on freedom of theindividual, especially as it is declared in the United States
Constitution.
Thanks to the sworn testimony of Guerzoni, Italy andEurope but not the U.S. learned that Kissinger was behind thedeath of Aldo Moro. This tragic affair demonstrates the ability of
the Committee of 300 to impose its will upon any government
without exception. Secure in his position as a member of the mostpowerful secret society in the world, and I am not talking about
Freemasonry, Kissinger not only terrified Moro, but carried throughon his threats to "eliminate" Moro if he did not give up his plan tobring economic and industrial progress to Italy.
In June and July of 1982, the wife of Aldo Moro testified inopen court that her husband's murder came about as a result ofserious threats against his life, made by what she called "a highranking United States political figure." Mrs. Eleanora Mororepeated the precise phrase reportedly used by Kissinger in thesworn testimony of Guerzoni: "Either you stop your political line or
you will pay dearly for it." Recalled by the judge, Guerzoni was
asked if he could identify the person Mrs. Moro was talking about.

11

Guerzoni replied that it was indeed Henry Kissinger as he had
previously intimated.
Guerzoni went on to explain to the court that Kissinger had
made his threats in Moro's hotel room during the Italian leaders
official visit to the U.S. Moro—then Prime Minister and Foreign
Minister of Italy, a NATO member-country—was a man of highrank, one who should never have been subjected to Mafia-likepressures and threats. Moro was accompanied on his American
visit by the President of Italy in his official capacity. Kissinger wasthen, and still is, an important agent in the service of the RoyalInstitute for International Affairs, a member of the Club of Romeand the Council on Foreign Relations.
Kissinger's role in destabilizing the United States by meansof three wars, the Middle East, Korea and Vietnam, is well known,
as is his role in the Gulf War, in which the U.S. Army acted as
mercenaries for the Committee of 300 in bringing Kuwait backunder its control and at the same time making an example out of
Iraq so that other small nations would not be tempted to work out
their own destiny.
Kissinger also threatened the late Ali Bhutto, President of
the sovereign nation of Pakistan. Bhutto's "crime" was that hefavored nuclear weapons for his country. As a Moslem state,
Pakistan felt threatened by continued Israeli aggression in the
Middle East. Bhutto was judicially murdered in 1979 by the Council
on Foreign Relations representative in the country General Zia ul
Haq.
In his planned ascent to power, ul Haq encouraged afrenzied mob to set fire to the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad in an
apparent attempt to show the CFR that he was his own man andto secure more foreign aid and, it was later learned, to murderRichard Helms. Several years later, ul Haq paid with his life forintervening in the war raging in Afghanistan. His C-130 Hercules
aircraft was hit by an E.L.F. (electricallow frequency) shot shortly
after it took off, causing the aircraft to loop into the ground.
The Club of Rome, acting on Committee of 300 orders toeliminate General ul Haq, had no compunction in sacrificing the12lives of a number of U.S. servicemen on board the flight, including
a U.S. Army Defense Intelligence Agency group headed by
Brigadier General Herber Wassom. General ul Haq had been
warned by the Turkish Secret Service not to travel by plane, as hewas targeted for a mid-air bombing. With this in mind, ul Haq took
the United States team with him as "an insurance policy," as hecommented to his inner circle advisors.
In my 1989 work "Terror' in the Skies," I gave the following
account of what happened: "Shortly before ul Haq's C-130 took offfrom a Pakistan military base, a suspicious looking truck was seen
close to the hangar that had housed the C-130. The control tower
warned base security, but by the time action was taken, the C-130
was already airborne and the truck had gone. A few minutes later
the plane began looping-the-loop until it hit the ground andexploded in a ball of fire. There is no explanation for such behavior
by the C-130, an aircraft with a marvelously reliable record, and a
joint Pakistani-United States board of enquiry Found no pilot error
or mechanical or structural failure. Looping-the-loop is arecognized trade mark of an aircraft hit by E.L.F. fire.
That the Soviet Union has been able to develop high-peakradio frequency devices is known to the West through the work ofSoviet scientists who work in the Kurchatov Atomic Energy
Institute's Intensive Relatavistic Electron Beam Division. Two of its
specialists were Y. A. Vinograov and A. A. Rukhadze. Bothscientists worked in the Lededev Physics Institute, which
specializes in electronic and X ray lasers.
After receiving this information, I searched for confirmationfrom other sources and found that in England the International
journal of Electronics had published some material which appeared
to confirm the information given to me about the method chosen
to shoot down General ul Haq's C-130. In addition, the information
was confirmed by two of my intelligence sources. I received some
useful information from a Soviet scientific paper on these subjects,
published in England under the title "Soviet Radio Electronics andCommunications Systems." There was no doubt in my mind that
General ul Haq had been murdered. The truck seen near the C130 hanger undoubtedly carried a mobile E.L.F. device of the typethe Soviet Armed Forces are known to possess.

13

According to written testimony by Bhutto, smuggled out of
the country while he was in prison, Kissinger severely threatenedhim: "I will make a horrible example if you continue with yournation-building policies." Bhutto had fallen afoul of Kissinger andthe Club of Rome by calling for a nuclear energy program to bring
Pakistan into a modern industrialized state which, in the eyes of
the Committee of 300, was a direct contravention of its orders
delivered by Kissinger to the Pakistani government. What Kissinger
was doing when he threatened Bhutto was not official U.S. policy,
but the policy of the modern-day Illuminati.
One needs to have a clear understanding of just why it isthat nuclear power is so hated all over the world, and why the
fake "environmentalist" movement, established and financially
supported by the Club of Rome, was called upon to wage war on
nuclear energy. With nuclear energy generating electricity in cheap
and abundant supplies, Third World countries would gradually
become independent of U.S. foreign aid and begin to assert theirsovereignty. Nuclear generated electricity is THE key to bringing
Third World countries out of their backward state, a state which
the Committee of 300 has ordered to remain in position.
Less foreign aid means less control of a country's natural
resources by the I.M.F. It was this idea of developing nations
taking charge of their destiny that was an anathema to the Club ofRome and its ruling Committee of 300. We have seen opposition
to nuclear power in the United States successfully used to blockindustrial development in conformity with the Club's "PostIndustrial Zero-Growth" plans.
Dependence upon U.S. foreign aid actually keeps foreigncountries in servitude to the Council on Foreign Relations. The
people of the recipient countries receive very little of the money as
it usually ends up in the pockets of government leaders who allow
the natural raw material assets of the country to be savagely
stripped by the I.M.F. Mugabe of Zimbabwe, formerly Rhodesia, isa good example of how raw material assets, in this case highgrade chrome ore, is controlled through foreign aid. LONRHO, thegiant conglomerate run by Angus Ogilvie, an important member of
the Committee of 300, on behalf of his cousin, Queen Elizabeth II,

14

now has total control of this valuable resource while the people ofthe country sink ever deeper into poverty and misery,
notwithstanding a hand-out of in excess of $300 million from theUnited States.
LONRHO now has a monopoly of Rhodesian chrome andcharges any price it likes, whereas, under the Smith government
this was not allowed. A reasonable price level was maintained fortwenty-five years prior to the Mugabe regime taking power. While
there were problems during the 14-year rule of Ian Smith, since
his departure unemployment has quadrupled and Zimbabwe is in astate of chaos and de facto bankruptcy. Mugabe received enoughforeign aid from the U.S. (in the region of $300 million per annum)
to enable him to build three hotels on the French Cote d'Azur, Cap
Ferat and Monte Carlo, while his citizens grapple with disease,
unemployment and malnutrition, not to mention an iron-fisted
dictatorship that allows no complaints. Contrast this with the Smith
government which never asked for nor received one red cent in
aid from the United States. Thus it is clear that foreign aid is a
powerful means of exercising control of countries such as
Zimbabwe and indeed all African countries.
It also keeps U.S. citizens in a state of involuntary servitude
and therefore less able to mount meaningful opposition to
government. David Rockefeller knew what he was doing when his
foreign aid bill became law in 1946. It has, since then, become
one of the most hated laws on the statute books following public
exposure of what it is a racket run by government and paid for by
we, the people.
How can the conspirators maintain their grip upon theworld, and more especially, their chokehold over the U.S. andBritain? One of the most asked questions is, "How can any single
entity know at all times what is going on and how is control
exercised?" This book will attempt to answer these and otherquestions. The only way we can come to grips with the reality of
the conspirator's success is by mentioning and discussing thesecret societies, front organizations, government agencies, banks,
insurance companies, international businesses, the petroleum
industry and the hundreds of thousands of entities andfoundations whose leading lights make up the membership of the15Committee of 300—the ULTIMATE controlling body that runs theworld and has done so for at least a hundred years.
Since there already are scores of books on the Council on
Foreign Relations (CFR) and the Trilaterals, we shall go directly to
the Club of Rome and the German Marshall Fund. When I
introduced these organizations to the United States, few, if any,
had heard of them. My first work, "The Club of Rome," publishedin 1983 attracted almost no attention. Many uninitiated people
thought the Club of Rome was something to do with the Catholic
Church and that the German Marshall Fund referred to the Marshal
Plan.
This is precisely why the Committee chose these names, toconfuse and to deflect attention away from what was happening.
Not that the U.S. government didn't know, but as it was part ofthe conspiracy, it helped to keep the lid on information rather thanlet the truth be known. A few years after I published my work, a
few writers saw in it a wealth of hitherto untapped information andbegan writing and talking about it as though they had always had
full knowledge of it.
It came as a revelation to them that the Club of Rome andits financiers under the title of the German Marshall Fund were twohighly-organized conspiratorial bodies operating under cover of theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and that the majority ofClub of Rome executives were drawn from NATO. The Club ofRome formulated all of what NATO claimed as its policies and,through the activities of Committee of 300 member Lord
Carrington, was able to split NATO into two factions, a political(left wing) power group and its former military alliance.
The Club of Rome is still one of the most important foreign
policy arms of the Committee of 300—the other being the
Bilderbergers. It was put together in 1968 from hard-core
members of the original Morgenthau group on the basis of atelephone call made by the late Aurellio Peccei for a new andurgent drive to speed up the plans of the One World
Government—now called the New World Order, although I prefer
the former name. It is certainly a better job-description than the
New World Order, which is somewhat confusing as there have

16

been several "New World Orders" before, but no One World
Government.
Peccei's call was answered by the most subversive "futureplanners" drawn from the United States, France, Sweden, Britain,
Switzerland and Japan that could be mustered. During the period
1968-1972, The Club of Rome became a cohesive entity of newscience scientists, globalists, future planners and internationalistsof every stripe. As one delegate put it, "We became Joseph's Coatof Many Colors." Peccei's book "Human Quality" formed the basisof the doctrine adopted by NATO's political wing.
The following is extracted from Dr. Peccei's book, "Human
Quality":"For the first time since the first millennium wasapproached in Christendom, large masses of people are really insuspense about the impending advent of something unknown
which could change their collective fate entirely.... Man does notknow how to be a truly modern man.... Man invented the story of
the Bad Dragon, but if ever there was a bad dragon, IT IS MAN
HIMSELF.... Here we have the human paradox: man trapped byhis extraordinary capacity and achievements, as in a quicksand—the more he uses his power the more he needs it.
"We must never tire of repeating how foolish it is to equate
the present profound pathological state and maladjustment of theentire human system to any cyclic crisis or passing circumstances.
Since man has opened Pandora's Box of new technologies, he has
suffered uncontrolled human proliferation, the mania for growth,energy crises, actual or potential resource scarcities, degradationof environment, nuclear folly and a host of related afflictions."
This is identical to the program adopted by the much later
fake "environmentalist" movement spawned by the same Club ofRome to blunt and turn back industrial development.
Broadly, the anticipated counter-program of the Club ofRome would cover inventing and disseminating "postindustrialization" ideas in the United States, coupled with the
spread of counterculture movements such as drugs, rock, sex,

17

hedonism, Satanism, witchcraft and "environmentalism." Tavistock
Institute, Stanford Research Institute and the Institute for Social
Relations, in fact the entire wide spectrum of researchorganizations in applied social psychiatry either had delegates on
the board of the Club of Rome, or acted as advisors and played a
guiding role in NATO's attempt to adopt the "Aquarian
Conspiracy."
The name, New World Order, is seen as somethingdeveloped as a consequence of the Gulf War in 1991, whereas the
One World Government is recognized as being centuries old. The
New World Order is not new, it has been around and developing
under one or another guise for a very long time but it is perceived
as a DEVELOPMENT OF THE FUTURE, which is not the case; the
New World Order is PAST AND PRESENT. That is why I said earlier
that the term One World Government is, or ought to be, preferred.
Aurellio Peccei once confided in his close friend Alexander Haig
that he felt like "Adam Weishaupt reincarnated." Peccei had muchof Weishaupt's brilliant ability to organize and control the Illuminati
of today, and it showed through in Peccei's control of NATO andformulating its policies on a global scale.
Peccei headed the Atlantic Institute's Economic Council forthree decades while he was the Chief Executive Officer for
Giovanni Agnellis' Fiat Motor Company. Agnelli, a member of anancient Italian Black Nobility family of the same name, is one of
the most important members of the Committee of 300. He playeda leading role in development projects in the Soviet Union.
The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella organization,a marriage between Anglo-American financiers and the old Black
Nobility families of Europe, particularly the so-called "nobility" of
London, Venice and Genoa. The key to the successful control of
the world is their ability to create and manage savage economic
recessions and eventual depressions. The Committee of 300 looks
to social convulsions on a global scale, followed by depressions, asa softening-up technique for bigger things to come, as its principal
method of creating masses of people all over the world who will
become its "welfare" recipients of the future.

18

The committee appears to base much of its important
decisions affecting mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat,
Felix Dzerzinski, who regarded mankind as being slightly above thelevel of cattle. As a close friend of British intelligence agent Sydney
Reilly (Reilly was actually Dzerzinski's controller during theBolshevik Revolution's formative years), he often confided in Reilly
during his drinking bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course, the beast who
ran the Red Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the twowere on a drinking binge, that "Man is of no importance. Look atwhat happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his deadcompanions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival.
That is all that counts. All the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish."
The Club of Rome has its own private intelligence agency
and also "borrows" from David Rockefeller's INTERPOL. Every U.S.
intelligence agency cooperates very closely with it, as does the
KGB and the Mossad. The only agency that remained beyond its
reach was the East-German intelligence service. the STASSY. The
Club of Rome also has its own highly organized political andeconomic agencies. It was they who told President Reagan toretain the services of Paul Volcker, yet another importantCommittee of 300 member. Volcker stayed on as Federal Reserve
Board chairman, notwithstanding the faithful promise of candidate
Reagan that he would dismiss him as soon as he, Reagan, waselected.
The Club of Rome, after playing a key role in the Cuban
Missile Crisis, attempted to sell its "crisis management" (theforerunner of FEMA) program to President Kennedy. Several
Tavistock scientists went to see the President to explain what it
meant, but the President rejected the advice they gave. The same
year that Kennedy was murdered, Tavistock was back in
Washington to talk with NASA. This time the talks were successful.
Tavistock was given a contract by NASA to evaluate the effect ofits coming space program on American public opinion.
The contract was farmed to the Stanford Research Instituteand the Rand Corporation. Much of the material produced byTavistock, Stanford and Rand never saw the light of day andremains sealed until now. Several Senate oversight committees
and sub-committees I approached to obtain information told me19they had "never heard of it," nor did they have the slightest idea
where I might find what I was seeking. Such is the power andprestige of the Committee of 300.
In 1966 I was advised by my intelligence colleagues toapproach Dr. Anatol Rappaport who had written a treatise in which
the administration was said to be interested. It was a paper
intended to bring an end to NASA's space program, which Rapport
said had outlived its usefulness. Rappaport was quite happy togive me a copy of his paper which, without going into fine detail,basically claimed that NASA's space program should be scrapped.
NASA has too many scientists who were exerting a bad influence
on America because they were always eager to lecture schools anduniversity audiences on how rocketry worked, from construction to
propulsion. Rappaport claimed that this would produce a
generation of adults who would decide to become space scientists,
only to find themselves "redundant" as no one would need theirservices by the year 2000.
No sooner had Rappaport's profiling report on NASA beenpresented to NATO by the Club of Rome, than the Committee of
300 demanded action. NATO-Club of Rome officials charged withurgent anti-NASA action were Harland Cleveland, Joseph Slater,
Claiborne K. Pell, Walter J. Levy, George McGhee, William Watts,
Robert Strausz-Hupe (U.S. ambassador to NATO) and Donald Lesh.
In May 1967 a meeting was organized by the Scientific andTechnological Committee of the North Atlantic Assembly and theForeign Policy Research Institute. It was called "Conference on
Transatlantic Imbalance and Collaboration" and it was held at
Queen Elizabeth's palatial property in Deauville, France.
The basic purpose and intent of the conference at Deauville
was to end U.S. technological and industrial progress. Out of theconference came two books, one of which is mentioned herein,
Brzezinski's "Technotronic Era." The other was written by
conference chairman, Aurellio Peccei, entitled "The Chasm Ahead."
Peccei largely agreed with Brzezinski, but added that there world
be chaos in a future world NOT RULED BY A ONE WORLD
GOVERNMENT. In this regard, Peccei insisted that the Soviet
Union must be offered "a convergence with NATO," such a
convergence ending in an equal partnership in a New World Order20with the United States. Both nations would be responsible for
future "crisis management and global planning." The first Club ofRome's "global planning contract" went to the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology (MIT), one of the premier Committee of
300's research institutes. Jay Forrestor and Dennis Meadows wereplaced in charge of the project.
What was their report all about? It did not differ
fundamentally from what Malthus and Von Hayek preached,namely the old question of not enough natural resources to goaround. The Forrestor-Meadows Report was a complete fraud.
What it did not say was that man's proven inventive genius would
in all likelihood work its way around "shortages." Fusion energy,
the DEADLY enemy of the Committee of 300, could be applied to
CREATING natural resources. A fusion torch could produce fromone square mile of ordinary rock enough aluminum, for example,
to fill our needs for 4 years.
Peccei never tired of preaching against the nation-state an
how destructive they are for the progress of mankind. He called
for "collective responsibility." Nationalism was a cancer on man
was the theme of several important speeches delivered by Peccei.
His close friend Ervin Lazlo produced a work in 1977 in a similarvein which was called "Goals of Mankind," a landmark study for
the Club of Rome. The entire position paper was a vitriolic attackon industrial expansion and urban growth. Throughout these years,
Kissinger, as the designated contact man, kept in close touch with
Moscow on behalf of the RIIA. "Global modeling" papers wereregularly shared with Kissinger's friends in the Kremlin.
With regard to the Third World, the Club of Rome's Harland
Cleveland prepared a report which was the height of cynicism. At
the time, Cleveland was United States Ambassador to NATO.
Essentially, the paper said it would be up to Third World nations to
decide among themselves which populations should be eliminated.
As Peccei later wrote (based on the Cleveland Report): "Damagedby conflicting policies of three major countries and blocs, roughly
patched up here and there, the existing international economicorder is visibly coming apart at the seams....The prospect of thenecessity of the recourse to triage-deciding who must be saved—isa very grim one indeed. But, if lamentably, events should come to21such a pass, the right to make such decisions cannot be left to justa few nations because it would lend themselves to ominous powerover life of the world's hungry."In this is found the committee policy of deliberately
starving African nations to death, as evidenced in the sub-Sahara
nations. This was cynicism at its worst, because the Committee of
300 had already abrogated the decisions of life and death unto
itself, and Peccei knew it. He had previously so indicated in his
book "Limits of Growth." Peccei completely dismissed industrial
and agricultural progress and in its place demanded that the worldcome under one coordinating council, to whit, the Club of Romeand its NATO institutions, in a One World Government.
Natural resources would have to be allocated under the
auspices of global planning. Nation states could either accept Clubof Rome domination or else survive by the law of the jungle andfight to survive. In its first "test case," Meadows and Forrestor
planned the 1973 Arab-Israeli War on behalf of the RIIA to sharply
bring home to the world that natural resources like petroleum
would in the future come under global planners control, meaningof course, under the control of the Committee of 300.
Tavistock Institute called for a consultation with Peccei towhich McGeorge Bundy, Homer Perlmutter and Dr. Alexander King
were invited. From London Peccei traveled to the White House
where he met with the President and his cabinet, Followed by avisit to the State Department where he conferred with theSecretary of State, the State Department's intelligence service andState's Policy Planning Council. Thus, from the very beginning, theUnited States government was fully aware of the Committee of
300's plans for this country. That should answer the often asked
question, "Why would our government allow the Club of Rome tooperate in a subversive manner in the United States?"
Volcker's economic and monetary policies were a reflectionof those of Sir Geoffrey Howe, Chancellor of the exchequer andmember of the Committee of 300. This serves to illustrate how
Britain has controlled the United States, beginning from soon after
the War of 1812, and continues to exercise control over thiscountry through the policies of the Committee of 300.

22

What are the goals of the secret elite group, the inheritorsof Illuminism (Moriah Conquering Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, theCult of Isis, Catharism, Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls
itself the OLYMPIANS (they truly believe they are equal in powerand stature to the legendary gods of Olympus, who have, like
Lucifer their god, set themselves above our true God) absolutely
believe they have been charged with implementing the following
by divine right:(1) A One World Government-New World Order with aunified church and monetary system under their direction. Not
many people are aware that the One World Government begansetting up its "church" in the 1920's/ 1930's, for they realized theneed for a religious belief inherent in mankind to have an outlet
and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the
direction they desired.
(2) The utter destruction of all national identity andnational pride.
(3) The destruction of religion and more especially the
Christian religion, with the one exception, their own creation
mentioned above.
(4) Control of each and every person through means ofmind control and what Brzezinski call "technotronics" which would
create human-like robots and a system of terror beside which Felix
Dzerzinski's Red Terror will look like children at play.
(5) An end to all industrialization and the production of
nuclear generated electric power in what they call "the postindustrial zero-growth society." Exempted are the computer andservice industries. United States industries that remain will be
exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave laboris available. Unemployables in the wake of industrial destruction
will either become opium-heroin and or cocaine addicts, or
become statistics in the elimination process we know today as
Global 2000.
(6) Legalization of drugs and pornography.

23(7) Depopulation of large cities according to the trial run
carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting tonote that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up here in the
United States by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations.
It is also interesting that the Committee is presently seeking toreinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.
(8) Suppression of all scientific development except for
those deemed beneficial by the Committee. Especially targeted isnuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are thefusion experiments presently being scorned and ridiculed by theCommittee and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion
torch would blow the Committee's conception of "limited natural
resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch properly used
could create unlimited untappeed natural resources from the mostordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are legion and would
benefit mankind in a manner which is as yet not even remotelycomprehended by the public.
(9) Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced
countries, and by means of starvation and diseases in Third World
countries, the death of 3 billion people by the year 2000, people
they call "useless eaters." The Committee of 300 commissioned
Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how best to bringabout such genocide. The paper was produced under the title the"Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action
by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government,
and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under theterms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the UnitedStates is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050.
(10) To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and todemoralize workers in the labor class by creating massunemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero
growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, demoralized anddiscouraged workers will resort to alcohol and drugs. The youth ofthe land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs torebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventuallydestroying the family unit. In this regard The Committee of 300
commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how

24this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research toundertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon.
This work later became known as "The Aquarian Conspiracy."(11) To keep people everywhere from deciding their own
destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then"managing" such crises. This will confuse and demoralize thepopulation to the extent where faced with too many choices,
apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the UnitedStates, an agency for crisis management is already in place. It iscalled the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose
existence I first disclosed in 1980. There will be more on FEMA as
we proceed.
(12) To introduce new cults and continue to boost thosealready functioning which includes rock "music" gangsters such as
the filthy, degenerate Mick Jagger's "Rolling Stones" (a gangster
group much favored by European Black Nobility) and all of theTavistockcreated "rock" groups which began with "The Beatles."To continue to build up the cult of Christian fundamentalism begun
by the British East India Company's servant, Darby, which will bemisused to strengthen the Zionist state of Israel throughidentifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's Chosen
People" and by donating very substantial amounts of money towhat they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtheranceof Christianity.
(14) To press for the spread of religious cults such as the
Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and tocarry out experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type of
murders. It is worth noting that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was acreation of British Intelligence Military Intelligence Division 6,
commonly known as M16, as I reported in my 1985 work, "What
Really Happened In Iran."(15) To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world
so as to undermine all existing religions but more especially the
Christian religion. This began with "Jesuit Liberation Theology"
which brought about the downfall of the Somoza family rule in
Nicaragua and which is today destroying EI Salvador, now 25
years into a "civil war," Costa Rica and Honduras. One very active

25

entity engaged in so-called liberation theology is the Communist
oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media
attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in EI
Salvador a few years ago.
The four nuns were Communist subversive agents andtheir activities were widely documented by the government of EISalvador. The United States press and news media refused to give
any space or coverage to the mass of documentation in possessionof the Salvadorian government, documentation which proves what
the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country. Mary Knollis in service in many countries, and played a leading role inbringing Communism to Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South
Africa.
(16) To cause a total collapse of the world's economies andengender total political chaos.
(17) To take control of all Foreign and domestic policies of
the United States.
(18) To give the fullest support to supranational institutions
such as the United Nations (UN), the International Monetary Fund(IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the World
Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions of lesser
effect by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the
mantle of the United Nations.
(19) Penetrate and subvert all governments, and work fromwithin them to destroy the sovereign integrity of nations
represented by them.
(20) Organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and negotiatewith terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will berecalled that it was Bettino Craxi who persuaded the Italian and
U.S. governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers ofPrime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, General
Dozier is under orders not to talk about what happened to him.
Should he break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible
example of" in the manner in which Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro,Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.

26(21) Take control of education in America with the intent andpurpose of utterly and completely destroying it.
Much of these goals, which I first enumerated in 1969,
have since been achieved or are well on their way to being
achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is
the core of their economic policy, which is largely based on theteachings of Malthus, the son of an English country parson who
was pushed to prominence by the British East India Company
upon which the Committee of 300 is modeled.
Malthus maintained that man's progress is tied to theearth's natural ability to support a given number of people, beyond
which point earth's limited resources would rapidly be depleted.
Once these natural resources have been consumed, it will be
impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus observed, it isnecessary to limit populations within the boundaries of decreasing
natural resources. It goes without saying that the elite will notallow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning population of"useless eaters," hence culling must be practiced. As I havepreviously stated, "culling" is going on today, using the methods
mandated in the "Global 2000 Report."
All economic plans of the Committee meet at thecrossroads of Malthus and Frederick Von Hayek, another doom
and gloom economist who is sponsored by the Club of Rome. The
Austrian born Von Hayek has long been under the control of David
Rockefeller, and Von Hayek theories are fairly widely accepted in
the United States. According to Von Hayek, the United States
economic platform must be based on (a) Urban Black Markets (b)Small Hong Kong-type industries utilizing sweat-shop labor (c) The
Tourist Trade, (d) Free Enterprise Zones where speculators canoperate unhindered and where the drug trade can flourish (e) End
of all industrial activity and (f) Close down all nuclear energy
plants.
Von Hayek's ideas dove-tail perfectly with those of the Clubof Rome, which is perhaps why he is so well promoted in rightwingcircles in this country. The mantle of Von Hayek is being passed toa new, younger economist, Jeoffrey Sachs, who was sent to27

Poland to take up where Von Hayek left off. It will he recalled that
the Club of Rome organized the Polish economic crisis which led topolitical destabilization of the country. The exact same economicplanning, if one dare call it that, will be forced upon Russia, but ifwidespread opposition is encountered, the old price-support
system will quickly be restored.
The Committee of 300 ordered the Club of Rome to use
Polish nationalism as a tool to destroy the Catholic Church andpave the way for Russian troops to reoccupy the country. The"Solidarity" movement was a creation of the Committee of 300's
Zbigniew Brzezinski, who chose the name for the "trade union"and selected its office holders and organizers. Solidarity is no"labor" movement, although Gdansk shipyard workers were used
to launch it, but rather, it was a high-profile POLITCAL
organization, created to bring forced changes in preparation for
the advent of the One World Government.
Most of Solidarity's leaders were descendants of Bolshevik
Jews from Odessa and were not noted for hating Communism.
This helps to understand the saturation coverage provided by theAmerican news media. Professor Sachs has taken the process a
step further, ensuring economic slavery for a Poland recently freed
from the domination of the USSR. Poland will now become theeconomic slave of the United States. All that has happened is thatthe master has changed.
Brzezinski is the author of a book that should have beenread by every American interested in the future of this country.
Entitled "The Technotronic Era," it was commissioned by the Clubof Rome. The book is an open announcement of the manner andmethods to be used to control the United States in the future. It
also gave notice of cloning and "robotoids," i.e. people who acted
like people and who seemed to be people, but who were not.
Brzezinski, speaking for the Committee of 300 said the UnitedStates was moving "into an era unlike any of its predecessors; wewere moving toward a technotronic era that could easily become adictatorship." I reported fully on "the Technotronic Era" in 1981
and mentioned it in my newsletters a number of times.

28

Brzezinski went on to say that our society "is now in an
information revolution based on amusement focus, spectator
spectacles (saturation coverage by television of sporting events)
which provide an opiate for an increasingly purposeless mass."Was Brzezinski another seer and a prophet? Could he see into the
future? The answer is NO; what he wrote in his book was simply
copied from the Committee of 300's blueprint given to the Club ofRome for execution. Isn't it true that by 1991 we already have a
purposeless mass of citizens? We could say that 30 million
unemployed and 4 million homeless people are a "purposelessmass," or at least the nucleus of one.
In addition to religion, "the opiate of the masses" which
Lenin and Marx acknowledged was needed, we now have theopiates of mass spectator sport, unbridled sexual lusts, rock music
and a whole new generation of drug addicts. Mindless sex and an
epidemic of drug usage was created to distract people from what
is happening all around them. In "The Technotronic Era" Brzezinski
talks about "the masses" as if people are some inanimate object—which is possibly how we are viewed by the Committee of 300. He
continually refers to the necessity of controlling us "masses."
At one point, he lets the cat out of the bag:
"At the same time the capacity to assert social and politicalcontrol over the individual will vastly increase. It will soon bepossible to assert almost continuous control over every citizen andto maintain up-to-date files, containing even the most personal
details about health and personal behavior of every citizen in
addition to the more customary data.
"These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by theauthorities. Power will gravitate into the hands of those who
control information. Our existing institutions will be supplanted by
pre-crisis management institutions, the task of which will be toidentify in advance likely social crises and to develop programs tocope with them. (This describes the structure of FEMA which camemuch later. )"This will encourage tendencies through the next several
decades toward a TECHNOTRONIC ERA, A DICTATORSHIP,

29

leaving even less room for political procedures as we know them.
Finally, looking ahead to the end of the century, the possibility of
BIOCHEMICAL MIND CONTROL AND GENETIC TINKERING WITH
MAN, INCLUDING BEINGS WHICH WILL FUNCTION LIKE MEN
AND REASON LIKE THEM AS WELL, COULD GIVE RISE TO SOMEDIFFICULT QUESTIONS."
Brzezinski was not writing as a private citizen but as
Carter's National Security Advisor and a leading member of theClub of Rome and a member of the Committee of 300, a memberof the CFR and as a member of the old Polish Black Nobility. His
book explains how America must leave its industrial base behindand enter into what he called "a distinct new historical era.""What makes America unique is its willingness toexperience the future, be it pop-art or LSD. Today, America is thecreative society, the others, consciously or unconsciously, areemulative. What he should have said was that America is theproving ground for Committee of 300 policies which lead directly
to a dissolution of the old order and an entry into the One World
Government-New World Order.
One of the chapters in "The Technotronic Era" explains
how new technology will bring in its wake intense confrontationthat will strain social and international peace. Oddly enough weare already under intense strains through surveillance. Lourdes in
Cuba is one place where this is happening. The other is NATOheadquarters in Brussels, Belgium, where a giant computer
designated "666" can store data of every type mentioned by
Brzezinski, plus possessing an expanded capacity to take in data
for several billions more people than presently exist, if it evercomes to that, but which, in the light of the Global 2000 genocidal
report, will probably never need to be utilized.
Retrieval of data will be simple in the United States where
social security and or driver licence numbers could simply be
added to 666 to provide the surveillance recording announced by
Brzezinski and his Committee of 300 colleagues. The Committee
already in 1981 warned governments, including the government of
the USSR, that there "will be chaos unless the Committee of 300
takes complete control of preparations for the New World Order.

30

CONTROL WILL BE EXERCISED THROUGH OUR COMMITTEE AND
THROUGH GLOBAL PLANNIG AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT." I
reported this factual information a few months after I received it in
1981. Another item I reported back then was that RUSSIA HAD
BEEN INVITED TO JOIN THE PREPARATIONS FOR THE COMlNG
ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT.
When I wrote these things in 1981, the conspirators' global
plans were already in an advanced state of preparedness. Looking
back over the past 10 years, it can be seen just how rapidly theCommittee's plans have advanced. If the information provided in1981 was alarming, then it should be even more alarming today as
we near the final stages of the demise of the United States as weknow it. With unlimited funding, with several hundred think tanks
and 5000 social engineers, the media banking and control of most
governments a reality, we can see that we are tracing a problem
of immense proportions, one that cannot he opposed by any
nation at this time.
As I have so often stated, we have been misled into
believing that the problem I am talking about has its origin in
Moscow We have been brainwashed into believing that
Communism is the greatest danger we Americans are facing. Thisis simply not so. The greatest danger arises from the mass oftraitors in our midst. Our Constitution warns us to be watchful ofthe enemy within our gates. These enemies are the servants of
the Committee of 300 who occupy high positions within ourgovernmental structure. The UNITED STATES is where we MUST
begin our fight to turn back the tide threatening to engulf us, andwhere we must meet, and defeat these internal conspirators.
The Club of Rome also had a direct hand in creating the
25year old war in EI Salvador, as an integral part of the wider plan
drawn up by Elliot Abrams of the U.S. State Department. It was
Committee of 300 member Willy Brandt, leader of the Socialist
International and a former chancellor of West Germany, who paid
for the "final offensive" by the Salvadorian guerrillas which,fortunately, was not successful. EI Salvador was chosen by thecommittee to turn Central America into a zone for a new ThirtyYear War, which task was allocated to Kissinger to carry out under
the innocuous title of "The Andes Plan."31

Just to demonstrate how the conspirators operate across allnational boundaries, the "final offensive" action planned by Willy
Brandt came about as a result of a visit to Felipe Gonzalez, who at
the time was preparing himself for his Club of Rome-ordained roleas Spain's future prime minister. Apart from myself and one or twoof my intelligence colleagues and former colleagues, no one
appeared to have heard of Gonzalez before he surfaced in Cuba.
Gonzalez was the Club of Rome's case officer for EI Salvador, andthe first Socialist to be elevated to political power in Spain since
the death of General Franco.
Gonzalez was on his way to Washington to attend the Clubof Rome Socialist "get Reagan" meeting which took place inDecember 1980. Present at the Gonzalez-Castro meeting was theleft-wing guerrilla, Guillermo Ungo, run by the Institute for Policy
Studies (IPS), the Committee of 300's most notorious Washingtonbased leftwing think tank. Ungo was run by an IPS fellow who diedin a mysterious plane crash while enroute from Washington to
Havana to visit Castro.
As most of us know, both the left and the right of thepolitical spectrum is controlled by the same people, which will help
to explain the fact that Ungo was a life-long friend of the late
Napoleon Duarte, leader of the rightwing in EI Salvador. It wasafter the Cuban meeting that the "final offensive" by theSalvadorian guerrillas was carried out.
The polarizing of South America and the U.S was a special
assignment given to Kissinger by the Committee of 300. The
Malvinas War (also known as the Falklands War) and thesubsequent overthrow of the Argentine government, followed byeconomic chaos and political upheavals, were planned by Kissinger
Associates acting in concert with Lord Carrington, a top-ranking
member of the Committee of 300.
One of the principal Committee of 300 assets in the U.S.,
the Aspen Institute of Colorado, also helped plan events inArgentina even as it did in the case of the fall of the Shah of Iran.
Latin America is important to the United States, not only because
we have so many mutual defense treaties with countries there, but

32also because it has the potential of providing a huge market for
American exports of technology, heavy industrial equipment whichworld have galvanized many of our faltering companies andprovided thousands of new jobs. This was to be prevented all
costs, even if it meant 30 years of war.
Instead of seeing this huge potential in a positive light, theCommittee of 300 saw it as a dangerous threat to its postindustrial
zero-growth U.S. plans and immediately acted to make an
example of Argentina as a warning to other Latin American nations
to forget any ideas they may have had to promote nationalism,
independence and sovereign integrity. This is the reason why somany Latin American countries turned to drugs as their sole meansof support, which may very well have been the intention of theconspirators in the first place.
Americans in general look down on Mexico, which isprecisely the attitude with which the Committee wants the peopleof the United States to regard Mexico. What we need to do ischange our thinking about Mexico and South America in general.
Mexico represents a potentially huge market for all types of U.S.
goods which could mean thousands of jobs for Americans and
Mexicans alike. Transferring our industries "south of the border"
and paying the maquiladores slave wages is not in the interests ofeither country. It benefits nobody but the "Olympians."
Mexico received most of its nuclear power technology from
Argentina, but the Malvinas War put an end to that. The Club ofRome decreed back in 1986 that it would stop exports of nuclear
technology to developing countries. With nuclear power stations
generating abundant cheap electricity, Mexico would have becomethe "Germany of Latin America." Such a state of affairs would havebeen a disaster for the conspirators who have, by 1991, stopped
all exports of nuclear technology except that destined for Israel.
What the Committee of 300 has in mind for Mexico is a
feudal peasantry, a condition that allows for easy management
and looting of Mexican oil. A stable and prosperous Mexico can
only be a plus for the United States. This is what the conspirators
wish to prevent, so they have engaged in decades of innuendo,
slander and direct economic war on Mexico. Before former

33

President Lopes Portillo took office and nationalized the banks
Mexico was losing $200 million a day to capital flight, organizedand orchestrated by the Committee of 300's representatives inbanks and brokerage houses on Wall Street.
If only we in the United States had statesmen and notpoliticians running the country, we could act together and set backthe One World Government-New World Order plans to return
Mexico to a state of helplessness. If we were able to defeat theClub of Rome's plans for Mexico, it would come as a shock to theCommittee of 300, a shock from which they would take a longtime to recover. The inheritors of the Illuminati pose as great athreat to the United States as they do to Mexico. By seeking
common ground with Mexican patriotic movements we in the
United States could forge a formidable force to be reckoned with.
But such action requires leadership, and we are more lacking inleadership than in any other area of endeavor.
The Committee of 300 through its many affiliatedorganizations was able to nullify the Reagan presidency. Here iswhat Stuart Butler of the Heritage Foundation had to say on thesubject "The right thought it had won in 1980 but in fact it havelost." What Butler was referring to was the situation in which the
Right found itself when it realized that every single position ofimportance in the Reagan administration was filled by Fabianist
appointees recommended by the Heritage Foundation. Butler went
on to say that Heritage would use rightwing ideas to impose
leftwing radical principles upon the United States, the same radical
ideas which Sir Peter Vickers Hall, top Fabianist in the U.S. and thenumber one man at Heritage, had been openly discussing during
the election year.
Sir Peter Vickers Hall remained an active Fabianist eventhough he was running a conservative "think tank." As a memberof the British oligarchical Vickers armament manufacturing family,
he had position and power. The Vickers family supplied both sides
in the First World War and again during Hitler's rise to power.
Vickers' official cover was the University of California's Urban andRegional Development Institute. He was a longtime confidant ofBritish Labour leader and Committee of 300 member Anthony
Wedgewood Benn.

34

Both Vickers and Benn are integrated with the Tavistock
Institute for Human Relations, the premiere brainwashinginstitution in the world. Vickers uses his Tavistock training to very
good effect when speech-making. Consider the following example:"There are two Americas. One is the nineteenth century
heavy-industry based society. The other is the growing postindustrial society, in some cases built on the shards of the old
America. It is the crisis between these two worlds which willproduce the economic and social catastrophe of the next decade.
The two worlds are in fundamental opposition, they cannot coexist.
In the end the post industrial world must crush and obliterate theother one." Remember, this speech was made in 1981 and we cansee from the state of our economy and our industries just how
accurate was Sir Peter's prediction. When concerned people ask
me how long the 1991 recession will last, I refer them to Sir
Peter's statements and add my own opinion that it will not end
until 1995/1996, and even then what emerges will not be theAmerica we knew in the 1960's and 1970's. That America has
already been destroyed.
I reported Sir Peter's speech in my newsletter soon after it
was delivered. How prophetic it was, but then it was easy to
predict a future already written for America by the Committee of
300 and its executive Club of Rome. What was Sir Peter saying ina euphemistic manner? Translated into ordinary everyday English,
he was saying that the old American way of life, our true andtrusted republican form of government based upon our
Constitution, was going to be crushed by the New World Order.
America as we knew it was going to have to go, or be crushed topieces.
As I said, Committee of 300 members often makethemselves highly visible. Sir Peter was no exception. To make it
clearly understood where he was coming from, Sir Peter rounded
off his speech by declaring:"I am perfectly happy working with the Heritage
Foundation and groups like that. True Fabians look to the New
Right to push through some of their more radical ideas. For more35

than a decade the British population has been subject to a
constant propaganda barrage of how it was on the industrial skids.
All of this is true, but the net effect of the propaganda was todemoralize the population. (Exactly as intended by the newscience scientist at Tavistock.)"This will happen in the United States as the economy
worsens. This (demoralizing process) is necessary to make people
accept difficult choices. If there is no planning for the future or if
constituencies block progress there will be social chaos on a scale
which is currently hard to imagine. The outlook for urban America
is bleak. There is a possibility of doing something with the innercities, but basically the cities will shrink and the manufacturingbase will decline. This will produce social convulsions."
Was Sir Peter a psychic, a magician of great report or
merely a charlatan fortune teller with a great deal of luck? The
answer is "none of these." All Sir Peter was doing was reading off
the blueprint of the Committee of 300-Club of Rome for slow
death of the United States as a former industrial giant. Looking
back over the ten years of Sir Peter's predictions, can anybody
doubt that the Committee of 300's plans for the demise of anindustrialized United States has become a fait accompli?
Haven't Sir Peter's predictions proved to be remarkably
accurate? Indeed they have, almost down to the last word. It is
worth noting that Sir Peter Vickers (Sir Peter Vickers-Hall's fatherin-law) worked on the Stanford Research paper, "Changing Imagesof Man," from which much of the 3000 pages of material advice
sent to the Reagan Administration was taken. Moreover, as asenior MJ6 British intelligence officer, Sir Peter Vickers was in aposition to give Heritage a great deal of advance information.
As a member of the Committee of 300 and NATO, Sir Peter
Vickers was around when NATO directed the Club of Rome todevelop a social program which would utterly change the directionin which America wanted to go. The Club of Rome, underTavistock direction, ordered Stanford Research Institute (SRI) todevelop such a program, not only for America, but for every nationin the Atlantic Alliance and the OECD nations.

36

It was Sir Peter's protege, Stuart Butler, who gave
President Reagan 3000 pages of "recommendations," which no
doubt contained some opinions expressed by Anthony Wedgewood
Benn, a member of parliament and a ranking member of theCommittee of 300. Benn told members of the Socialist Internaional
who met in Washington on December 8, 1980: "You can thrive
under Volcker's credit collapse if you profile Reagan to intensify
the credit collapse."That Butler's advice was taken and applied to the Reagan
administration can be seen in the collapse of the Savings and loan
and banking industries which accelerated under Reagan economic
policies. While Benn called it "profiling," he really meant that
Reagan should be brainwashed. It is worth noting that Von Hayekwho is a founder member of Heritage-used his student, Milton
Friedman, to preside over the Club of Rome's plans todeindustrialise America using the Reagan presidency to accelerate
the collapse of first the steel industry, and then the auto andhousing industries, for example.
In this regard a French Black Nobility member, Etienne
D'Avignon, as a member of the Committee of 300, was assigned
the task of collapsing the steel industry in this country. It is
doubtful that any of the hundreds of thousands of steel workers
and shipyard workers who have been without jobs for the past
decade have ever heard of D'Avignon. I fully reported theD'Avignon Plan in April 1981 Economic Review. Attending that
fateful December lOth Club of Rome meeting in Washington D.C.
was a mystery man from Iran who turned out to be Bani Sadr, theAyatollah Khomeini's special envoy.
One speech in particular at the December 1Oth, 1980
conclave caught my attention, mainly because it came from
Francois Mitterand, a man the French establishment had discarded
and thought to be washed up. But my intelligence source had
previously told me that Mitterand was in the process of being
picked up, dusted off and returned to power, so what he said
carried a good deal of weight for me:"Industrial capitalist development is the opposite of
freedom We must put an end to it. The economic systems of the37

20th and 21st century will use machines to crush man, first in thedomain of nuclear energy which is already producing formidable
results. Mitterand's return to the Elysee Palace was a great
triumph for socialism. It proved that the Committee of 3OO was
powerful enough to predict happenings and then make themhappen, by force, or by whatever means it took to make its pointthat it could crush any and all opposition even if, as in the case ofMitterand, he had been totally rejected a few short days before bya discerning political power group in Paris.
Another group representative at the December 1980
Washington meetings with "observer status" was John Graham,also known as "Irwin Suall," head of the fact-finding committee ofthe Anti-Defamation League (ADL). The ADL is an outright British
intelligence operation run by all three branches of British
intelligence, that is, M16 and the JIO. Suall's extensive bag of dirty
tricks was garnered from the sewers of the East End of London.
Suall is still a member of the super-secret SIS, an elite James Bond
type of operation. Let nobody underestimate the power of the ADL,
nor its long reach.
Suall works closely with Hall and other Fabianists. He was
singled out as useful to British intelligence while at Ruskir Labour
College at Oxford University in England, the same communist
education center that gave us Milner, Rhodes, Burgess, McLean
and Kim Philby. Oxford and Cambridge Universities have long been
the province of the sons and daughters of the elite, those whoseparents belong to the "upper crust" of British high society. While at
Oxford, Suall joined the Young People's Socialist League, and was
recruited by British intelligence shortly thereafter.
Suall was posted to the United States where he cameunder the protection and sponsorship of one of the most insidiousleftists in the country, Walter Lippmann. Lippmann founded andran the League for Industrial Democracy, and Students for
Democratic Society, both leftist spoiler operations to set industrial
workers at variance with what it called "the Capitalist class" andmanagement. Both of Lippmann's projects were an integral part of
the Committee of 300 apparatus that stretched right acrossAmerica, of which Lippmann was a most important member.

38

Suall has strong connections with the Justice Department
and can secure FBI profiles of any person he targets. The JusticeDepartment has orders to give Suall everything he wants when hewants it. Most of Suall's activities center around "keeping an eye
on rightwing groups and individuals." The ADL has an open door
to the State Department and makes good use of State's impressive
intelligence agency.
The State Department has a layer of agents in the rightwing, posing as "fearless anti-Semitic fighters." There are four
leaders in this group of informers, three of whom are discreet
Jewish homosexuals. This spy group has been in operation for the
past two decades. They publish virulently anti-Jewish"newspapers" and sell a wide variety of anti-Semitic books. One ofthe principal operators works out of Louisiana. A member of thisgroup is a writer who is dearly beloved in Christian rightwingcircles. The group and the individuals who go to make it up areunder the protection of the ADL. Suall was deeply involved in
ABSCAM and is often called upon by law enforcement agencies toassist them in investigations and sting operations.
Suall was assigned to "dog Reagan," in terms of the course
laid out for the newly-elected President by the Heritage
Foundation, and to figuratively fire a few warning shots if Reagan
looked like deviating or taking off his blinders at any time. Suallhelped to get rid of any troublesome rightwing advisor notbeholden to Heritage for his or her job with the Reagan
administration. Such a person was Ray Donovan, Reagan's
Secretary of Labor, who was eventually removed from his post
thanks to the Dirty Tricks department of the ADL. James Baker III,
one of those on the list of 3000 recommendations made by the
Heritage Foundation, was the go-between who carried Suall's
messages of hate about Donovan to the President.
Another important conspirator was Philip Agee, the socalled
CIA "defector." Although not a member of the Committee, he wasnevertheless its case officer for Mexico, and run by the RoyalInstitute for International Affairs (RIIA) and the Council on Foreign
Relations. For the record, nothing that happens in the U.S.
happens without the sanction of the RIIA. It is a continuing andongoing agreement first OPENLY entered into (there were many39such secret agreements before that) by Churchill and Roosevelt in
1938, under the terms of which U.S. intelligence services are
obliged to share intelligence secrets with British intelligence.
This is the basis of the so-called "special relationship"
between the two countries about which Churchill and Lord Halifax
boasted and which "special relationship" was responsible for the
U.S. fighting the Gulf War against Iraq for and on behalf of British
interests, more especially British Petroleum, one of the mostimportant companies in the Committee of 300 in which Queen
Elizabeth's immediate family has a big stake.
No intelligence activity has taken place since 1938 except
through this special joint command structure. Philip Agee joined
the CIA after graduating from Notre Dame where he was inducted
into its Jesuit Freemason ring. Agee first came to my attention in1968 as the intelligence officer behind the riots at the University of
Mexico. One of the most important things about the Mexican
student riots was that they occurred at the same time as student
rioting in New York, Bonn, Prague and West Berlin.
With the coordination expertise and its special intelligence
network of which INTERPOL is an integral part, it is not as difficult
as it might seem at first sight for the Committee to set in motion
carefully timed global actions, whether they be student rioting ordeposing leaders of supposedly sovereign nations. It is all in a
day's work for the "Olympians." From Mexico, Agee moved on toalign himself with Puerto Rican terrorist groups. During this time
he became a trusted confidant of the Cuban dictator, Fidel Castro.
It should not be imagined that while Agee was carrying out
these operations, he was doing so as a "rogue" agent. On thecontrary, he was working for the CIA all during these assignments.
Trouble came when Castro's DGI (Cuban intelligence service) wasable to "turn" him. Agee continued to work in his capacity as amember of the CIA until his double role was uncovered. This
involved the biggest Soviet listening post in the West located at
Lourdes, Cuba. Staffed by 3000 Soviet specialists in signals
monitoring and deciphering, Lourdes has the capability ofmonitoring thousands of electronic signals simultaneously. Many a40

private phone conversation between a member of Congress andhis mistress was picked up at Lourdes and used to telling effect.
Although we are told today in 1991 that "Communism isdead," the United States has done nothing to close down the vast
spy operation which sits on our doorstep. Incidentally Lourdes has
the capability of picking up even the weakest "tempest" signal,
which is the type given off by a fax machine or an electric
typewriter which, when deciphered, will give the contents ofwhatever is being typed or faxed. Lourdes remains dagger in theheart of the United States. There is absolutely no reason for its
continued existence. If the U.S. and USSR are truly at peace witheach other, why the continued need for so massive a spy
operation? The simple truth is that, rather than retrenching
personnel as we are led to believe, the KGB has taken on
additional recruits during 1990 and 1991.
Bernard Levin is probably not a name that is well-known in
the United States. Unlike decadent "pop stars" or Hollywood's
latest miserable "discovery," academics seldom if ever comebefore the public eye. Of the hundreds of academics in the UnitedStates working under the Control of the Club of Rome, Levin is
worthy of special mention, if for no reason other than his role inundermining Iran, the Philippines, South Africa, Nicaragua andSouth Korea. The demise of the Shah of Iran was run to a plan
devised by Bernard Levin and Richard Falk, and supervised byRobert Anderson's Aspen Institute.
Levin was the author of a work entitled "Time Perspectiveand Morale" which is a Club of Rome publication concerning how
to break down the morale of nations and individual leaders. Hereis an extract of the document:"One of the main techniques for breaking morale through astrategy of terror consists in exactly this tactic: keep the person
hazy as to where he stands and just what he may expect. In
addition, if frequent vacillations between severe disciplinary
measures and promise of good treatment together with the
spreading of contradictory news make the structure of thesituation unclear, then the individual may cease to know whether aparticular plan would lead toward or away from his goal. Under41

these conditions, even those individuals who have definite goals
and are ready to take risks are paralyzed by the severe innerconflict in regard to what to do."This Club of Rome blueprint applies to COUNTRIES as wellas to individuals, particularly the government leaders of thosecountries. We in the U.S. need not think that "Oh well, this isAmerica, and those kinds of things just do not happen here." Letme assure you that they ARE happening in the U.S., and perhaps
more so than in any other country.
The Levin-Club of Rome plan is designed to demoralize us
all so that in the end we feel we should follow whatever it is that isplanned for us. We WILL follow Club of Rome orders like sheep.
Any seemingly strong leader who SUDDENLY APPEARS to "rescue"
the nation must be regarded with the utmost suspicion. Rememberthat Khomeini was groomed for years by British intelligence,
especially during his time in Paris, before he suddenly appeared as
the savior of Iran. Boris Yeltsin is from the same M16-SIS stable.
The Club of Rome feels confident that it has carried out it
Committee of 300 mandate to "soften up" the United States. After45 years of waging war on the people of this nation, who will
doubt that it has indeed accomplished its task? Look around andsee how we have been demoralized. Drugs, pornography rock androll "music," free sex, the family unit all but totally undermined,
lesbianism, homosexuality and finally the ghastly murder ofmillions of innocent babies by their own mothers. Has there everbeen a crime so vile as mass abortion?
With the U.S. spiritually, morally bankrupted, with ourindustrial base destroyed throwing 30 million people out of workwith our big cities ghastly cesspools of every imaginable crime witha murder rate almost three times higher than any other country,with 4 million homeless, with corruption in government reachingendemic proportions, who will gainsay that the United States isready to collapse from within, into the waiting arms of the New
Dark Age One World Government?
The Club of Rome has succeeded in splitting the Christianchurches; it has succeeded in building up an army of charismatics

42

fundamentalists and evangelicals who will fight for the Zionist
State of Israel. During the Gulf War of genocide I received scoresof letters asking me how I could oppose "a just Christian war
against Iraq." How could I doubt that Christian fundamentalist
support for the (Committee of 300's) war against Iraq was not
Biblical—after all didn't Billy Graham pray with President Bush justbefore the shooting started? Doesn't the Bible speak of "wars andrumors of wars" ?
These letters give an insight into just how well theTavistock Institute has done its work. The Christian
fundamentalists will be a formidable force behind the state ofIsrael, exactly as planned. How sad that these fine people do notrealize that they have been GROSSLY MISUSED by the Club ofRome and that their opinions and beliefs are NOT THEIR OWN,
but those created for them by the hundreds of Committee of 300"think tanks" that dot the American landscape. In other words, likeany other segment of the United States population, the Christian
fundamentalists and evangelicals have been thoroughly
brainwashed.
We as a nation are ready to accept the demise of theUnited States of America and the American way of life, once theenvy of the entire world. Do not think this has happened on its
own-the old "times are changing" syndrome. Time does notchange anything, PEOPLE do. It is a mistake to think of theCommittee of 300 and the Club of Rome as European institutions.
The Club of Rome exercises great influence and power in the
United States, and has its own chapter based in Washington D.C.
Senator Claiborne Pell is its leader, and one of its members
is Frank M. Potter, a one-time staff director of the House Subcommittee on Energy. It is not difficult to see how the Club ofRome has maintained its grip on U.S. energy policies and where"environmentalist" opposition to nuclear energy is coming from.
Perhaps the Club's greatest success story is its hold over Congressin regard to nuclear energy which has had the effect of preventing
the U.S. from entering the 21st century as a strong industrial
nation. The effect of the anti-nuclear policy of the Club of Romecan be measured in terms of silent blast furnaces. derelict railroad
yards, rusting steel mills, shipyards long since closed down and a

43valuable trained work force scattered across the United States,
which may never again be assembled.
Other Club of Rome members in the U.S. are Walter A.
Hahn of the Congressional Research Service, Ann Cheatham andDouglas Ross, both senior economists. Ross's task, in his own
words, was to "translate Club of Rome perspectives into legislation
to help the country get away from the illusion of plenty. " Ann
Cheatham was the director of an organization called"Congressional Clearing House For The Future."
Her task was to profile members of Congress who would besusceptible to astrology and New Age mumbo-jumbo. At one stage
she had in excess of 100 Congressmen in her classes. Daily
sessions were held in which a variety of astrological "forecasts"
were made based on her "occult perceptions." Besides
Congressmen, other prominent people who attended her sessions
were Michael Walsh, Thornton Bradshaw—A LEADING MEMBER OF
THE COMMITTEE OF 300—and David Sternlight, a senior vicepresident of Allstate Insurance Company.
Some of the more important members of the Committee of
300 are also members of NATO, a fact which we ought toremember. These Committee of 300 members often hold several
offices. Among the NATO-Club of Rome membership are found
Harland Cleveland, a former U.S. ambassador to NATO, Joseph
Slater, a director of the Aspen Institute, Donald Lesh, a former
staffer in the U.S. National Security Agency, George McGhee andClaiborne Pell, to name a few examples.
It is important that we remember these names, make a listof them if you wish, so as to recall who they are and what theystand for when their names come up in television programs andnews services. Following intelligence modus vivendi, leaders of theCommittee often appear on television, usually in the most innocent
of guises. We ought to be aware that nothing they do is innocent.
The Committee of 300 has planted its agents in the muscle
and sinew of the United States, in its government, in Congress, inadvisory posts around the President, as ambassadors and as
Secretaries of State. From time to time the Club of Rome holds

44gatherings and conferences which, although they appear under
innocuous titles, break up into action committees, each of which is
assigned a specific task and a specific target date by which time
their assignments must be completed. If it does nothing else, theCommittee of 300 is working to a very specific time-table.
The first Club of Rome conference in the United States wascalled by the Committee of 300 in 1969 under the title: "The
Association of the Club of Rome." The next meeting was held in1970 under the title "Riverdale Center of Religious Research" andwas directed by Thomas Burney. Then followed the Woodlands
Conference held in Houston, Texas, starting in 1971 Thereafter,
regular conferences have been held at Woodlands every year.
Also in 1971, at a later date, the Mitchell Energy andDevelopment Corporation held its energy strategy meeting for theClub of Rome: The recurring theme: LIMIT THE GROWTH OF THE
U.S.A. Then to crown it all, the First Global Conference on the
Future was held in July of 1980, attended by 4000 social engineers
and members of think tanks, all of whom were menbers of oraffiliated with various institutions operating under Club of Romeumbrella organizations.
The First Global Conference on the Future had the blessingof the White House which held its own conference based on thetranscripts of the First Global Conference forum. It was called the"White House Commission on the 1980's" and OFFICIALLY
recommended the policies of the Club of Rome "as a guide to
future U.S. policies" and even went so far as to say that the UnitedStates economy is moving out of the industrial phase This echoed
the theme of Sir Peter Vickers Hall and Zbibniew Brzezinsky andprovides further proof of the control exercised by the Committeeof 300 over U.S. affairs, both domestic and foreign.
As I said in 1981, we are set up, politically, socially andeconomically so that we remain locked into the Club of Rome'splans. Everything is RIGGED against us. If we are to survive thenwe must break the stranglehold the Committee of 300 has on ourgovernment. In every election since Calvin Coolidge ran for theWhite House, the Committee of 300 has been able to plant its
agents in key positions in government so that it matters not who

45

gets the White House post. For example, every one of thecandidates who ran for the Presidency, from the time of Franklin D.
Roosevelt, were selected, some like to call it "hand picked," by theCouncil on Foreign Relations acting on the instructions of the RIIA.
Especially in the 1980 election, every candidate for thehighest office in the United States was run by the CFR. Therefore
it was of no consequence to the conspirators who won thepresidential race. Through such Trojan Horses as the Heritage
Foundation and the CFR, ALL key policy making positions in the
new administrations were filled by the Council on Foreign Relations
nominees, and before that, since the 1960's, by NATOClub ofRome yes-men, thereby ensuring that key policy decisions bore
the indelible stamp of the Club of Rome and the CFR, acting as theexecutive arms of the Committee of 300.
Both the 1984 and 1988 elections followed thislongestablished pattern. Secretary of State George Schultz was theperfect choice of the Committee of 300 for the office of Secretaryof State. Schultz was always a creature of Henry Kissinger, theruling order-giver for the CFR. Moreover, his position with Bechtel,
a key Committee of 300 company of global dimensions, gave him
access to countries that might otherwise have been suspicious of
his Kissinger connection. The Carter Administration accelerated theprocess of key pro-conspiracy personnel in key positions. Before
Carter was elected, his key campaign strategist, Hamilton Jordan,
said that if Cyrus Vance or Brzezinski received appointments in the
Carter cabinet, he, Jordan, would resign. They did. Jordan did not
resign.
Carter's choice of Paul Volcker (in fact he was told to
appoint Volcker by David Rockefeller) started the collapse of the
U.S. economy according to the plan laid down by the Club ofRome. We are up against powerful forces who are dedicated to
the goal of a One World Government. We have been engaged in adevastatingly crippling war for the past 45 years, only it is not
perceived as such. We are brainwashed, methodically andsystematically, without ever being aware of it. The Tavistock
Institute provided the system for this to take place, and then set
its operations in motion.

46

The only way we can fight back is by exposing theconspirators and their multiplicity of front organizations. We need
men with experience who can formulate strategy to defend our
priceless heritage which, once lost, will never again reappear. We
need to learn the methods the conspirators use; learn them andadopt counter-measures. Only a crash program will stop the rot
which is consuming our nation.
Some may have difficulty in accepting the idea of a global
conspiracy because so many writers have made financial gain fromit. Others doubt that activity on a global scale can be successfully
advanced. They see the huge bureaucracy of our government andthen say, "Well, how are we supposed to believe that private
people can do more than the government does? This overlooks thefact that government is part of the conspiracy. Hard evidence iswhat they want and hard evidence is difficult to come by.
Others say, "So what. What do I care about a conspiracy, I
don't even bother to vote." That is exactly the way the general
population of America was profiled to react. Our people havebecome discouraged and confused, the results of 45 years of
warfare conducted against us. How this is done is explained in
Bernard Lewin's book, but how many people would bother to readan academic's non-fiction book? We are reacting exactly as wewere profiled to act. Demoralized and confused people will be far
more ready to welcome the sudden appearance of a great man
who promises to solve every problem and guarantee a wellorderedsociety in which people are fully employed and domestic strife isminimal. Their dictator, for that is who it will be, will be welcomedwith open arms.
Knowing WHO the enemy is a vital necessity. No one canfight and against an unidentified enemy. This book could be used
as a military field manual. Study its content and memorize allnames. I have mentioned profiling techniques quite frequently inthis chapter. A full explanation of "profiling" is contained in thenext chapter. One of the most profound pieces of information tocome out of the science of profiling is the relative ease in which
this can be accomplished in individuals, party groups, politicalentities and so on right on down the line. Once we wake up as tohow easy this is to do, the conspiracy will no longer be more than

47

we can comprehend. The assassination of President Kennedy andthe attempt on the life of President Reagan become easy tounderstand.

48

INSTITUTlONS THROUGH WHICH CONTROL IS EXERCISEDProfiling is a technique developed in 1922 on command of
the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA). Major John
Rawlings Reese, a British Army technician, was instructed to set up
the largest brainwashing facility in the world at the Tavistock
Institute for Human Relations as a part of Sussex University. This
became the core of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau. When I
first introduced the names of Reese and Tavistock into the UnitedStates in 1970, very little interest was shown. But over the years,
as I revealed more and more about Tavistock and its vital role inthe conspiracy, it has become popular to imitate my earlier
research.
Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau made extensive useof the work done by Reese on his 80,000 British Army guinea pigs,
captive soldiers who underwent many forms of testing. It was
Tavistock-designed methods that got the United States into theSecond World War and which, under the guidance of Dr. Kurt
Lewin, established the OSS, the forerunner of the CIA. Lewin
became the director of the Strategic Bombing Survey, which was aplan for the Royal Air Force to concentrate on bombing German
worker housing while leaving military targets, such as munition
plants, alone. The munition plants on both sides belonged to theinternational bankers who had no wish to see their assets
destroyed.
Later, after the war was over, NATO ordered Sussex
University to establish a very special brainwashing center whichbecame part of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau, only now,
its research was directed toward civilian rather than military
applications. We shall return to that super secret unit which wascalled Science Policy Research Institute (SPRI) under our chapterson drugs.
The idea behind saturation bombing of civilian worker
housing was to break the morale of the German worker. It was notdesigned to affect the war effort against the German militarymachine. Lewin and his team of actuaries reached a target figure,that if 65% of German worker housing was destroyed by nightly
RAF bombing, the morale of the civilian population would collapse.

49

The actual document was prepared by the Prudential Assurance
Company.
The RAF, under the command of "Bomber" Harris, carriedout Lewin's plans, culminating in the terror firestorm bombing ofDresden, in which over 125,000, mainly old men, women andchildren, were killed. The truth of "Bomber" Harris's horror raids
on German civilians was a well kept secret until long after the endof WW II.
Tavistock provided most of the detailed programs that led
to the establishing of the Office of Naval Intelligence, (ONI) the
number one intelligence service in the United States, one which
dwarfs the CIA in size and scope. Contracts worth billions ofdollars were given to Tavistock by the United States Government
and Tavistock's strategic planners provide most of what thePentagon uses for our defense establishment, even today. Hereagain is illustrated the grip the Committee of 300 has on the
United States, and the majority of our institutions. Tavistock runs
over 30 research institutions in the United States, all of which wewill name in our charts at the end of the book.
These Tavistock-U.S. institutions have in many cases growninto gargantuan monsters, penetrating every aspect of ourgovernment agencies and taking command of all policy making.
One of Tavistock's chief wreckers of our way of life was Dr.
Alexander King, a founder member of NATO and a favorite with
the Committee of 300, as well as an outstanding member of theClub of Rome. Dr. King was assigned by the Club of Rome todestroy America's education by taking control of the National
Teachers Association and working in close conjunction with certain
law makers and judges. If it was not generally known how allpervading is the influence of the Committee of 300, this bookshould dispel every vestige of that doubt.
The trial run for the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) a Club of Rome creation came in a test run
against the nuclear power station at Three Mile Island, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania. Termed "an accident" by the hysterical media, thiswas not an accident but a deliberately designed crisis test for
FEMA. An additional benefit was the fear and hysteria created by

50

the news media which had people fleeing the area when in fact
they were never in any danger.
It was considered a success by FEMA and it scored a lot ofpoints for the anti-nuclear forces. TMI became the rallying point
for the so-called "environmentalists," a highly financed andcontrolled group run out of Aspen Institute on behalf of the Clubof Rome. Coverage was provided free of charge by William Paleyof CBS television, a former British intelligence agent.
FEMA is a natural successor to the Strategic Bombing
Survey of WW II. Dr. Kurt Lewin, theoretician for what theTavistock conspirators called crisis management, was deeply
involved in the study. There is an unbroken chain between Lewin
and Tavistock that stretches back for thirty-seven years. Lewin
incorporated the Strategic Bombing Survey into FEMA, with only afew small adjustments proving necessary, one of the changes
being the target, WHICH WAS NO LONGER GERMANY BUT THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Forty-five years after the end of
WW II it is still Tavistock that has its hands on the trigger, and theweapon is pointed at the United States.
The late Margaret Mead conducted an intensive study of
the German and Japanese population, under the aegis of Tavistock,on how they reacted to stress caused by aerial bombardment.
Irving Janus was an associate professor on the project which wassupervised by Dr. John Rawlings Reese, promoted to BrigadierGeneral in the British Army. The test results were given to FEMA.
The Irving Janus report was of great value in formulating FEMA
policies. Janus used it in a book which he later wrote entitled AIR
WAR AND STRESS. The ideas in his book were followed TO THE
LETTER BY FEMA DURING THE THREE MILE ISLAND "CRISIS."
Janus had a really simple idea: Simulate a succession of crises andmanipulate the population following the Lewin terror tactics andthey will do exactly as required.
In carrying out this exercise, Lewin discovered something
new, that social control on a wide scale can be achieved by using
the news media to bring home the horrors of a nuclear war via the
television media. It was discovered that women's magazines werevery effective in dramatizing the terrors of a nuclear war. A trial

51

run conducted by Janus had Betty Bumpers, wife of Senator Dale
Bumpers of Arkansas, "writing" for McCalls magazine on that
subject.
The article appeared in McCalls January 1983 issue.
Actually, Mrs. Bumpers did not write the article, it was created forher by a group of writers at Tavistock whose speciality such
subject matters are. It was a collection of untruths, non-facts,
innuendoes and conjectures based entirely upon false premises.
The Bumpers article was typical of the kind of psychologicalmanipulation at which Tavistock is so very good. Not one of theladies who read McCalls could have failed to be impressed by theterror-horror story of what a nuclear war looks like.
The Committee of 300 has a major bureaucracy at its
disposal made up of hundreds of think tanks and front
organizations that run the whole gamut of private business andgovernment leaders. I will mention as many as I can fit in, startingwith the German Marshall Fund. Its members, and remember they
are also members of NATO and the Club of Rome, consist of David
Rockefeller of Chase Manhattan Bank, Gabriel Hague of theprestigious Manufactures Hanover Trust and Finance Corporation,
Milton Katz of the Ford Foundation, Willy Brandt, leader of Socialist
International, KGB agent and member of the Committee of 300,
Irving Bluestone, chairman of the United Auto Workers Executive
Board, Russell Train, U.S. president of the Club of Rome andPrince Philip's World Wildlife Fund, Elizabeth Midgely, CBSprograms producer, B. R. Gifford, director of the Russell Sage
Foundation, Guido Goldman of the Aspen Institute the late Averill
Harriman, Committee of 300 extraordinary member, Thomas
L. Hughes of the Carnegie Endowment Fund, Dennis
Meadows and Jay Forrestor of MIT "world dynamics."
The Committee of 300, although in existence for over 150
years, did not take on its present form until around 1897. It wasalways given to issuing orders through other fronts, such as theRoyal Institute for International Affairs. When it was decided thata super-body would control European affairs, the RIIA founded theTavistock Institute, which in turn created NATO. For Five years
NATO was financed by the German Marshall Fund. Perhaps themost important member of the Bilderbergers, a foreign policy body52of the Committee, was Joseph Rettinger, said to have been its
founder and organizer, whose annual meetings have delighted
conspiracy hunters for several decades.
Rettinger was a well-trained Jesuit priest and a 33rd
Degree Freemason. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham who issuspected of having murdered her husband in order to get controlof the Washington Post, was another ranking member of the Clubof Rome, as was Paul G. Hoffman of the New York Life Insurance
Company, one of the largest insurance companies in the UnitedStates and a leading Rank company, with ties directly to Queen
Elizabeth of England's immediate family. John J. McCloy, the man
who attempted to wipe post-World War II Germany off the map
and last but not least, James A. Perkins of the Carnegie
Corporation, were also founding members of the Bilderbergers andthe Club of Rome.
What a star-studded cast! Yet strangely enough, few if any
outside of genuine intelligence agencies had ever heard of thisorganization until recent times. The power exercised by theseimportant personages and the corporations, television stations
newspapers, insurance companies and banks they represent
matches the power and prestige of at least two European
countries, and still this is only the tip of The Committee of 300's
enormous cross-gridding and interfaced interests.
Not mentioned in the foregoing line-up is Richard Gardner
who, although an early member of the Committee of 300, wassent to Rome on a special assignment. Gardner married into oneof the oldest Black Nobility families of Venice, thus providing the
Venetian aristocracy a direct line to the White House. The late
Averill Harriman was another of the committee's direct links with
the Kremlin and the White House, a position which Kissinger
inherited after the death of Harriman.
The Club of Rome is indeed a formidable agency of theCommittee of 300. Although ostensibly working on American
affairs, the group overlaps other Committee of 300 agencies andits United States members are often found working with"problems" in Japan and Germany. Some of the front organizations

53

operated by the above committee include the following, although
not limited to them:
LEAGUE OF INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY
Officials: Michael Novak, Jeane Kirkpatrick, Eugene Rostow,
IRWIN SUALL, Lane Kirkland, Albert Schenker.
Purpose: To disrupt and disturb normal labor relations
between workers and employees by brain washing labor unions tomake impossible demands with special attention to steel,automobile and housing industries.
FREEDOM HOUSE
Officials: Leo Churn and Carl Gershman.
Purpose: To spread socialist disinformation among
American blue collar workers, spread dissension and dissatisfaction.
Now that these objectives have been largely realized, Gershmanhas been drafted by Lawrence Eagleburger to CEDC, a newly
created body to stop a united Germany from expanding its trade
into the Danube Basin.
COMMITTEE FOR A DEMOCRATIC MAJORITY
Officials: Ben Wattenburg, Jean Kirkpatrick, Elmo Zumwa
and Midge Dector.
Purpose: To provide a connecting link between the
educated socialist class and minority groups with the intent ofsetting up a solid block of voters who can be counted on to votefor leftwing candidates at election time. It was really a Fabianist
operation from start to finish.
FOREIGN POLICY RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Officials: Robert Strausz Hupe.
Purpose: To undermine and eventually end NASA space
program.
SOCIAL DEMOCRATS U.S.A.

54

Officials: Bayard Rustin, Lane Kirkland, Jay Lovestone, Carl
Gershman, Howard Samuel, Sidney Hook.
Purpose: To spread radical socialism, especially amongminority groups, and forge links between similar organizations insocialist countries. Lovestone was for decades the leading advisor
to U.S. presidents on Soviet affairs and a strong direct link with
Moscow.
INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RELATIONS
Officials: Harland Cleveland, Willis Harmon.
Purpose: Change the way America thinks.
THE CITIZENS LEAGUE
Officials: Barry Commoner.
Purpose: To bring "common cause" legal suits against
various government agencies, especially in the defense industries.
WAR RESISTERS LEAGUE
Officials: Noam Chomsky and David McReynolds.
Purpose: To organize resistance to the Vietnam War amongleftwing groups, students and the Hollywood "in crowd."
THE DEMOCRATIC SOCIALIST ORGANIZING COMMITTEE OF
THE INSTITUTE FOR DEMOCRATIC SOCIALISM
Officials: Frank Zeider, Arthur Redier and David McReynolds.
Purpose: A clearing house for leftwing socialist ideas andactivities in the U.S and Europe.
ANTI-DEFAMATION LEAGUE FACT FINDING DIVISION
Officials: IRWIN SUALL, also known as John Graham.
Purpose: A joint FBI-British intelligence operation designed
to single out rightwing groups and their leaders and put them outof business before they grow too large and too influential.
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MACHINISTS

55

Purpose: A labor oriented front for the Socialist
International and a hot-bed of organized labor unrest polarizing
workers and management.
AMALGAMATED CLOTHING WORKERS
Officials: Murray Findley, IRWIN SUALL and Jacob
Scheinkman.
Purpose: Much the same as the Machinists Union, tosocialize and polarize workers in the garment trade.
A. PHILIP RANDOLPH INSTITUTE
Officials: Bayard Rustin.
Purpose: To provide a means of coordinating organizations
with a common purpose, an example of which would be thespread of socialist ideas among college students and workers.
CAMBRIDGE POLICY STUDIES INSTITUTE
Officials: Gar Apelrovitz.
Purpose: To expand on the work being done at theInstitute for Policy Studies. Founded in February 1969 byinternational socialist, Gar Apelrovitz, former assistant to Senator
Gaylord Nelson. Apelrovitz wrote the controversial book ATOMICDIPLOMACY for the Club of Rome which work was financed by theGerman Marshall Fund. It concentrates on research and action
projects, with a stated goal of fundamentally changing American
society, i.e., to create a Fabianist United States in preparation of
the coming One World Government.
ECONOMIC COMMITTEE OF THE NORTH ATLANTICINSTITUTE
Officials: Dr. Aurellio Peccei.
Purpose: NATO think-tank on global economic issues.
CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF DEMOCRATIC INSTITUTIONS
Officials: Founder Robert Hutchins of the Committee of 300,
Harry Ashmore, Frank Kelly and a large group of "Fellows."

56

Purpose: To spread ideas that will bring on social reformsof the liberal kind with democracy as an ideology. One of its
activities is to draft a new constitution for the U.S. which will bestrongly monarchical and socialistic as found in Denmark.
The Center is an "Olympian" stronghold. Located in Santa
Barbara, it is housed in what is affectionately called "theParthenon." Former Representative John Rarick called it "an outfit
loaded with Communists." By 1973 work on a new United States
Constitution was in its thirty-fifth draft which proposes anamendment guaranteeing "environmental right," the thrust ofwhich is to reduce the industrial base of the U.S. to a mere
whisper of what it was in 1969. In other words, this institution iscarrying out Club of Rome zero-growth post-industrial policies laid
down by the Committee of 300.
Some of its other aims are control of economic cycles,
welfare, regulation of business and national public works, control
of pollution. Speaking on behalf of the Committee of 300, Ashmore
says the function of the CSDI is to find ways and means of making
our political system work more effectively. "We must change
education and we must consider a new U.S Constitution and aConstitution for the world," Ashmore says.
Further goals enunciated by Ashmore are as follows:(1) Membership of the U.N. must be made universal.
(2) The U.N. must be strengthened.
(3) South East Asia must be neutralized. (For neutralized,
read "Communized.")(4) Cold War must be ended.
(5) Racial discrimination must be abolished.
(6) Developing nations must be assisted. (Meaning assisted
to destruct.)(7) No military solutions to problems. (Pity they didn't tellGeorge Bush that before the Gulf War.)(8) National solutions are not adequate.
(9) Coexistence is necessary.
HARVARD PSYCHOLOGICAL CLINIC

57

Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 15 new-sciencescientists.
Purpose: To create a climate where the Committee of 300
can take unlimited power over the U.S.
INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH
Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 20 new-sciencescientists.
Purpose: To devise a whole new set of social programs tosteer America away from industry.
SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH UNIT
Officials: Leland Bradford, Kenneth Dam, Ronald Lippert.
Purpose: A "Future Shocks" research institution at Sussex
University in England and part of the Tavistock network.
SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
Officials: Sheldon Arenberg and a staff of hundreds, too
numerous to mention here.
Purpose: To coordinate all elements of the intelligencecommunities of the U.S.A. and Britain. It analyzes what "players"
have to be assigned the role of a national entity; for example,
Spain would come under a supine watered-down Catholic Church,
the U.N. under the Secretary General and so forth. It developed
the system of "X RAY 2" where think tank personnel, military
installations and law enforcement centers are all linked to thePentagon through a nation-wide network of Teletypes andcomputers: To apply surveillance techniques on a nation-wide
scale. Arenberg says his ideas are non-military, but his techniques
are mainly those he learned from the military. He was responsible
for the New York State Identification and Intelligence System, atypical George Orwell "1984" project, which is completely illegal
under our Constitution. The NYSIIS system is in the process of
being adopted nationwide. It is what Brzezinsk referred to as theability to almost instantaneously retrieve data about any person.
NYSIIS shares data with all law enforcement andgovernment agencies in the state. It provides storage and rapid

58

retrieval of individual records, criminal and social. It is a TYPICAL
Committee of 300 project. There is a crying need for a fullinvestigation to be conducted into just what it is that Systems
Development Corporation is doing, but that is beyond the scope of
this book. One thing is sure, SDC is not there to preserve freedom
and liberty guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. How convenientthat it should be located in Santa Barbara in easy reach of Robert
Hutchins "Parthenon." Some publications put out by these Club ofRome institutions are as follows:"Center Magazine""Counterspy""Coventry""Covert Action Information Bulletin""Dissent""Human Relations""Industrial Research""Inquiry""Mother Jones""One""Progressive""Raconteur""The New Republic""Working Papers for a New Society"
These are by no means all of the publications issued under
the auspices of the Club of Rome. There are many hundreds more,in fact each of the foundations puts out its own publication. Given
the number of foundations run by the Tavistock Institute and theClub of Rome, a partial listing is all we can include here. Some of
the more important foundations and think tanks are in thefollowing list, which includes Army think tanks.
The American public would be astounded if it only knew
how deeply the Army is involved in "new war tactics" research with
Committee of 300 "think tanks." Americans are not aware that in1946 the Club of Rome was ordered by the Committee of 300 tofurther the progress of think tanks which it said offered a newmeans of spreading the Committee's philosophy. The impact ofthese think tanks upon our military, just since 1959 when they
suddenly proliferated, is truly astounding. There is no doubt that59

they will play an even greater role in the daily affairs of this nation
as we come to the close of the 20th century.
THE MONT PELERIN SOCIETYMont Pelerin is an economic foundation devoted to issuing
misleading economic theories and influencing economists in theWestern world to follow models it lays out from time to time. Its
leading practitioners are Von Hayek and Milton Friedman.
THE HOOVER INSTITUTIONFounded originally to fight Communism, the institution has
slowly but surely turned toward Socialism. It has an annual budgetof $2 million, funded by companies under the umbrella of theCommittee of 300. It now concentrates on "peaceful changes" withemphasis on arms control and domestic U.S. problems. It is
Frequently used by the news media as a "conservative"
organization whose views they seek when a conservative
viewpoint is needed. The Hoover Institution is far from that, andfollowing the 1953 take-over of the Institution by a group allied to
the Club of Rome, it has become a One World-New World Order
outlet for "desirable" policies.
HERITAGE FOUNDATIONFounded by brewery magnate Joseph Coors to act as aconservative think tank, Heritage was soon taken over by
Fabianists Sir Peter Vickers Hall, Stuart Butler, Steven Ayzlei,
Robert Moss and Frederich Von Hayek under the direction of theClub of Rome. This institute played a major role in carrying out
British Labour leader Anthony Wedgewood Benn's order to"Thatcherize Reagan." Heritage is certainly not a conservative
operation although at times it may look and sound like one.
HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH OFFICE.
This is an Army research establishment dealing in"psychotechnology." Most of its personnel are Tavistock-trained.
"Psychotechnology" covers GI motivation, morale and music usedby the enemy. In fact a lot of what George Orwell wrote about in60

his book "1984" appears to be remarkably similar to what is taught
at HUMRRO. In 1969, the Committee of 300 took over thisimportant institution and turned it into a private non-profit
organization run under the auspices of the Club of Rome. It is thelargest behavioral research group in the U.S.
One of its specialities is the study of small groups understress and HUMRRO teaches the Army that a soldier is merely an
extension of his equipment and has brought great influence tobear on the "man/weapon" system and its "human quality
control," so widely accepted by the United States Army. HUMRRO
has had a very pronounced effect on how the Army conducts itself.
Its mind-bending techniques are straight out of Tavistock.
HUMRRO'S applied psychology courses are supposed to teachArmy brass how to make the human weapon work. A good
example of this is the manner in which soldiers in the war against
Iraq were willing to disobey their field manual standing orders andbury 12,000 Iraqi soldiers alive.
This type of brainwashing is terribly dangerous because
today, it is applied to the Army, the Army applies it to brutally
destroy thousands of "enemy" soldiers, and tomorrow the Army
could be told that civilian population groups opposed togovernment policies are "the enemy." We are already a mindlessbrainwashed flock of sheep, yet it seems that HUMRRO can takemind bending and mind control a step further. HUMRRO is avaluable adjunct to Tavistock and many of the lessons taught at
HUMRRO were applied in the Gulf War, which makes it a little
easier to understand how it came to be that American soldiersbehaved as ruthless and heartless killers, a far cry from theconcept of the traditional American fighting man.
RESEARCH ANALYSlS CORPORATION.
This is HUMRRO'S sister "1984" organization situated in
McLean, Virginia. Established in 1948, it was taken over by theCommittee of 3OO in 1961 when it became part of the Johns
Hopkins bloc. It has worked on over 600 projects, including
integrating Negroes into the Army, the tactical use of nuclear
weapons, psychological warfare programs and mass population
control.

61

Obviously there are many more major think tanks, and weshall come to most of them in this book. One of the mostimportant areas of cooperation between what think tanks turn out
and what becomes government and public policy are the"pollsters." It is the job of the polling companies to mold andshape public opinion in the way that suits the conspirators. Polls
are constantly being taken by CBS-NBC-ABC, the New York Times,
the Washington Post. Most of these efforts are coordinated at the
National Opinion Research Center where, as much as it will amaze
most of us, a psychological profile was developed for the entire
nation.
Findings are fed into the computers of Gallup Poll andYankelovich, Skelley and White for comparative evaluation. Muchof what we read in our newspapers or see on television has firstbeen cleared by the polling companies. WHAT WE SEE IS WHATTHE POLLSTERS THINK WE SHOULD SEE. This is called "public
opinion making." The whole idea behind this bit of social
conditioning is to find out how responsive the public is to POLICYDIRECTIVES handed down by the Committee of 300. We arecalled "targeted population groups" and what is measured by thepollsters is how much resistance is generated to what appears in
the "Nightly News." Later, we shall learn exactly how thisdeceptive practice got started and who is responsible for it.
It is all part of the elaborate opinion-making processcreated at, Tavistock. Today our people believe they are wellinformed but what they do not realize is that the opinions they
believe are their own were in fact created in the research
institutions and think tanks of America and that none of us arefree to form our own opinions because of the information we areprovided with by the media and the pollsters.
Polling was brought to a fine art just before the UnitedStates entered the Second World War. Americans, unbeknown tothemselves, were conditioned to look upon Germany and Japan as
dangerous enemies who had to be stopped. In a sense, this wastrue, and that makes conditioned thinking all the more dangerous,
because based on the INFORMATlON fed to them, the enemy did
indeed appear to be Germany and Japan. Just recently we saw

62

how well Tavistock's conditioning process works when Americans
were conditioned to perceive Iraq as a threat and Saddam Hussein
as a personal enemy of the United States.
Such a conditioning process is technically described as "themessage reaching the sense organs of persons to be influenced."
One of the most respected of all pollsters is Committee of 300
member Daniel Yankelovich, of the company, Yankelovich, Skelley
and White. Yankelovich is proud to tell his students that polling isa tool to change public opinion, although this is not original,
Yankelovich having drawn his inspiration from David Naisbett's
book "TREND REPORT" which was commissioned by the Club ofRome.
In his book Naisbett describes all of the techniques used bypublic opinion makers to bring about the public opinion desired by
the Committee of 300. Public opinion making is the jewel in thecrown of the OLYMPIANS, for with their thousands of newsciencesocial scientists at their beck and call, and with the news media
firmly in their hands, NEW public opinions on almost any subject
can be created and disseminated around the world in a matter of
two weeks.
This is precisely what happened when their servant George
Bush was ordered to make war on Iraq. Within two weeks, notonly the U.S. but almost the entire world public opinion was turned
against Iraq and its President Saddam Hussein. These media
change artists and news manipulators report directly to the Club ofRome which in turn reports to the Committee of 300 at whose
head sits the Queen of England ruling over a vast network ofclosely-linked corporations who never pay taxes and areanswerable to no one, who fund their research institutions throughfoundations whose joint activities have almost total control over
our daily lives.
Together with their interlocking companies, insurance
business, banks, finance corporations, oil companies, newspapers,
magazines, radio and television, this vast apparatus sits astride theUnited States and the world. There is not a politician in
Washington D.C. who is not, somehow, beholden to it. The Leftrails against it, calling it "imperialism" which indeed it is, but the63left is run by the same people, the very same ones who control theright, so that the left is no more free than we are!
Scientists engaged in the process of conditioning are called"social engineers" or "new-science social scientists" and they play
an integral part in what we see, hear and read. The "old school"social engineers were Kurt K. Lewin, Professor Hadley Cantril,
Margaret Meade, Professor Derwin Cartwright and Professor
Lipssitt who, together with John Rawlings Reese, made up the
backbone of new-science scientists at Tavistock Institute.
During the Second World War, there were over 100
researchers at work under the direction of Kurt Lewin, copying
slavishly the methods adopted by Reinhard Heydrich of the S.S.
The OSS was based on Heydrich's methodology and, as we know,
the OSS was the forerunner of the Central Intelligence Agency.
The point of all this is that the governments of Britain and theUnited States already have the machinery in place to bring us intoline in a New World Order with only a slight modicum of resistancematerializing, and this machinery has been in place since 1946.
Each passing year has added new refinements.
It is this Committee of 300 which has established control
networks and mechanisms far more binding than anything everseen in this world. Chains and ropes are not needed to restrain us.
Our fear of what is to come does that job far more efficiently thanany physical means of restraint. We have been brainwashed togive up our Constitutional right to bear arms; to give up our
Constitution itself; to allow the United Nations to exercise control
over our foreign policies and the IMF to take control of our fiscal
and monetary policies; to permit the President to break UnitedStates law with impunity and to invade a foreign country andkidnap its head-of-state. In short we have been brainwashed tothe extent where we, as a nation, will accept each and every
lawless act carried out by our government almost without question.
I for one know that we will soon have to fight to reclaim
our country from the Committee, or lose it forever. BUT when it
comes right down to it, how many will actually take up arms? In
1776 only 3% of the populace took up arms against King George
III. This time around, 3% will be woefully inadequate. We should

64

not allow ourselves to be led down dead-end roads, for that iswhat our mind controllers have planned for us by confronting uswith such a complexity of issues that we simply succumb to longrange penetration and make no decisions at all on many vital
issues.
We shall be looking at the names of those who make up
the Committee of 300 but, before we do that, we should examine
the massive interfacing of all important institutions, companies andbanks under the Committee's control. We must mark them wellbecause these are the people who are deciding who shall live andwho shall be eliminated as "useless eaters"; where we will worship
God, what we must wear and even what we shall eat. According toBrzezinski, we shall be under endless surveillance around the clockfor 365 days a year ad infinitum.
That we have been betrayed from within is being acceptedby more and more people each year, and that is good, because itis through knowledge, a word translated from the word BELIEF,
that we shall be able to defeat the enemies of all mankind. Whilewe were being distracted by the bogeymen in the Kremlin, theTrojan Horse was moved into position in Washington D.C. The
greatest danger free people face today is not from Moscow butfrom Washington D.C. We need first to conquer the DOMESTICENEMY, and after that we will be strong enough to mount an
offensive to remove Communism from the earth together with allof its attendant "isms."
The Carter Administration accelerated the collapse of oureconomy and our military strength, the latter begun by Club ofRome and Lucis Trust member Robert Strange McNamara. In spiteof his promises, Reagan continued to undermine our industrial
base, starting where Carter left off. While we need to keep our
defenses strong, we cannot do that from a weak industrial basefor, without a well-run military-industrial complex, we cannot havea viable defense system. The Committee of 300 recognizes thisand planned from 1953 its zero-growth post-industrial policies now
in full flower.
Thanks to the Club of Rome our technology potential has
dropped below that of Japan and Germany, nations we are65

supposed to have defeated in the Second World War. How has thiscome about? Because of men like Dr. Alexander King and ourblindfolded state of mind, we have failed to recognize thedestruction of our educational institutions and systems of teaching.
As a result of our blindness, we are no longer training engineers
and scientist in sufficient numbers to keep us among theindustrialized nations of the world. Thanks to Dr. King, a man very
few people in America know about, education in the U.S. is at its
lowest level since 1786. Statistics produced by the Institute forHigher Learning show that the reading and writing capabilities ofhigh school children the United States are LOWER than they wereamong high school children in 1786.
What we face today is not only the loss of our freedom andthe very fabric of our nation, but far worse, the possibility of theloss of our souls. The steady chipping away at the foundation
upon which this republic rests has left an empty void, whichsatanists and cultists are rushing to fill with their synthetic soulmaterial. This truth is difficult to accept and appreciate because
there was nothing SUDDEN about these events. If a sudden shock
were to hit us, a cultural and religious shock, we would be shaken
out of our apathy.
But gradualism—which is what Fabianism is, does nothing
to raise the alarm. Because the vast majority of Americans can see
no MOTIVATION for the things I have described, they cannot
accept it, and so the conspiracy is scorned and often mocked. By
creating chaos through presenting hundreds of daily choices ourpeople have to make, we have come down to a position where,
unless motivation can be clearly shown, all information is rejected.
This is both the weak and the strong link in theconspiratorial chain. Most thrust aside anything that has no motive,
so the conspirators feel safe behind the ridicule poured upon those
who point to the coming crisis in our nation and our individual lives.
However, if we can get enough people to see the truth, themotivation block gets weaker until it will eventually be forced aside
as more and more people become enlightened and the notion that
"this cannot happen in America" is dispensed with.

66

The Committee of 300 is counting on our maladaptive
responses to govern our reaction to created events, and it will not
be disappointed as long as we as a nation continue in the present
way we respond. We must turn responses to created crises into
ADAPTIVE responses by identifying the conspirators and exposing
their plans for us, so that these things become public knowledge.
The Club of Rome has already made THE TRANSITION TO
BARBARISM. Instead of waiting to be "raptured," we must stop
the Committee of 300 before it can accomplish its goal of making
us prisoners of the" New Dark Age" planned for us. It is not up toGod, IT IS UP TO US. We have to take the necessary action.
All information that I provide in this book comes from yearsof research backed up by impeccable intelligence sources. Nothingis exaggerated. It is factual and precise so do not fall into the trap
set by the enemy that this material is "disinformation." For the
past two decades I have provided information which has proved tobe highly accurate and which has explained a lot of puzzling
events. My hope is that through this book, a better, clearer andwider understanding of the conspiratorial forces ranged against
this nation will come about. That hope is being realized as more
and more young people are beginning to ask questions and seek
information about what is REALLY going on.
It is difficult for people to comprehend that theseconspirators are real and that they have the power I and manyothers have attributed to them. Many have written to ask how it isthat our government does nothing about the terrible threat tocivilization? The problem is that our government is PART of the
problem, part of the conspiracy, and nowhere and at no time has
this become more clearly evident than during the Bush Presidency.
Of course President Bush knows precisely what the Committee of
300 is doing to us. HE WORKS FOR THEM. Others have written tosay, "We thought we were fighting the government." Of course weare, but behind government stands a force so powerful and allencompassing that intelligence agencies are even afraid tomention the name "Olympians."
Proof of the Committee of 300 is found in the vast numberof powerful institutions owned and controlled by it. Listed here aresome of the more important ones, all of which come under the

67

MOTHER OF ALL THINK TANKS AND RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS,THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE OF HUMAN RELATIONS with its farflung network of hundreds of "branches." STANFORD RESEARCHCENTER
Stanford Research Center (SRC) was founded in 1946 by
the Tavistock Institute For Human Relations. Stanford was createdto help Robert 0. Anderson and his ARCO oil company, who had
secured for the Committee of 300 the oil rights on the North Slopeof Alaska. Basically, the job was too large for Anderson's Aspen
Institute to handle, so a new center had to be founded and funded.
That new center was Stanford Research Center. Alaska sold its
rights on a downpayment of $900 million, a relatively small
amount for the Committee of 300. The governor of Alaska wassteered to SRI for help and advice. This was no accident but theresult of judicious planning and a process of long-range
conditioning.
Following the governor's call for help, three SRI scientists
set up shop in Alaska where they met with the Alaskan Secretaryof State and the State Planning Office. Francis Greehan, whoheaded the SRI team, assured the Governor that his problem of
how to handle the rich oil find would be safe in the hands of SRI.
Naturally Greehan did not mention the Committee of 300 or theClub of Rome. In less than a month Greehan assembled a team of
economists, petroleum scientists and new-science scientists
numbering in the hundreds. The report SRI gave to the Governor
ran to eighty-eight pages.
The proposal was adopted virtually without change by the
Alaska legislature in 1970. Greehan had indeed done a remarkablejob for the Committee of 300. From this beginning SRI developed
into an institution employing 4000 people with an annual budgetof $160 million plus. Its President, Charles A. Anderson, has seenmuch of this growth during his tenure, as has Professor Willis
Harmon, director of the SRI Center for the Study of Social Policies,
employing hundreds of new-science scientists, many of the top
staffers having been transferred from Tavistock's London base.
One of those was RCA board chairman and former British
intelligence agent, David Sarnoff, who was closely involved with

68

Harmon and his team for twenty-five years. Sarnoff wassomething of a "watchdog" for the mother institute in Sussex.
Stanford claims to make no moral judgments on projects it
accepts, working for Israel and the Arabs, South Africa and Libya
but, as one would imagine, by adopting this attitude it ensures an"inside edge" with foreign governments that the CIA has foundmost useful. In Jim Ridgeway's book, "THE CLOSEDCORPORATION," SRI spokesman Gibson brags about SRI's nondiscriminatory stance. Although not on the Federal Contract
Research Center lists, SRI is today the largest military think tank,dwarfing Hudson and Rand. Among SRl's speciality departments
are chemical and biological warfare experimental centers.
One of Stanford's more dangerous activities is counterinsurgency operations aimed at civilian populations—just the sortof "1984" things government is already using against its own
people. The U.S. government pays SRI millions of dollars eachyear for this kind of highly controversial "research." Following
student protests against chemical warfare experiments conducted
at Stanford, SRI "sold" itself to a private group for just $25 million.
Of course nothing really changed, SRI was still a Tavistock project
and the Committee of 300 still owned it, but the gullible appeared
to be satisfied by this meaningless cosmetic change.
In 1958 a startling new development arose. Advanced
Research Products Agency (ARPA), a contracting agency for the
Defense Department, approached SRI with a top secret proposal.
John Foster at the Pentagon told SRI that what was needed was aprogram to insure the United States against "technologicalsurprise." Foster wanted to perfect a condition where theenvironment became a weapon; special bombs to trigger volcanos
and/or earthquakes, behavioral research on potential enemies andminerals and metals with potential for new weapons. The project
was accepted by SRI and code-named "SHAKY."
The massive electronic brain in SHAKY was capable ofcarrying out many commands, its computers having been
constructed by IBM for SRI. Twenty-eight scientists worked onwhat is called "Human Augmentation." The IBM computer evenhas the capability to solve problems by analogy and recognizes

69

and identifies scientists who work with it. The "special
applications" of this tool can be better imagined than described.
Brzezinski knew what he was talking about when he wrote "THETECHNOTRONIC ERA."
Stanford Research Institute works closely with scores ofcivilian consulting firms, trying to apply military technology todomestic situations. This has not always been a success, but astechniques improve, the prospects for massive all-pervading
surveillance, as described by Brzezinski, daily becomes more real.
IT ALREADY EXISTS AND IS IN USE, EVEN THOUGH SLIGHT
MALFUNCTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME HAVE TO BE IRONED OUT.
One such civilian consulting firm was Schriever McKee Associatesof McLean, Virginia, run by retired General Bernard A. Schriever, aformer chief of the Air Force Systems Command, who developed
the Titan, Thor, Atlas and Minuteman rockets.
Schriever put together a consortium of Lockheed,
Emmerson Electric, Northrop, Control Data, Raytheon and TRW
under the name of URBAN SYSTEMS ASSOCIATES, INC. The
purpose of the consortium? To solve social and psychological"urban problems" by means of military techniques using advanced
electronic systems. It is interesting to note that TRW became thelargest credit information collecting company in the creditreporting business as a result and an outcome of its work with
Urban Systems Associates, Inc.
This should tell us a great deal about just how far thisnation is already under TOTAL SURVEILLANCE, which is the firstrequirement of the Committee of 300. No dictatorship, especially
not one on a global scale, can function without total control overeach and every individual. SRI was well on its way to becoming a
key Committee of 300 research organization.
By the 1980's, 60% of SRl's contracts were devoted to"Futurism" with both military and civilian applications. Its majorclients were the U.S. Department of Defense-Directorate ofDefense Research and Engineering, Office of Aerospace Researchwhich dealt with "Applications of the Behavioral Sciences to
Research Management," Executive Office of the President, Officeof Science and Technology, U.S. Department of Health. On behalf

70of the Department of Health, SRI ran a program called "'Patterns
in ESDEA Title I Reading Achievement Tests." Other clients were
the U.S. Department of Energy, the U.S. Department of Labor, U.S.
Department of Transportation and the National Science Foundation(NSF). Of significance was the paper developed for NSF, entitled"Assessment of Future and International Problems."
Stanford Research, under the tutelage of Tavistock
Institute in London, put together a far reaching and chilling system
it called "Business Intelligence Program." In excess of 600
companies in the U.S. and abroad became subscribers. The
program covered research in Japanese Foreign Business Relations,
Consumer Marketing in a Period of Change, The Mounting
Challenge of International Terrorism, Sensory Evaluation in
Consumer Products, Electronic Funds Transfer System, OptoElectric Sensing, Exploratory Planning Methods, the U.S. Defense
Industry and Capital Availability. Among the TOP Committee of
300 companies who became clients of this program were Bechtel
Corporation (George Schultz was on its board), Hewlett Packard,
TRW, Bank of America, Shell Company, RCA, Blyth, Eastman Dillon,
Saga Foods Corporation, McDonnell Douglas, Crown Zellerbach,Wells Fargo Bank and Kaiser Industries.
But one of the most sinister of all SRI programs with thepossibilities of doing tremendous damage in altering the directionin which the United States will go, socially, morally and religiously,
was Stanford's Charles F. Kettering Foundation's "CHANGINGIMAGES OF MAN" under Stanford official reference "Contract
Number URH (489)-2150 Policy Research Report Number 4/4/74,
Prepared by the SRI Center for the Study of Social Policy, Director
Willis Harmon." This is probably one of the most far-reachinginvestigations into how man might be changed that has ever been
conducted.
The report, covering 319 pages, was written by 14 newscience scientists under the supervision of Tavistock and 23 top
controllers including B. F. Skinner, Margaret Meade, Ervin Lazlo
and Sir Geoffrey Vickers, a high-level British intelligence officer in
M16. It will be recalled that his son-in-law, Sir Peter Vickers Hall,
was a founding member of the so-called conservative "Heritage
Foundation." Much of the 3000 pages of "recommendations" given

71

to the Reagan administration in January 1981 were based uponmaterial taken from Willis Harmon's "CHANGING IMAGES OFMAN."
I was privileged to receive a copy of "THE CHANGINGIMAGES OF MAN" from my intelligence colleagues five days after it
was accepted by the United States government. What I readshocked me, as I realized I was looking at a blueprint for a future
America, unlike anything I had ever seen before. The nation was
to be programmed to change and become so accustomed to suchplanned changes that it would hardly be noticeable when profoundchanges did occur. We have gone downhill so fast since "THEAQUARIAN CONSPIRACY" (the book title of Willis Harmon's
technical paper) was written, that today, divorce draws no stigma,
suicide is at an all time high and raises few eyebrows, social
deviations from the norm and sexual aberrations, once
unmentionable in decent circles, are now commonplace and excite
no special protest.
As a nation we have not noticed how "CHANGING IMAGESOF MANKIND" has radically altered our American way of life
forever. Somehow we were overcome by the "Watergate
Syndrome." For a while we were shocked and dismayed to learn
that Nixon was nothing but a cheap crook who hobnobbed with
Earl Warren's Mafia friends at the beautiful home they built for him
adjoining the Nixon estate. When too many "future shocks" andnews headlines demanded our attention, we lost our way, or
rather, the huge number of choices with which we were and still
are daily confronted, confused us to such a degree that we wereno longer able to make the necessary choices.
Worse yet, having been subjected to a barrage of crimes inhigh places, plus the trauma of the Vietnam War, our nation
seemed no longer to want truths. Such reaction is carefully
explained in Willis Harmon's technical paper, in short, theAmerican nation was reacting exactly as profiled. Worse yet, in notwishing to accept truth, we took matters a step further: We looked
to government to shield us from the truth.
The corrupt stench of the Reagan-Bush Administrations wewanted covered with six feet of earth. The crimes committed

72

under the title of Iran/Contra affair (or scandals), we didn't wantuncovered. We let our President lie to us regarding his where
abouts in the period October 20-23rd, 1980. Yet these crimes far
exceed in quantity and scope anything Nixon did while he was in
office. Do we as a nation recognize it as going downhill with ourbrakes off?
No, we do not. When those whose business it is to bring
the truth to the American people that a private, well-organizedlittle government inside the White House was busy committing one
crime after another, crimes which attacked the very soul of thisnation and the republican institutions upon which it rested, wewere told not to bother the public with such things. "We really
don't want to know about all this speculation," became a standard
response.
When the highest elected official of the land blatantly put
U.N. law above the Constitution of the United States—animpeachible offense, the majority accepted it as "normal." Whenthe highest elected official of the land went to war without aCongressional declaration of war, the fact was censored out by thenews media and, again, we accepted it rather than face the truth.
When the Gulf War, which our President plotted andplanned, began, not only were we happy with censorship of themost blatant kind, we even took it to our hearts, believing that itwas "good tor the war effort." Our President lied, April Glaspie lied,the State Department lied. They said the war was justified because
President Hussein had been warned to leave Kuwait alone. When
Glaspie's cables to the State Department were finally made public,
one United States Senator after another went charging to defend
Glaspie, the harlot. It mattered not that they came from both the
Democrats and the Republicans. We, the people, let them getaway with their vile lies.
In this public attitude of the American people, the wildest
dreams of Willis Harmon and his teams of scientists became a
reality. The Tavistock Institute was elated at its success indestroying the self respect and self esteem of this once great
nation. We are told that we won the Gulf War. What is not yet
perceived by the vast majority of Americans is that, in winning the73war, it cost the self respect and honor of our nation. That lies
rotting in the desert sands of Kuwait and Iraq, alongside thecorpses of the Iraqi soldiers we butchered in the agreed retreat
from Kuwait and Basra—we could not keep our word that wewould abide by the Geneva Conventions and not attack them.
"What do you want," our controllers asked us, "victory or self
respect? You can't have both."
One hundred years ago, this could not have happened, but
now it has happened and excites no comment. We havesuccumbed to the long range penetration warfare waged against
this nation by Tavistock. Like the German nation, defeated by the
Prudential Bombing Survey, enough of us have succumbed tomake this nation the kind that totalitarian regimes of the pastwould have only envisaged in their dreams. "Here," they would say,"is a nation, one of the largest in the world, that doesn't want thetruth. All of our propaganda agencies can be dispensed with. We
don't have to struggle to keep the truth from this nation, they
have willingly rejected it of their own volition. This nation is apushover."Our once proud Republic of the United States of America
became no more than a series of criminal front organizations,which history shows is always the start of totalitarianism. This is
the stage of permanent alteration we are at in America as 1991
drew to a close. We live in a throw-away society, programmed not
to last. We do not even flinch at the 4 million homeless nor the 30
million jobless, nor the 15 million babies murdered thus far. Theyare "throw-aways" of the Age of Aquarius, a conspiracy so
damnable that, when first confronted with it, the majority will
disavow its existence, rationalizing these events as "times havechanged."This is how the Tavistock Institute and Willis Harmon
programmed us to react. Dismantling of our ideals goes on without
protest. The spiritual and intellectual drive of our people has been
destroyed! On May 27th, 1991, President Bush made a very
profound statement, the thrust of which appears to have been
totally misused by most political commentators:

74"The moral dimension of American policy requires us tochart a moral course through a world of lesser evils. That is thereal world, not black and white. Very few moral absolutes."
What else could we expect from a President who is mostprobably the most evil man ever to occupy the White House?
Consider this in the light of his order to the military to bury alive
12,000 Iraqi soldiers. Consider this in the light of his ongoing warof genocide against the Iraqi people. President Bush was delighted
to characterize President Saddam Hussein as the "Hitler of ourtimes." He never bothered to offer a single scrap of proof. It was
not needed. Because President Bush made the statement, we
accepted it without question. Consider this in the bright light oftruth, that he did all of these things in the name of the American
people while secretly taking his orders from the Committee of 300.
But, more than anything else, consider this: President Bush andhis controllers feel so secure that they no longer deem it necessary
to hide their evil control of the American people, or to lie about it.
This is self-evident in the statement that he, as our leader, will
make all manner of compromises with truth, honesty and decency
if his controllers (and ours) deem it necessary. On May 27th, 1991,
the President of the United States abandoned each and every
principle embodied in our Constitution and boldly proclaimed that
he was no longer bound by it. This is a great victory for theTavistock Institute and the Prudential Bombing Survey, whosetarget changed from German worker housing in 1945 to the soulof the American people in a war that began in 1946 and runs
through to 1992.
Increased pressure on this nation for change was appliedby Stanford Research Institute in the early 1960's. SRl's offensive
gathered power and momentum. Switch on your television set andyou will see Stanford's victory in front of your very eyes: talkshows featuring heavy sexual details, special video channels whereperversion, rock and roll and drugs reign supreme. Where once
John Wayne ruled, we now have a made-over apology for a man(or is he?) called Michael Jackson, a parody of a human being who
is held up as a hero, as he gyrates, shuffles, mumbles andscreams his way across television screens in millions of American
homes.

75

A woman who has been through a series of marriages getsnational coverage. One filthy, half-washed drug-ridden decalentrock band after another has hours of air time devoted to its inanesounds and mad gyrations, clothes fashions and languageaberrations. Soap operas showing as near as "dammit" is to
wearing pornographic scenes draw no comment. Whereas in early
1960 this would never have been tolerated, today it is accepted as
normal. We have been subjected and we have succumbed to what
Tavistock Institute calls "future shocks" whose future is NOW and
we are so numbed by one cultural shock after another that toprotest seems like a futile gesture and, therefore, logically wethink, it does no good to protest.
In 1986 the Committee of 300 ordered the pressure turned
up. The U.S. was not going down fast enough. The United States
began the process of "recognizing" the butchers of Cambodia, thecriminal Pol Pot regime, self confessors to the murder of 2 million
Cambodian citizens. In 1991, the wheel turned the full circle. The
United States went to war against a friendly nation that had been
programmed to trust the Washington traitors. We accusedPresident Hussein of the small nation of Iraq of all manner of evil,
NONE OF WHICH WAS EVEN REMOTELY TRUE. We killed andmaimed its children, we left them to starve and to die of allmanner of diseases.
In the same breath we sent the Bush emissaries of theCommittee of 300 to Cambodia to RECOGNIZE THE EVIL MASSMURDERERS OF 2 MILLION CAMBODIANS, who were sacrificed by
the Committee of 300's depopulation of cities experiment, which
the big cities of the United States will experience in the not too
distant future. Now, President Bush and his Committee of 300ridden administration say, in effect, "Look people, what do you
want from me? I told you that I will compromise where I see fit,even when that means sleeping with the Pol Pot murderers. SO
WHAT—KISS MY HIPS."
The level of pressure for change will reach its peak in 1993
and we shall witness scenes such as we would never have thoughtpossible. Punch drunk America will react, but ever so slightly. Not
even the latest threat to our freedom, the personal computer card
disturbs us. Willis Harman's "CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN" would

76

have been too technical for most so the service of Marilyn
Ferguson was obtained to make it more easily understood. "THEAGE OF AQUARIUS" heralded nude stage shows and a song which
made the top of the charts: "The Dawning of the Age of the
Aquarius" swept the globe.
The personal computer card which, when fully distributed,
will deprive us of our familiar environment and, as we shall see,environment means a lot more than the usually accepted meaningof the word. The United States has gone through a period of
intense trauma such as has never been visited on any other nationin the history of the world, and the worst is yet to come.
Everything is going according to what Tavistock ordered
and what the social scientists at Stanford mapped out. Times do
not change; they are made to change. All changes are preplannedand come as the result of careful action. We have been changed
gradually at first, but now the pace of change is picking up. The
United States is being transformed from One Nation Under God toa polyglot of nations under several gods. The U.S. is no longer
One nation under God. The framers of the Constitution have lostthe battle.
Our forebears spoke a common language and believed in acommon religion Christianity, and held common ideals. There were
no aliens in our midst; that came later in a deliberately planned
attempt to break up the United States into a series of fragmented
nationalities, cultures and beliefs. If you doubt this, go down to
the East Side of New York, or the West Side of Los Angeles on any
given Saturday and look around you. The United States has
become several nations struggling to coexist under a common
system of government. When the floodgates of immigration wereopened wide by Franklin D. Roosevelt, a cousin of the head of theCommittee of 300, the cultural shock caused great confusion anddislocation and made "One Nation" an unworkable concept. The
Club of Rome and NATO have exacerbated the situation. "Love thyneighbor" is an ideal that will not work unless your neighbor "is as
yourself."
To the framers of our Constitution, the truths they laid out
For future generations were "self evident"—to themselves Being

77

unsure that future generations would also find the truths to which
they bound this nation self evident, THEY SET ABOUT SPELLlNG
THEM OUT. IT SEEMS THAT THEY WERE AFRAID OF A TIME
THAT MIGHT COME WHEN THE TRUTHS THEY ESPOUSED WOULD
NO LONGER BE SELF-EVIDENT. The Tavistock Institute for Human
Relations has made sure that what the framers feared might cometo pass has indeed come to pass. That time has arrived with Bushand his "no absolutes" and his New World Order under theCommittee of 300.
This is part of the concept of social changes forced upon
Americans which Harmon and the Club of Rome said would makefor severe trauma and a great building up of pressure. The social
upheavals that have taken place since the advent of Tavistock, theClub of Rome and NATO will continue in the U.S. for as long as thelimit of absorption is ignored. Nations are made up of individuals
and, like individuals, there is a limit to their ability to absorb
changes, no matter how robust they may be.
This psychological truth was well proven by the Strategic
Bombing Survey which called for saturation bombing of German
worker housing. As mentioned earlier, the project was the work of
the Prudential Insurance Company and no one doubts today that
Germany suffered its defeat because of this operation. Many of thescientists who worked on that project are working on saturation
bombing of America, or else they have passed on, leaving theirskilled techniques in the hands of others who followed behindthem.
The legacy they left behind them can be found in the factthat we have not so much lost our way as a nation, but that wehave been steered in a direction opposite to that which theframers of the Declaration guided us for over 200 years. We have,in short, lost contact with our historical genes, our faith, which
inspired countless generations of Americans to move forward as anation, benefiting from the patrimony left to us by the framers of
the Declaration of Independence and the United States
Constitution. That we are lost is clear to all who seek the truth, as
unpleasant as it may be.

78With President Bush and his "no absolute morals" guiding
us, we blunder ahead as lost nations and individuals tend to do.
We are collaborating with the Committee of 300 for our own
downfall and our own enslavement. Some sense it—and feel astrong sense of unease. The various conspiracy theories they arefamiliar with do not seem to cover it all. This is because they know
nothing of the Conspirators'Hierarchy, The Committee of 300.
These souls who feel a deep sense of unease and thatsomething is radically wrong, yet cannot put their collective fingers
on the problem, walk in darkness. They look to a future they see
slipping away from them. The American dream has become amirage. They place their faith in religion but take no steps to helpthat faith along by ACTION. Americans will never experience a
retracing of steps such as the Europeans experienced when at theheight of the Dark Ages. By determined ACTlON, they awoke inthemselves a spirit of renewal which resulted in the glorious
Renaissance.
The enemy that has directed them to this point decided tomake a strong move against the United States in 1980, so that
Renaissance of America would be impossible. Who is the enemy?
The enemy is no faceless "they." The enemy is clearly identifiable
as the Committee of 300, the Club of Rome, NATO and all of its
affiliated organizations, the think tanks and research institutions
controlled by Tavistock. There is no need to use "they" or "theenemy" except as shorthand. WE KNOW WHO "THEY," THE
ENEMY, IS. The Committee of 300 with its Eastern Liberal
Establishment "aristocracy," its banks, insurance companies, giant
corporations, foundations, communications networks, presided
over by a HIERARCHY OF CONSPIRATORS—THIS IS THE ENEMY.
This is the power that brought to life the reign of terror in
Russia, the Bolshevik Revolution, World Wars I and II, Korea,
Vietnam, the fall of Rhodesia, South Africa, Nicaragua, and thePhilippines. This is the secret upper-level government that brought
into existence the controlled disintegration of the U.S. economy
and deindustrialized what was once the greatest indusrial power,
for good, that the world had ever known.

79

America today can be compared with a soldier who falls
asleep in the thick of battle. We Americans have fallen asleep,
given way to apathy caused by being confronted with a multplicity
of choices which has confused us. These are the changes thatalter our environment, break down our resistance to change sothat we become dazed, apathetic and eventually fall asleep in the
thick of battle.
There is a technical term for this condition. It is called "longrange penetration strain." The art of subjecting a very large groupof people to continued long range penetration strain wasdeveloped by scientists working out of the Tavistock Institute of
Human Relations and their U. S. subsidiaries, Stanford Researchand Rand Corporation, and at least another 150 research
institutions here in the U.S.
Dr. Kurt Lewin, the scientist who developed this fiendish
warfare, has caused the average American patriot to fret overvarious conspiracy theories, leaving him or her with a feeling of
uncertainty and insecurity, isolated and perhaps even afraid, as hesearches, but fails to understand the decay and rot caused by"THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MANKIND," unable to identify or
combat the social, moral, economic and political changes hedeems undesirable and does not want, yet which increase inintensity on every hand.
Dr. Lewin's name will not be found in any of ourestablishment history books which, in any event, are a record of
events mostly from the side of the ruling class or the victors ofwars. Therefore, it is with pride that I introduce his name to you.
As mentioned before, Dr. Lewin organized the Harvard
Psychological Clinic and the Institute for Social Research under the
auspices of the Tavistock Institute. The names do not give much
indication of the purpose of the two organizations.
This reminds me of the infamous bill to reform coinage andmint laws passed in 1827. The title of the bill was harmlessenough or sounded harmless, which was the intention of its
backers. Through this Act, Senator John Sherman betrayed thenation into the hands of the international bankers. Sherman
allegedly sponsored the bill "without reading it." As we know, the80bill's true purpose was to demonetize silver and give the thievingbankers unlimited power over the credit of our nation; powers towhich the bankers were clearly not entitled under the clear andunmistakable terms of the U.S. Constitution.
Kurt Lewin gave the Tavistock Institute, the Club of Romeand NATO unlimited power over America, to which no organization,
entity or society is entitled. These institutions have used theusurped powers to destroy the will of the nation to resist the plans
and intentions of the conspirators to rob us of the fruits of theAmerican Revolution and steer us on a course leading directly to a
New Dark Ages under a One World Government.
Lewin's colleagues in this long range penetration objective
were Richard Crossman, Eric Trist, H. V. Dicks, Willis Harmon,
Charles Anderson, Garner Lindsay, Richard Price and W. R. Bion.
Again, these names never appear in the evening news; in fact,
they only appear in scientific journals—so very few Americans areaware of them and not at all aware of what the men behind thenames have done and are doing to the United States.
President Jefferson once said he pitied those who thought
they knew what was taking place through reading the newspaper.
Disraeli, the British prime minister, said much the same thing.
Indeed, down through the ages, rulers have delighted in running
things from behind the scenes. Man has always felt the need todominate and nowhere and at no time is the desire more prevalentthan in this modern era.
If it were not so, why all the need for secret societies? If
we are ruled by an open system run by democratically elected
officials, why the need for a secret Masonic order in every village,
town and city across the United States? How is it that
Freemasonry can operate so openly and yet keep its secrets sowell hidden? We can't ask the Nine Unknown Men of the Nine
Sisters Lodge in Paris that question, nor can we ask it of their ninefellows in the Quatuar Coronati Lodge in London. Yet theseeighteen men form part of an even more secret government, the
RIIA, and beyond that, the Committee of 3OO.

81

How is it that the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry could
brainwash John Hinckley to shoot President Reagan? Why do wehave such secret orders as the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem,
the Round Table, the Milner Group and so on down line upon lineof secret societies? They form part of a world-wide chain ofcommand and control running through the Club of Rome, NATO,the RIIA and finally right up to the Conspirators' Hierarchy, The
Committee of 300. Men need these secret societies because theirdeeds are evil and must be hidden. Evil cannot stand in the light oftruth.
In this book we shall find an almost complete list of theconspirators, their institutions, fronts and publications. In 1980 theAquarian Conspiracy was in full swing and its success can be seenin every facet of our private and national life. The overwhelming
rise in mindless violence, serial killers, teenage suicides, theunmistakable signs of lethargy—"long range penetration" is a partof our new environment, as dangerous, if not more so, than thepolluted air that we breathe.
The coming of the Age of Aquarius caught America totally
unprepared. We as a nation were not prepared for the changes
about to be forced upon us. Who ever had heard of Tavistock,
Kurt Lewin, Willis Harmon and John Rawlings Reese? They were
not even on the American political scene. What we would havenoticed, if we bothered to look at all, was a falling off of our ability
to withstand futuristic shock as we became more fatigued,
distressed and eventually entered a period of psychological shock
followed by widespread apathy as an outward manifestation oflong range penetration warfare.
The Age of Aquarius was best described by Tavistock
Institute as the vehicle for delivering turbulence: "There are three
distinct phases in the response and reaction to stress displayed bylarge social groups. First, there is superficiality; the population
under attack will defend itself with slogans; this does not identify
the source of the crisis and therefore does nothing to address it,hence the crisis will persist. The second is fragmentation. Thisoccurs as the crisis continues and social order breaks down. Then,
there is the third phase where the population group goes into 'self
realization' and turns away from the induced crisis and there

82

follows a maladaptive response, accompanied with active synoptic
idealism and disassociation."
Who can deny that with the huge increase in drug usage"crack" making thousands of instant new addicts each day—theshocking rise in the murder of infants each day (aborticide), which
by now far exceeds casualties suffered by our armed forces inboth World Wars, Korea and Vietnam, the open acceptance ofhomosexuality and lesbianism whose "rights" are protected bymore and more laws each year, the terrible plague we call "AIDS"
washing over our towns and cities, total failure of our education
system, the stunning increase in the divorce rate, a murder ratethat shocks the rest of the world into disbelief, satanic serial
killings, the disappearance of thousands of young children,
snatched off our streets by perverts, a virtual tidal wave of
pornography accompanied by "permissiveness" on our televisionscreens—who can deny that this nation is in crisis, which we are
not addressing and from which we are turning away.
Well-meaning people who specialize in these things blame
a lot of the problem on education, or what passes for it in the
United States. Criminals now abound in the age groups 9-15.
Rapists are quite commonly as young as 10. Our social specialists,
our teacher's unions, our churches say it is all due to a faulty
education system. Witness how test scores keep dropping. The
specialists bewail the fact that the United States now ranks around39th in the level of education in the world.
Why do we bemoan what is so obvious? OUR EDUCATlONSYSTEM WAS PROGRAMMED TO SELF-DESTRUCT. THAT WAS
WHAT DR. ALEXANDER KING WAS SENT HERE BY NATO TO
ARRANGE. THAT IS WHAT JUSTICE HUGO BLACK WAS ORDERED
TO ARRANGE. THE FACT IS, THE COMMITTEE OF 300, WITH THE
APPROVAL OF OUR GOVERNMENT, DOES NOT WANT OUR YOUTHTO BE PROPERLY EDUCATED. The education that Freemason
Justice Hugo Black, Alexander King, Gunnar Myrdal and his wife
came to give the children of the United States is that CRIME PAYS,
EXPEDIENCY IS WHAT COUNTS.
They taught our children that United States law isunequally applied, and that is perfectly in order. Our children were83

properly educated by a decade of corrupt examples; Ronald
Reagan and George Bush were ruled by greed and became totally
corrupted by it. Our education system hasn't failed. Under theguidance of King, Black and the Myrdals it is actually a great
success, but it all depends from whose point of view we look at it.
The Committee of 300 is DELIGHTED with our education system,
and will not allow one comma of it to be changed.
According to Stanford and Willis Harmon, the induced
trauma of long range penetration of which our education is a part,has been going on for 45 years, yet how many are aware of theinsidious pressures being applied to our society and the constant
exposure to brainwashing that goes on every day? The mysterious
gang wars that broke out in New York in the 1950's is an exampleof how the conspirators can create and stage-manage any type of
disruptive elements they like. Where those gang wars came from
nobody knew until the 1980's when researchers uncovered thehidden controllers who directed the so-called "social phenomena."
Gang wars were carefully planned at Stanford, deliberately
designed to shock society and cause ripples of disturbances. By
1958 there were in excess of 200 of these gangs. They were madepopular by a musical and a Hollywood movie, "West Side Story."
After making the news for a decade, suddenly, in 1966, they
disappeared off the streets of New York, Los Angeles New York,New Jersey, Philadelphia and Chicago.
Throughout the near decade of gang violence, the public
reacted according to the profiled response Stanford expected;
society as a whole could not comprehend gang warfare and the
public responded in a maladaptive manner. Had there been thosewise enough to recognize in gang wars a Stanford experiment insocial engineering and brainwashing, the conspirator's plot would
have been exposed. Either we did not have trained specialists who
could see what was going on—which is highly unlikely—or elsethey were threatened and remained silent. The cooperation with
Stanford by the news media brought to light a "new age" attackon our environment just as predicted by the social engineers andnew-science scientists at Tavistock.

84

In 1989 gang warfare, as a social conditioning to change,
was reintroduced to the streets of Los Angeles. Within a few shortmonths of the first incidents, gangs began to proliferate-first in thescores, then in the hundreds on the streets of the East Side of Los
Angeles. Crack houses and rampant prostitution proliferated; drug
dealers dominated the streets. Anybody who got in their way wasgunned down. The outcry in the press was loud and long.
Stanford's targeted large population group began defending itself
with slogans. This is what Tavistock called the first phase, with thetargeted group failing to identify the source of the crisis.
The second phase of the gang war crisis was"fragmentation." People not living in the areas frequented bygangs said, "Thank God they are not in our neighborhood." This
ignored the fact that the crisis continued with or without
recognition and that social order in Los Angeles had begun tobreak down. As profiled by Tavistock, those groups not affected bygang war "broke away to defend themselves" because the sourceof the crisis was not identified, the so called "maladaptation"
process the period of disassociation.
Apart from the proliferation of drug sales, what is the
purpose of gang wars? First, it is to show the targeted group thatthey are not safe, i.e., insecurity is generated. Secondly, it is toshow that organized society is helpless in the face of such violence
and thirdly to bring about a recognition of the fact that our social
order is collapsing. The present wave of gang violence will goaway just as quickly as it started, once the three phases of the
Stanford program are completed.
An outstanding example of social conditioning to accept
change, even when it is recognized as unwelcome change by thelarge population group in the sights of Stanford Research Institute,
was the "advent" of the BEATLES. The Beatles were brought to theUnited States as part of a social experiment which would subject
large population groups to brainwashing of which they were noteven aware.
When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States
nobody could have imagined the cultural disaster that was tofollow in their wake. The Beatles were an integral part of "THE85

AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY," a living organism which sprang From
"THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN," URH (489)2150-Policy
Research Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report prepared by SRI Centerfor the study of Social Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon.
The phenomenon of the Beatles was not a spontaneous
rebellion by youth against the old social system. Instead it was acarefully crafted plot to introduce by a conspiratorial body which
could not be identified, a highly destructive and divisive element
into a large population group targeted for change against its will.
New words and new phrases—prepared by Tavistock-wereintroduced to America along with the Beatles. Words such as"rock" in relation to music sounds, "teenager," "cool," "discovered"and "pop music" were a lexicon of disguised code words signifying
the acceptance of drugs and arrived with and accompanied theBeatles wherever they went, to be "discovered" by "teenagers."
Incidentally, the word "teenagers" was never used until just before
the Beatles arrived on the scene, courtesy of the Tavistock
Institute for Human Relations.
As in the case of gang wars, nothing could or would havebeen accomplished without the cooperation of the media,
especially the electronic media and, in particular, the scurrilous Ed
Sullivan who had been coached by the conspirators as to the role
he was to play. Nobody would have paid much attention to themotley crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal system of "music"
that was to follow had it not been for an overabundance of press
exposure. The 12-atonal system consisted of heavy, repetitive
sounds, taken from the music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal
priesthood by Adorno and given a "modern" flavor by this special
friend of the Queen of England and hence the Committee of 300.
Tavistock and its Stanford Research Center created trigger
words which then came into general usage around "rock music"
and its fans. Trigger words created a distinct new break-awaylargely young population group which was persuaded by social
engineering and conditioning to believe that the Beatles reallywere their favorite group. All trigger words devised in the context
of "rock music" were designed for mass control of the newtargeted group, the youth of America.

86

The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be morecorrect to say that Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, theBeatles merely reacting like trained robots "with a little help fromtheir friends"—code words for using drugs and making it "cool."
The Beatles became a highly visible "new type"—more Tavistockjargon—and as such it was not long before the group made newstyles (fads in clothing, hairstyles and language usage) which
upset the older generation, as was intended. This was part of the"fragmentation-maladaptation" process worked out by Willis
Harmon and his team of social scientists and genetic engineering
tinkerers and put into action.
The role of the print and electronic media in our society is
crucial to the success of brainwashing large population groups.
Gang wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as the media withdrew its
coverage. The same thing will happen with the current wave ofgang wars in Los Angeles. Street gangs will wither on the vine
once media saturation coverage is toned down and thencompletely withdrawn. As in 1966, the issue would become"burned out." Street gangs will have served their purpose ofcreating turbulence and insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will
be followed in the case of "rock" music. Deprived of media
attention, it will eventually take its place in history.
Following the Beatles, who incidentally were put together
by the Tavistock Institute, came other "Made in England" rockgroups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo Adorno write their cultlyrics and compose all the "music." I hate to use these beautiful
words in the context of "Beatlemania"; it reminds me of how
wrongly the word "lover" is used when referring to the filthy
interaction between two homosexuals writhing in pigswill. To call"rock" music, is an insult, likewise the language used in "rocklyrics."Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on thesecond phase of the work commissioned by the Committee of 300.
This new phase turned up the heat for social change in America.
As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on the American scene, so
too did the "beat generation," trigger words designed to separate
and fragment society. The media now focused its attention on the"beat generation." Other Tavistock-coined words came seemingly

87

out of nowhere: "beatniks," "hippies," "flower children" became
part of the vocabulary of America. It became popular to "drop out"
and wear dirty jeans, go about with long unwashed hair. The "beatgeneration" cut itself off from mainstream America. They became
just as infamous as the cleaner Beatles before them.
The newly-created group and its "lifestyle" swept millionsof young Americans into the cult. American youth underwent aradical revolution without ever being aware of it, while the older
generation stood by helplessly, unable to identify the source of thecrisis, and thus reacting in a maladaptive manner against its
manifestation, which were drugs of all types, marijuana, and later
Lysergic acid, "LSD," so conveniently provided for them by the
Swiss pharmaceutical company, SANDOZ, following the discovery
by one of its chemists, Albert Hoffman, how to make synthetic
ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The Committee of 300
financed the project through one of their banks, S. C. Warburg,and the drug was carried to America by the philosopher, Aldous
Huxley.
The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed in"sample" size packages, handed out free of charge on college
campuses across the United States and at "rock" concerts, whichbecame the leading vehicle for proliferating the use of drugs. The
question that cries out for an answer is, what was the Drug
Enforcement Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling
circumstantial evidence that would appear to indicate that the DEA
knew what was going on but was ordered not to take any action.
With very substantial numbers of new British "rock" bands
arriving in the U.S., rock concerts began to become a fixture on
the social calender of American youth. In tandem with these"concerts," the use of drugs among the youth rose in proportion.
The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat sounds numbed theminds of listeners so that they were easily persuaded to try the
new drug on the basis that "everybody is doing it." Peer pressure
is a very strong weapon. The "new culture" received maximum
coverage from the jackal media, which cost the conspirators not
one single thin dime.

88Great anger was felt by a number of civic leaders andchurchmen over the new cult but their energies were misdirectedagainst the RESULT of what was going on and not against the
CAUSE. Critics of the rock cult made the same mistakes that had
been made in the prohibition era, they criticized law enforcement
agencies, teachers, parents anybody but the conspirators.
Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward thegreat drug plague, I make no apology for using language which is
not customary for me to use. One of the worst drug slobs ever towalk the streets of America was Alan Ginsberg. This Ginsberg
pushed the use of LSD through advertising which cost him nothing,although under normal circumstances it would have cost millionsof dollars in TV advertising revenues. This free advertising for
drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high in the late 1960's,
thanks to the ever-willing cooperation of the media. The effect ofGinsberg's mass advertising campaign was devastating; theAmerican public was subjected to one cultural future shock after
another in rapid succession.
We became over-exposed and over stimulated and, again,
may I remind you that this is Tavistock jargon, lifted from theTavistock training manual, overwhelmed by its new development
and, when we reached that point, our minds began to lapse into
apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to say, "longrange penetration had taken hold of us." Ginsberg claimed to be apoet but no greater rubbish was ever written by anyone who everaspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg's designated task had little
to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new
subculture and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted
population group.
To assist him in his task, Ginsberg coopted the services ofNorman Mailer, a writer of sorts who had spent some time in amental institution. Mailer was a favorite of the leftwing Hollywood
crowd and so had no problem with getting maximum televisiontime for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have a pretext—noteven he could blatantly come out with the true nature ofGinsberg's television appearances. So a charade was adopted:
Mailer would talk "seriously" on camera with Ginsberg about
poetry and literature.

89This method of getting wide television coverage at no costto themselves was followed by every rock group and concert
promoter who followed the example set by Ginsberg. The
electronic media moguls had big hearts when it came to giving
free time to these dirty verminous creatures and their even dirtierproducts and filthy ideas. Their promotion of horrible garbage
spoke volumes and, without abundant help from the print andelectronic media, the drug trade could not have spread as rapidly
as it did in the late 1960's-early 197O's, and probably would havebeen confined to a few small local areas.
Ginsberg was able to give several nationally televised
performances extolling the virtues of LSD and marijuana, under
the guise of "new ideas" and "new cultures" developing in the art
and music world. Not to be outdone by the electronic media,
Ginsberg's admirers wrote glowing articles about "this colorfulman" in the art and social columns of all of America,s largest
newspapers and magazines. There had never been such an
acrossthe-media-board free advertising campaign in the history ofnewspaper, radio and television and it cost the promoters of the
Aquarian conspiracy, NATO and the Club of Rome not one red cent.
It was all absolutely free advertising for LSD, only thinly disguisedas "art" and "culture."
One of Ginsberg's closest friends, Kenny Love, published aFive-page report in the New York Times. This is in accordance withthe methodology used by Tavistock and Stanford Research: If
something is to be promoted which the public has not yet been
fully brainwashed to accept, then have someone write an article,
covering all sides of the subject matter. The other method is tohave live television talk shows in which a panel of experts
promotes the product and or idea under the pretext of"discussing", it. There are point and counter-point, both pro andcon participants airing their support or opposition. When it is all
over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned into the publicmind. While this was new in the early 1970's, today it is standardpractice on which talk shows thrive.
Love's Five-page pro LSD pro Ginsberg article was duly
printed by the New York Times. Had Ginsberg tried to buy the90same amount of space in an advertisement, it would have cost him
at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn't have to worry; thanks to his
Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive advertising all for
free. With newspapers like the New York Times and the
Washington Post under the control of the Committee of 300, thiskind of free advertising is given to any subject matter, and more
especially to those promoting decadent life styles—drugshedonism—anything that will confuse the American people. Afterthe trial run with Ginsberg and LSD, it became standard Club ofRome practice to call upon major newspapers in America to give
free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were
promoting.
Worse yet—or better yet, depending upon the viewpointUnited Press (UP) picked up Kenny Love's free advertising for
Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it to HUNDREDS of newspapers andmagazines around the country under the guise of a "news" story.
Even such highly respectable establishment magazines as "Harpers
Bazaar" and "TIME" made Mr. Ginsberg respectable. If a nationwide campaign of this magnitude were presented to Ginsberg andthe promoters of LSD by an advertising agency, the price tag
would have run into at least $1 million in terms of 1970 dollars.
Today the price tag would be nothing less than $15-$16 million
dollars. It is no wonder that I refer to the news media as "jackals."
I suggest that we try to find any media outlet to do an
expose on the Federal Reserve Board, which is what I did. I took
my article, which was a good expose of the greatest swindle onearth, to every major newspaper, radio and television station,
magazine house and several talk-show hosts. A few madepromises that sounded good—they would definitely air the article
and have me discuss it—give them about a week and they would
get back to me. Not one of them ever did, nor did my article everappear in the pages of their newspapers and journals. It was as if
a blanket of silence had been thrown over me and the subject I
was endeavoring to promote, and indeed that was precisely what
had happened.
Without massive media hype, and without almost aroundthe clock coverage, the hippy-beatnik rock, drug cult would never
have gotten off the ground; it would have remained a localized

91

oddity. The Beatles, with their twanging guitars, silly expressions,drug language and weird clothes, would not have amounted to ahill of beans. Instead, because the Beatles were given saturation
coverage by the media, the United States has suffered one cultural
shock after another.
The men buried in the think tanks and research institutions,whose names and faces are still not known to but a few people,
made sure that the press played its part. Conversely, the media's
important role in not exposing the power behind the future cultural
shocks made certain that the source of the crisis was neveridentified. Thus was our society driven mad through psychologicalshocks and stress. "Driven mad" is taken from Tavistock's training
manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921, Tavistock was readyin 1966 to launch a major irreversible cultural revolution in
America, which has not yet ended. The Aquarian Conspiracy is partof it.
Thus softened up, our nation was now deemed ripe for the
introduction of drugs which was to rival the prohibition era inscope and the huge amounts of money to be made. This too was
an integral part of the Aquarian Conspiracy. The proliferation of
drug usage was one of the subjects under study at the Science
Policy Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock's Sussex University
facility. It was known as the "future shocks" center, a title given toso-called future oriented psychology designed to manipulate whole
population groups to induce "future shocks." It was the first of
several such institutions set up by Tavistock.
"Future shocks" is described as a series of events whichcome so fast that the human brain cannot absorb the information.
As I said earlier, science has shown that there are clearly marked
limits to the amount of changes and the nature of them that themind can deal with. After continuous shocks, the large targeted
population group discovers that it does not want to make choices
any more. Apathy takes over, often preceded by mindless violencesuch as is characteristic of the Los Angeles street gangs, serial
killers, rapists and child kidnapers.
Such a group becomes easy to control and will docilely
follow orders without rebelling, which is the object of the exercise.

92"Future shocks," says SPRU, "is defined as physical andpsychological distress arising from the excess load on the decisionmaking mechanism of the human mind." That is Tavistock jargon
lifted straight from Tavistock manuals—which they don't know I
have.
Just as an overloaded electrical circuit will activate a trip
switch, so do humans "trip out," which is a syndrome that medical
science is only now beginning to understand, although John
Rawlings Reese conducted experiments in this field as far back as
the 1920's. As can be appreciated, such a targeted group is readyto "trip out" and take to drugs as a means of escape from thepressures of so many choices having to be made. This is how Drug
usage was spread so rapidly through America's "beat generation."
What started with the Beatles and sample packages of LSD has
grown into a flood-tide of drug usage which is swamping America.
The drug trade is controlled by the Committee of 300 fromthe Top down. The drug trade started with the British East India
Company and was closely followed by the Dutch East India
Company. Both were controlled by a "Council of 300." The list ofnames of members and stockholders of the BEIC read likesomething out of Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the "China
Inland Mission," whose job it was to get The Chinese peasants, or
coolies, as they were called, addicted to opium. This created themarket for opium which the BEIC then filled.
In much the same way the Committee of 300 used "The"Beatles" to popularize "social drugs" with the youth of America
and The Hollywood "in-crowd." Ed Sullivan was sent to England To
become acquainted with The first Tavistock Institute "rock group"
to hit the shores of the United States. Sullivan then returned to theUnited States to draft the strategy for the electronic media on how
to package and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of theelectronic media and Ed Sullivan, in particular, "The Beatles" andtheir "music" would have died on the vine. Instead, our national
life and the character of the United States was forever changed.
Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the"Beatles" campaign to proliferate the use of drugs became. The
fact that "The Beatles" had their music and lyrics written for them

93by Theo Adorno was concealed from public view. The prime
function to "The Beatles" was to be discovered by teenagers, who
where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of "Beatle music,"
until they became convinced that they liked the sound andadopted it, along with all that accompanied it. The Liverpool groupperformed up to expectations, and with "a little help from theirfriends," i.e., illegal substances we call drugs created a whole newclass to young Americans in the precise mold ordained by theTavistock Institute.
Tavistock had created a highly visible "new type" to act astheir drug-runners. The China Inland Mission "Christian
missionaries" would not have fitted in with the 1960's. "New type"
is social-science scientist jargon; what it meant was that the
Beatles created new social patterns, first and foremost being tonormalize and popularize the use of drugs, new tastes in clothes
and hair styles which really distinguished them from the older
generation as was intended by Tavistock.
It is important to note the deliberate fragmentationinducing language used by Tavistock. The "teenagers" never once
dreamed that all the "different" things they aspired to were theproduct of older scientists working in think tanks in England andStanford Research. How mortified they would have been if they
had discovered that most of their "cool" habits and expressions
were deliberately created for their use by a group of older social
science scientists!
The role of the media was, and remains, very important inpromoting the use of drugs on a nation-wide scale. Whencoverage of the street warfare gangs was abruptly terminated by
the media, they became "burned out" as a social phenomena; the"new age" of drugs followed. The media has always served as acatalyst and has always pushed "new causes" and now media
attention was focused on drug usage and its supporters, the "beatgeneration," yet another phrase fashioned at Tavistock, in its
determined efforts to bring about social changes in The UnitedStates.
Drug usage now became an accepted part of everyday lifein America. This Tavistock-designed program took in millions of94

American youth, and the older generation began to believe that
America was undergoing a natural social revolution, failing all thewhile to realize that what was happening to their children was nota spontaneous movement, but a highly artificial creation designed
to force changes in America's social and political life.
The descendants of the British East India Company weredelighted with the success of their drug pushing program. Theirdisciples became adept in the use of lysergic acid (LSD) soconveniently made available by patrons of the drug trade like
Aldous Huxley, courtesy of the highly respected Sandoz company
of Switzerland and financed by the great Warburg banking dynasty.
The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed at all rockconcerts and on college campuses in free sample packages. The
question that begs to be asked is, "What was the FBI doing while
all this was going on?"The purpose of the Beatles had become abundantly clear.
The British East India Company's descendants in the upperclasssociety in London must have felt very good about the billions ofdollars that began rolling in. With the coming of "rock" which shallhenceforth be used as shorthand to describe Adorno's fiendish
satanic music, a tremendous increase in the use of social drugs,
especially marijuana, was observed. The entire dope business was
expanded under the control and direction of the Science Policy
Research Unit (SPRU).
SPRU was run by Leland Bradford, Kenneth Damm andRonald Lippert, under whose expert guidance a large number of
new-science scientists were trained to promote "future shocks,"
one of the chief being the dramatic increase in the use of drugs by
America's teenagers. SPRU's policy papers, planted in various
government agencies, including the Drug Enforcement Agency(DEA), dictated the course of the disastrous "drug war" allegedly
waged by the Reagan and Bush Administrations.
This was the forerunner of how the United States is run
today, by one committee and/or council after another, by an innergovernment fed on Tavistock papers which they firmly believe are
their own opinions. These virtual unknowns are making decisions
that will forever change our form of government and the quality of

95life here in the United States. Through "crisis adaptation" we havealready been changed so much as to barely compare with what wewere in the 1950's. Also, our environment has been changed.
There is much talk about environment these days and,while it mostly refers to green surroundings, pure rivers and fresh
air, there is another, equally important environment, namely, thedrug environment. The environment of our life style has become
polluted; our thinking has become polluted. Our ability to control
our destiny has become polluted. We are confronted by changes
that pollute our thinking to the extent that we do not know what
to make of it all. The "Environment of Change" is crippling thenation; we appear to have so little control that it has produced
anxiety and confusion.
We now look to group solutions instead of individual
solutions to our problems. We do not make use of our own
resources to solve problems. In this the prolific rise in drug usageis playing a leading role. The strategy is a deliberate one, devisedby the new-science scientists, the social engineers and tinkerers,
aimed at the most vulnerable of all areas, our self-image, or how
we perceive ourselves, which leads us eventually to become likesheep being led to the slaughter. We have become confused by
the many choices we have to make, and we have become
apathetic.
We are manipulated by unscrupulous men without everbeing aware of it. This is particularly true of the drug trade and weare now in the transition stage where we can be set up for achange from the present constitutional form of government, which
has taken a giant step forward under the Bush administration.
While there are those who still persist, in the face of all of theevidence to the contrary in saying, "It can't happen in America,"
the fact is: IT HAS ALREADY HAPPENED. Our will to resist events
not to our liking has been steadily eroded and undermined. We will
resist, some of us say, but not so many of us will do that, and wewill be in the minority.
The drug trade has insidiously changed our environment.
The alleged "war on drugs" is a farce; it does not exist in
qualitative measure to make the slightest difference to the96descendants of the British East India Company. Combined withcomputerization, we are almost fully brainwashed, robbed of ourability to resist forced changes. Which brings us to anotherenvironment, PEOPLE CONTROL, also known as personal
information control, without which governments cannot play their
numbers game.
As matters stand, we the people have absolutely no way ofknowing just what government does or does not know about us.
Government computer files are not subject to scrutiny by the
public at large. Do we foolishly believe that personal information
sacrosanct? Remember, in every society there are rich andpowerful families who control law enforcement agencies. I have
proved the existence of such families. Do not think that if thesefamilies wanted to find out about us, they could not do so. These
are the families who often have a member in the Committee of300.
Take Kissinger, for instance, who has his own private
dossiers on hundreds of thousands of people, not only in the U.S.
but all over the world. Are we on Kissinger's enemy list? Is this far
fetched? Not at all. Take P2 Masonic and Committee Monte Carlo
who have such lists which run into tens of thousands of names.
Incidentally, Kissinger is one of them. There are other "private"
intelligence agencies, such as INTEL, whom we shall meet later.
One of the ways heroin is moved into Europe is through the
Principality of Monaco. The heroin comes from Corsica carried inferries that ply a busy trade between Corsica and Monte Carloduring the summer. There is no check of what goes on or comes
off these ferries. As there is no border between France andMonaco, drugs, and more especially heroin (partly processed
opium), flows through the open border of Monaco into laboratories
in France, or else if it has already been processed into heroin, it
goes directly to the distributors.
The Grimaldi family has been in the drug smuggling
business for centuries. Because Prince Ranier got greedy andbegan skimming heavily and would not desist after three warnings,
his wife, Princess Grace, was murdered in a car "accident." Ranier
underestimated the power of the Committee of which he is a

97member. The Rover car in which she was traveling had the brakefluid chambers tampered with in such a way that each time thebrakes were depressed, fluid was released in measured amount,until by the time the car reached the most dangerous of several
hairpin bends, there was no stopping power, and it sailed over astone wall, hitting the ground fifty feet below in a sickening smash.
Everything possible was done by the Committee of 300
operatives to conceal the truth about the murder of Princess Grace.
To this day the Rover car remains in the custody of French police,
shrouded under a cover on a trailer which no one is allowed toapproach, let alone examine. The signal for the execution of
Princess Grace was picked up by the British Army listening post in
Cyprus and it is believed by well placed source that the Committee
Monte Carlo and P2 gave the order.
The drug trade, controlled by the Committee of 300, is acrime against humanity, but having been conditioned and softened
up by years of incessant bombardment by Tavistock Institute, wehave more or less accepted our changed environment, regarding
the drug trade as a problem that is "too big" to handle. This is not
the case. If we could marshal an entire nation, equip and send
millions of American soldiers to fight in a war in Europe in which
he had no business intervening, if we could defeat a major power,
then we can smash the drug trade, using the same WW II tactics.
The logistical problems that had to be solved when we
entered the Second World War are even today still mind-boggling.
Yet we successfully overcame all problems. Why then is it
impossible to defeat a well-defined enemy, far smaller and weaker
than Germany, given the immensely improved weapons andsurveillance equipment we have today? The real reason that the
drug problem is not eradicated is because it is being run by thehighest families in the entire world as part of a coordinatedgigantic money-making machine.
In 1930, British capital invested in South America greatly
exceeded capital investment in British "dominions." Graham, anauthority on British investments abroad, stated that British
investment in South America "exceeded one trillion pounds."
Remember, this was 1930, and one trillion pounds was a

98

staggering sum of money in those days. What was the reason forsuch heavy investment in South America? In a word it was drugs.
The plutocracy controlling British banks held the purse
strings and then, as now, put up a most respectable facade tocover their true business. No one ever caught them with dirtied
hands. They always had front men, even as they do today, willingto take the blame if things went awry. Then as now theconnections with the drug trade were tenuous at best. No one wasever able to lay a finger on the respectable and "noble" banking
families of Britain, whose members are on the Committee of 300.
There is great significance in that only 15 members of
Parliament were the controllers of that vast empire, of which themost prominent were Sir Charles Barry and the Chamberlain family.
These overlords of finance were busy in places like Argentina,
Jamaica and Trinidad, which became big moneyspinners for themthrough the drug trade. In these countries, British plutocrats kept
"the locals" as they were contemptuously called, at baresubsistence levels, hardly above slavery. The fortunes extracted
from the drug trade in the Caribbean were vast.
The plutocrats hid behind faces like Trinidad Leaseholds
Limited, but the REAL MEAT, then as now, was drugs. This is trueof today where we find that Jamaica's Gross National Product(GNP) is made up almost entirely of sales of ganja, a very potent
form of marijuana. The mechanism for handling the ganja trade
was set up by David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger under thetitle "Caribbean Basin Initiative."
Up until a relatively short time ago, the true history of the
China opium trade was quite unknown, having been as wellcovered up as it is possible to do. Many of my former students inthe days when I was lecturing, would come and ask me why the
Chinese were so fond of smoking opium? They were puzzled as
are many still today, over contradictory accounts of what had
actually taken place in China. Most thought it was merely a case of
the Chinese workers buying opium on an open market andsmoking it, or going to some of the thousands of opium dens andforgetting their terrible existence for a while.

99

The truth is that the supply of opium to China was a British
monopoly, an OFFICIAL monopoly of the British government andofficial British policy. The Indo-British opium trade in China was
one of the best kept secrets, around which many misleading
legends grew up, such as "Clive of India" and the tales of derringdo by the British Army in India for the glory of "the Empire," sowell written by Rudyard Kipling, and tales of "Tea Clippers" racing
across the oceans with their cargoes of China tea for the highsociety drawing rooms of Victorian England. In reality, the history
of British occupation of India and Britain's Opium Wars are someof the most dastardly blots on Western civilization.
Almost 13% of the income of India under British rule wasderived from the sale of good quality Bengal opium to the Britishrun opium distributors in China. "The Beatles" of the day, theChina Inland Mission, had done a great job in proliferating the useof opium among the poor Chinese laborers (coolies, as they werecalled). These addicts did not suddenly materialize out of thin air,any more than did teenager addicts in the U.S. THE POINT TOREMEMBER IS THAT BOTH WERE CREATED. In China a market for
opium was first created and then filled by opium for Bengal. In thesame way, a market for marijuana and LSD was first created in the
United States by methods already described, and then filled by
British plutocrats and their American cousins with the help of theoverlords of the British banking establishment.
The lucrative drug trade is one of the worst examples ofmaking money out of human misery; the other being the legal
drug trade run by the pharmaceutical drug houses under
Rockefeller ownership, in the U.S. for the most part, but with
substantial companies operating in Switzerland, France and Britain
and fully backed by the American Medical Association (AMA). The
dirty dope transactions and the money it generates flows throughthe City of London, together with Hong Kong, Dubai and latterly,
Lebanon, thanks to the invasion of that country by Israel.
There will be those who doubt this statement. "Look at thisbusiness columns of the Financial Times," they will tell us. "Don't
tell me that this is all related to drug money"? OF COURSE IT IS,
but don't imagine for one minute that the noble lords and ladies of100

England are going to advertise the fact. Remember the British East
India Company? Officially, its business was trading in tea!
The London "Times" never dared tell the British public theit was impossible to make VAST PROFITS from tea, nor did theillustrious paper even hint at a trade in opium being plied by those
who spent their time in London's fashionable clubs or playing a
chukka of polo at the Royal Windsor Club, or that the gentlemen
officers who went out to India in the service of the Empire were
financed SOLELY by the enormous income derived from the miseryof the millions of Chinese coolies addicted to opium.
The trade was conducted by the illustrious British East
India Company, whose meddling in political, religious andeconomic affairs of the United States has cost us very dearly forover 200 years. The 300 members of the British East India
Company's board were a cut above the common herd. They were
so mighty, as Lord Bertrand Russell once observed, "They could
even give God advice when he had trouble in Heaven." Nor should
we imagine that anything has changed in the intervening years.
EXACTLY the same attitude prevails today among members of theCommittee of 300, which is why they often refer to themselves as
the "Olympians."
Later the British Crown, i.e., the Royal Family, joined theBritish East India Company's trade, and used it as a vehicle toproduce opium in Bengal, and elsewhere in India, controlling
exports through what was called "transit duties," that is, theCrown levied a tax on all producers of opium duly registered withthe state authority, who were sending their opium to China.
Prior to 1896, when the trade was still "illegal"—a word
used to extract greater tribute from the producers of opium-there
never having been the slightest attempt to stop the trade, colossal
amounts of opium were shipped out of India on board "China Tea
Clippers," those sailing ships around which legend and lore werebuilt, which supposedly carried chests of tea from India and China
to the London exchanges.
So audacious did the British East India Company lords andladies become that they tried to sell this lethal substance to the101Union and Confederate Armies in pill form as a pain killer. Is it
difficult to imagine just what would have happened had their plan
succeeded? All those hundreds of thousands of soldiers would
have left the battlefields totally hooked on opium. "The Beatles"
were much more successful in turning out millions of teenage
addicts in later years.
The Bengal merchants and their British controllers andbankers grew fat and intolerant on the enormous amounts ofmoney that poured into the coffers of the British East India
Company from the wretched Chinese coolies opium trade. BEIC
profits, even in those years, far exceeded the combined profits
made in a single year by General Motors, Ford and Chrysler intheir heydays. The trend in making huge profits out of drugs was
carried over into the 1960's by such "legal" drug death merchants
as Sandoz, the makers of LSD and Hoffman la Roche,
manufacturers of Valium. The cost of the raw material andmanufacturing of Valium to Hoffman la Roche is $3 per kilo (2.2
pounds). It is sold to their distributors for $20,000 per kilo. By thetime it reaches the consumer, the price of Valium has risen to$50,000 per kilo. Valium is used in huge quantities in Europe andthe United States. It is possibly the most used drug of its kind in
the world.
Hoffman la Roche does the same thing with Vitamin C,
which costs them less than 1 cent a kilo to produce. It is sold for a
profit of 10,000 percent. When a friend of mine blew the whistle
on this criminal company, which had entered into a monopoly
agreement with other producers, in contravention of European
Economic Community laws, he was arrested on the Swiss-Italianborder and hustled into prison; his wife was threatened by the
Swiss police until she committed suicide. As a British national he
was rescued by the British consul in Berne as soon as word of hisplight was received, removed from prison and flown out of thecountry. He lost his wife, his job and his pension because he daredto disclose Hoffman La Roche secrets. The Swiss take their
Industrial Espionage law very seriously.
Remember this the next time you see those lovely
advertisements of Swiss ski slopes, beautiful watches, pristine
mountains and cuckoo clocks. That is not what Switzerland is102

about. It is about dirty multi-billion dollar money laundering whichis carried out by major Swiss banking houses. It is about theCommittee of 300 "legal" drug manufacturers. Switzerland is theCommittee's ultimate "safe haven" for money and protection of
their bodies in time of global calamity.
Now mind you, one could get into serious trouble with the
Swiss authorities for giving out any information on these nefarious
activities. The Swiss regard it as "industrial espionage" whichusually carries a 5-year term in prison. It is safer to pretend that
Switzerland is a nice clean country rather than look under thecovers or inside its garbage can banks.
In 1931 the managing directors of the so-called "big Five"
British companies were rewarded by being made Peers of theRealm for their activities in drug money laundering. Who decided
such matters and bestows such honors? It is the Queen of England
who bestows honors upon the men in the top positions in the drugtrade. British banks engaged in this terrible trade are too
numerous to mention, but a few of the top ones are: The British
Bank of the Middle East. Midland Bank. National and Westminster
Bank. Barclays Bank. Royal Bank of Canada. Hong Kong andShanghai Bank. Baring Brothers Bank.
Many of the merchant banks are up to their hocks in
pigswill drug trade profits, banks such as Hambros for example,
run by Sir Jocelyn Hambro. For a really interesting major study of
the Chinese opium trade, one would need access to India Office inLondon. I was able to get in there because of my intelligence
service and received great assistance from the trustee of thepapers of the late Professor Frederick Wells Williamson, which
provided much information on the opium trade carried on by the
British East India Company in India and China in the 18th and 19th
centuries. If only those papers could be made public, what a storm
would burst over the heads of the crowned vipers of Europe.
Today the trade has shifted somewhat in that lessexpensive cocaine has taken over a good part of the North
American market. In the 1960's the flood of heroin coming from
Hong Kong, Lebanon and Dubai threatened to engulf the UnitedStates and Western Europe. When demand outpaced supply there

103

was a switch to cocaine. But now, at the end of 1991, that trend
has been reversed; today it is heroin that is back in favor,
although it is true that cocaine still enjoys great favor among thepoorer classes.
Heroin, we are told, is more satisfying to addicts; theeffects are far more intense and last longer than the effects ofcocaine and there is less international attention on heroin
producers than there is on Colombian cocaine shippers. Besides
which, it is hardly likely that the U.S. would make any real effort tostop the production of opium in the Golden Triangle which is under
the control of the Chinese military, a serious war would erupt if
any country tried to interdict the trade. A serious attack on theopium trade would bring Chinese military intervention.
The British know this; they have no quarrel with China,
except for an occasional squabble over who gets the larger shareof the pie. Britain has been involved in the China opium trade forover two centuries. No one is going to be so foolish as to rock theboat when millions upon millions of dollars flow into the bankaccounts of the British oligarchists and more gold is traded on the
Hong Kong gold market than the combined total traded in London
and New York.
Those individuals who fondly imagine they can do somekind of a deal with a minor Chinese or Burmese overlord in thehills of the Golden Triangle apparently have no idea of what is
involved. If they had known, they would never have talked about
stopping the opium trade. Such talk reveals little knowledge of theimmensity and complexity of China's opium trade,
British plutocrats, the Russian KGB, the CIA, and U.S.
bankers are all in league with China. Could one man stop or evenmake a small dent in the trade? It would be absurd to imagine it.
What is heroin and why is it favored over cocaine these days?
According to the noted authority on the subject Professor Galen,
heroin is a derivative of opium, a drug that stupefies the senses
and induces long periods of sleep. This is what most addicts like, it
is called "being in the arms of Morpheus." Opium is the mosthabit-forming drug known to man. Many pharmaceutical drugs
contain opium in various degrees, and it is believed that paper

104

used in the manufacture of cigarettes is first impregnated with
opium, which is why smokers become so addicted to their habit.
The poppy seed from which it is derived was long known to
the Moguls of India, who used the seeds mixed in tea offered to adifficult opponent. It is also used as a pain-killing drug whichlargely replaced chloroform and other older anesthetics of abygone era. Opium was popular in all of the fashionable clubs ofVictorian London and it was no secret that men like the Huxleybrothers used it extensively. Members of the Orphic-Dionysus cultsof Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults of Ptolemaic Egypt
which Victorian society embraced, all smoked opium; it was the"in" thing to do.
So did some of those who met at St. Ermins Hotel in 1903
to decide what sort of a world we would have. The descendants of
the St. Ermins crowd are found today in the Committee of 300. It
is these so-called world leaders who brought about such a change
in our environment that enabled drug usage to proliferate to thepoint where it can no longer be stopped by regular law
enforcement tactics and policies. This is especially true in big cities
where big populations can conceal a great deal of what transpires.
Many in the circles of royalty were regular opium users.
One of their favorites was the writer Coudenhove-Kalergi who
wrote a book in 1932 entitled "REVOLUTION THROUGHTECHNOLOGY which was a blueprint for the return of the world toa medieval society. The book, in fact, became a working paper for
the Committee of 300's plan to deindustrialize the world, startingwith the United States. Claiming that pressures of over-population
are a serious problem, Kalergi advised a return to what he called"open spaces." Does this sound like the Khmer Rouge and Pol Pot?
Here are some extracts from the book:"In its facilities, the city of the future will resemble thecity of the Middle Ages...and he who is not condemned to live in acity because of his occupation, will go to the countryside. Our
civilization is a culture of the major cities; therefore it is a marsh
plant, born by degenerated, sickly and decadent people, who havevoluntarily, or involuntarily, ended up in this dead-end street of

105life." Isn't that very close to what "AnkarWat" gave as "his"reasons for depopulating Phnom Penh?
The first opium shipments reached England from Bengal in
1683, carried in British East India Company "Tea Clippers." Opium
was brought to England as a test, an experiment, to see whether
the common folk of England, the yeomen and the lower classes,
could be induced into taking the drug. It was what we could call
today "test marketing" of a new product. But the sturdy yeomenand the much derided "lower classes" were made of stern stuff,
and the test marketing experiment was a total flop. The "lower
classes" of British society firmly rejected opium smoking.
The plutocrats and oligarchists in high society in London
began casting about for a market that would not be so resistant,so unbending. They found such a market in China. In the papers I
studied at the India Office under the heading "Miscellaneous Old
Records," I found all the confirmation I could have wished for inproving that the opium trade in China really took off following thefounding of the British East India Companyfunded "China Inland
Mission," ostensibly a Christian missionary society but in reality the"promotion" men and women for the new product being
introduced into the market, that new product being OPIUM.
This was later confirmed when I was given access to thepapers of Sir George Birdwood in India Office records. Soon after
the China Inland Mission missionaries set out to give away theirsample packages and show the coolies how to smoke opium, vastquantities of opium began to arrive in China. "The Beatles" could
not have done a better job. (In both cases the trade wassanctioned by the British royal family, who openly supported theBeatles.) Where the British East India Company had failed inEngland, it now succeeded beyond its wildest expectations in
China, whose teeming millions of poor looked upon smoking opium
as an escape from their life of misery.
Opium dens began proliferating all across China, and in the
big cities like Shanghai and Canton, hundreds of thousands ofmiserable Chinese found that a pipe of opium seemingly made life
bearable. The British East India Company had a clear run for over
a 100 years before the Chinese government woke up to what was

106

happening. It was only in 1729 that the first laws against opium
smoking were passed. The 300 board members of BEIC did not
like it one bit and, never one to back down, the company wassoon engaged in a running battle with the Chinese government.
The BEIC had developed poppy seeds that brought thefinest quality opium from the poppy fields of Benares and Bihar in
the Ganges Basin in India, a country they fully controlled thisfetched top price, while the lower grades of opium from otherareas of India were sold for less. Not about to lose their lucrative
market, the British Crown engaged in running battles with Chinese
forces, and defeated them. In the same manner, the U.S.
government is supposedly fighting a running battle against today's
drug barons and, like the Chinese, are losing heavily. There ishowever one big difference: The Chinese government fought towin whereas the United States government is under nocompunction to win the battle which explains why staff turnover n
the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) is so high.
Latterly, high grade quality opium has come out of Pakistan
via Makra on the desolate coastline of the country from whenceships take the cargo to Dubai where it is exchanged for gold. Thisis said to account in part for heroin being favored over cocaine
today. The heroin trade is more discreet, there is no murder ofprominent officials such as became an almost daily occurrence inColombia. Pakistani opium does not sell for as much as Golden
Triangle or Golden Crescent (Iranian ) opium. This has greatly
spurred heroin production and sales which threaten to overtake
cocaine as the number one seller.
The vile opium trade was talked about in the upper-crust
circles of English society for many years as "the spoils of the
Empire." The tall tales of valor in the Khyber Pass covered a vast
trade in opium. The British Army was stationed in the Khyber Passto protect caravans carrying raw opium from being pillaged by hilltribesmen. Did the British royal family know this? They must have,what else would induce the Crown to keep an army in this region
where there was nothing of much worth other than the lucrative
opium trade? It was very expensive to keep men under arms in a
far away country. Her Majesty must have asked why these military

107

units were there? Certainly not to play polo or billiards in theofficers' mess.
The BEIC was jealous of its monopoly in opium. Would-becompetitors received short shrift. In a noted trial in 1791, a certain
Warren Hastings was put on charges that he helped a Friend to
get into the opium trade at the expense of the BEIC. The actual
wording which I found in the records of the case housed in India
Office gives some insight into the vast opium trade: "The charge isthat Hastings has granted a contract for the Provision of Opium for
four years to Stephen Sullivan, without advertising for the same,on terms glaringly obvious and wantonly profuse, for the purposeof creating an INSTANT FORTUNE for the said William Sullivan
Esq." (Emphasis added.)
As the BEIC-British government held the monopoly inopium trading, the only people allowed to make instant fortunes
were the "nobility," the "aristocracy," the plutocrats andoligarchical families of England, many of whose descendants sit on
the Committee of 300 just as their forbears sat on the Council of
300 who ran the BEIC. Outsiders like Mr. Sullivan soon foundthemselves in trouble with the Crown if they were so bold as to try
and help themselves get into the multi-billion pound Sterling
opium business.
The honorable men of the BEIC with its list of 300
counselors were members of all the famous gentlemen's clubs in
London and they were for the most part members of parliament,
while others, both in India and at home, were magistrates.
Company passports were required to land in China. When a few
busybodies arrived in China to investigate the British Crown's
involvement in the lucrative trade, BEIC magistrates promptly
revoked their passports, thus effectively denying them entry into
China.
Friction with the Chinese government was common. The
Chinese had passed a law, the Yung Cheny Edict of 1729,
forbidding the importation of opium, yet the BEIC managed tokeep opium as an entry in the Chinese Customs Tariff books until
1753, the duty being three taels per chest of opium. Even when
British special secret service (the 007 of the day) saw to it that

108

troublesome Chinese officials were bought off, and in cases wherethat was not possible, they were simply murdered.
Every British monarch since 1729 has benefited immenselyfrom the drug trade and this holds good for the present occupantof the throne. Their ministers saw to it that wealth flowed into
their family coffers. One such minister of Victoria's was Lord
Palmerston. He clung obstinately to the belief that nothing shouldbe allowed to stop Britain's opium trade with China. Palmerston'splan was to supply the Chinese government with enough opium tomake individual members become greedy. Then the British would
withhold supplies and when the Chinese government was on its
knees, supplies would be resumed—but at a much higher price,
thus retaining a monopoly through the Chinese government itself,
but the plan failed.
The Chinese government responded by destroying large
cargoes of opium stored in warehouses, and British merchants
were required to sign INDIVIDUAL agreements not to import any
more opium into Canton. BEIC responded by sending scores offully-loaded opium carrying ships to lie in the roads of Macao.
Companies beholden to BEIC, rather than individuals, then soldthese cargoes. Chinese Commissioner Lin said, "There is so muchopium on board English vessels now lying in the roads of this place(Macao) which will never be returned to the country from which it
came, and I shall not be surprised to hear of its being smuggled inunder American colors." Lin's prophecy proved to be remarkably
accurate.
The Opium Wars against China were designed to "put the
Chinese in their place" as Lord Palmerston once said, and theBritish Army did that. There was simply no stopping the vast,
lucrative trade which provided the British oligarchical feudal lordswith untold billions, while leaving China with millions of opium
addicts. In later years the Chinese appealed to Britain for help with
their immense problem and received it. Thereafter respective
Chinese governments realized the value in cooperating instead offighting with Britain—and this held good during the bloody rule of
Mao Tse Tung—so that today, as I have already mentioned, any
quarrels that come about are only over the share of the opium
trade each is entitled to.

109

To advance to more modern history, the Chinese-British
partnership was solidified by the Hong Kong agreement which
established an equal partnership in the opium trade. This has
proceeded smoothly, with an occasional ripple here and there, butwhile violence and death, robbery and murder marked theprogression of the Colombian cocaine trade, no such baseness wasallowed to disturb the heroin trade, which, as I said earlier, is once
again coming into the ascendancy as we near the end of 1991.
The major problem that arose in Sino-British relations
during the past 60 years concerned China's demand for a larger
slice of the opium-heroin pie. This was settled when Britain agreed
to hand Hong Kong over to full Chinese government control which
will come into effect in 1997. Other than that, the partners retain
their former equal shares of the lucrative opium trade based in
Hong Kong.
The British oligarchical families of the Committee of 300
who were entrenched in Canton at the height of the opium tradeleft their descendants in position. Look at a list of prominent
British residents in China and you will see the names of membersof the Committee of 300 among them. The same holds good forHong Kong. These plutocrats of a feudal era, that they seek toreturn to the world, control the gold and opium trade of which
Hong Kong is THE center. Burmese and Chinese opium poppy
growers get paid in gold; they do not trust the U.S. paper $100 bill.
This explains the very large volume of gold trade in the Hong Kong
exchange.
The Golden Triangle is no longer the largest producer ofopium. That dubious title has since 1987 been shared by theGolden Crescent (Iran), Pakistan and Lebanon. These are theprinciple opium producers, although smaller quantities are once
again coming out of Afghanistan and Turkey. The drug trade, andmore: especially the opium trade, could not function without thehelp of banks as we shall demonstrate as we proceed.
How do banks with their great air of respectability fit into
the drug trade with all of its attendant filth? It is a very long andcomplicated story, which could be the subject of a book on its own.

110

One way in which banks participate is by financing front
companies importing the chemicals needed to process raw opium
into heroin. The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank with a branch
office in London is right in the middle of such trade through a
company called TEJAPAIBUL, which banks with Hong Kong andShanghai Bank. What does this company do? It imports into Hong
Kong most of the chemicals needed in the heroin refining process.
It is also a major supplier of acetic anhydride For theGolden Crescent and the Golden Triangle, Pakistan, Turkey andLebanon. The actual financing for this trading is hived off to the
Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Thus, the secondary activities
connected with processing opium, while not in the same category
us the opium trade, nevertheless generates substantial income forbanks. But the real income of the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bankand indeed all banks in the region is financing the actual opium
trade.
It took a lot of research on my part to link the price of gold
to the price of opium. I used to tell anyone who would listen, "If
you want to know the price of gold find out what the price of apound or a kilo of opium is in Hong Kong." To my critics I
answered, "Take a look at what happened in 1977, a critical yearfor gold." The Bank of China shocked the gold pundits, and thoseclever forecasters who are to be found in great numbers in
America, by suddenly and without warning, dumping 80 tons ofgold on the market.
That depressed the price of gold in a big hurry. All theexperts could say was, "We never knew China had that much gold
where could it have come from?" It came from the gold which ispaid to China in the Hong Kong Gold Market for large purchases ofopium. The current policy of the Chinese government toward
England is the same as it was in the 18th and 19th centuries. The
Chinese economy, tied to the economy of Hong Kong—and I don't
mean television sets, textiles, radios, watches, pirated cassetteand video tapes—I mean opium/heroin—would take a terrible
beating if it were not for the opium trade it shares with Britain.
The BEIC is gone but the descendants of the Council of 300 linger
on in the membership of the Committee of 300.

111

The oldest of the oligarchical British families who wereleaders in the opium trade for the past 200 years are still in it
today. Take the Mathesons, for instance. This "noble" family is oneof the pillars of the opium trade. When things looked a bit shaky a
few years ago, the Mathesons stepped in and gave China a loan of$300 million for real estate investment. Actually it was billed as a"joint venture between the People's Republic of China and theMatheson Bank." When researching India Office papers of the1700's I came across the name of Matheson, and it kept on
cropping up everywhere—London, Peking, Dubai, Hong Kong,
wherever heroin and opium are mentioned.
The problem with the drug trade is that it has become athreat to national sovereignty. Here is what the Venezuelan
Ambassador to the United Nations said about this world-wide
threat:"The problem of drugs bas already ceased to be dealt withsimply as one of public health or a social problem. It has turned
into something far more serious and far-reaching which affects ournational sovereignty; a problem of national security, because it
strikes at the independence of a nation. Drugs in all their
manifestations of production, commercialization and consumption,
denaturalizes us by injuring our ethical, religious and political life,
our historic, economic, and republican values."
This is precisely the way the Bank of International
Settlements and the IMF are operating. Let me say without
hesitation that both these banks are nothing more than bully-boy
clearing houses for the drug trade. The BIS undermines any
country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and means
for the easy outflow of flight capital. Nor does BIS recognize nor
make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight capitaland what is laundered drug money.
The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not
submit to asset-stripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, "Right,
then we will break you by means of the huge cache of narcodollars we are holding." It is easy to understand why gold wasdemonetized and substituted with the paper "dollar" as the world's

112

reserve currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a country holding
gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paper dollars.
The IMF held a meeting in Hong Kong a few years ago
which was attended by a colleague of mine and he told me theseminar dealt with this very question. He informed me that the
IMF agents told the meeting that they could literally cause a run
on any country's currency, using narco-dollars, which would
precipitate a flight of capital. Rainer-Gut, a Credit Suisse delegate
and member of the Committee of 300, said he foresaw a situation
where national credit and national financing would be under one
umbrella organization by the turn of the century. While Rainer-Gut
did not spell it out, everybody at the seminar knew exactly what
he was talking about.
From Colombia to Miami, from the Golden Triangle to theGolden Gate, from Hong Kong to New York, from Bogota to
Frankfurt, the drug trade, and more especially the heroin trade, is
BIG BUSINESS and it is run from the top down by some of themost "untouchable" families in the world, and each of thosefamilies have at least one member who is on the Committee of300. It is not a street corner business, and it takes a great deal ofmoney and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly. The machinery
under control of the Committee of 300 ensures this.
Such talents are not found on the street corners andsubways of New York. To be sure the pushers and peddlers are an
integral part of the trade, but only as very small part-timesalesmen. I say part-time because they are caught and rivalry gets
some of them shot. But what does that matter? There are plentyof replacements available.
No, it is not anything the Small Business Administration
would be interested in. IT IS BIG BUSINESS, a vast empire, thisdirty drug business. Of necessity, it is operated from the top downin every single country in the world. It is, in fact, the largest single
enterprise in the world today, transcending all others. That it isprotected from the top down is borne out by the fact that, likeinternational terrorism, it cannot be stamped out which should
indicate to a reasonable person that some of this biggest names in113

royal circles, the oligarchy, the plutocracy are running it, even if it
is done through intermediaries.
The main countries involved in growing poppies and thecocoa bush are Burma, Northern China, Afghanistan, Iran,
PaKistan, Thailand, Lebanon, Turkey, Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia.
Colombia does not grow the cocoa bush but, next to Bolivia, is themain refiner of cocaine and the chief financial center of thecocaine trade which, since General Noriega was kidnaped andimprisoned by President Bush, is being challenged by Panama forfirst place in money laundering and capital financing of the cocaine
trade.
The heroin trade is financed by Hong Kong banks, Londonbanks and some Middle East banks such as the British Bank of the
Middle East. Lebanon is fast becoming the "Switzerland of the
Middle East." Countries involved in the distribution and routing ofheroin are Hong Kong, Turkey, Bulgaria, Italy, Monaco, France(Corsica and Marseilles) Lebanon and Pakistan. The United Statesis the largest consumer of narcotics, first place going to cocaine,
which is being challenged by heroin. Western Europe andSouthwest Asian countries are the biggest users of heroin. Iran
has a huge heroin addict population—in excess of 2 million as of
1991.
There is not a single government that does not know
precisely what is going on with regard to the drug trade, but
individual members holding powerful positions are taken, but of by
the Committee of 300 through its world-wide network of
subsidiaries. If any government member is "difficult," he or she isremoved, as in the case of Pakistan's Ali Bhutto and Italy's Aldo
Moro. No one is beyond the reach of this all-powerful Committee,even though Malaysia has been successful in holding out up until
now. Malaysia has the strictest anti-drug laws in the world.
Possession of even small amounts is punishable by the death
penalty.
Like the Kintex Company of Bulgaria, most smaller
countries have a direct hand in these criminal enterprises. Kintex
trucks regularly ferried heroin through Western Europe in its own
fleet of trucks bearing the EEC marker Triangle Internationale

114

Routier (TIR). Trucks bearing this marker and the EEC recognition
number are not supposed to be stopped at customs boarder posts.
TlR trucks are allowed to carry only perishable items. They aresupposed to be inspected in the country from whence they
originated and documentation to this effect is supposed to be
carried by each truck driver.
Under international treaty obligations this is what happens,thus Kintex trucks were able load their cargoes of heroin andcertify it as "fresh fruit and vegetables;" and then make their way
through Western Europe, even entering high-security NATO basesin Northern Italy. In this manner, Bulgaria became one of theprincipal countries through which heroin was routed.
The only way to stop the huge amounts of heroin andcocaine presently finding their way to markets in Europe is to end
the TIR system. That will never happen. The international treaty
obligations I have just mentioned were set up by the Committee of300, using its amazing networks and control mechanisms, tofacilitate passage of all manner of drugs to Western Europe.
Forget perishable goods! A former DEA agent stationed in Italy
told me, "TIR=DOPE."
Remember this the next time you read in the newspapers
that a big haul of heroin was found in a false-bottom suitcase at
Kennedy Airport, and some unlucky "mule" pays the price for his
criminal activity. This kind of action is only "small potatoes," sandin the eyes of the public, to make us think our government isreally doing something about the drug menace. Take for example,"The French Connection," a Nixon program embarked upon
without the knowledge and consent of the committee of 300.
The entire amount of opium/heroin seized in that massive
effort is somewhat less than one quarter of what a single TIR
truck carries. The Committee of 300 saw to it that Nixon paid aheavy price for a relatively small seizure of heroin. It was not theamount of heroin involved, but a matter of one whom they had
helped up the ladder to the White House believing that he could
now do without their help and backing, and even go against directorders from above.

115

The mechanics of the heroin trade go like this: wild Thaiand Burmese Hill tribesmen grow the opium poppy. At harvest
time, the seed-bearing pod is cut with a razor or sharp knife. A
resinous substance leaks through the cut and starts to congeal.
This is raw opium. The crop of raw opium is made up into sticky
roundish balls. The tribesman are paid in 1 kilo gold bars-known as
4/10ths—which are minted by Credit Suisse. These small bars areused ONLY to pay the tribesman—the normalweight gold bars aretraded on the Hong Kong market by the big buyers of raw opium
or partly processed heroin. The same methods are used to pay hilltribesman in India—the Baluchis-who have been in this businesssince the days of the Moguls. The "Dope Season," as it is called,sees a flood of gold traded on the Hong Kong market.
Mexico has started producing relatively small amounts ofheroin called "Mexican Brown" which is much in demand by the
Hollywood crowd. Here again the heroin trade is run by top
government officials who have the military on their side. Some
producers of "Mexican Brown" are making a million dollars amonth by supplying their U.S. clients. On occasions when a few
Mexican Federal police are prodded into taking action against theheroin producers, they are "taken out" by military units who seemto appear as if from nowhere.
Such an incident occurred in November 1991 at an isolated
airstrip in Mexico's opium producing region. Federal narcotics
agents surrounded the strip and were about to arrest people who
were in the act of loading heroin when a squad of soldiers arrived.
The soldiers rounded up the Federal narcotics police agents andsystematically killed all of them. This action posed serious threat to
Mexican President Goltarin, who is faced with loud demands for afull-scale investigation into the murders. Goltarin is over a barrel;
he can't back off from calling for an inquiry, and neither can heafford to offend the military. It is the first such crack in the tightchain of command in Mexico that stretches all the way back to theCommittee of 300.
Raw opium from the Golden Triangle is pipelined to theSicilian Mafia and the French end of the business for refining in thelaboratories that infest the French coastline from Marseilles toMonte-Carlo. Nowadays, Lebanon and Turkey are turning out

116

increasing amounts of refined heroin and a large number oflaboratories have sprung up in these two countries in the past four
years. Pakistan also has a number of laboratories but it is not in
the same league as France, for example.
The route taken by the raw opium carriers of the Golden
Crescent goes through Iran, Turkey and Lebanon. When the Shahof Iran was in control of the country, he refused to allow theheroin trade to continue and it was forcibly discontinuedup until
the time that he was "dealt with" by the Committee of 300. Raw
opium from Turkey and Lebanon finds it way to Corsica, from
where it is shipped to Monte Carlo with the connivance of the
Grimaldi family. Pakistani laboratories, under the guise of "military
defense laboratories" are doing a bigger share of refining thanthey were two years ago, but the best refining is still done along
the French Mediterranean coastline and in Turkey. Here again,banks play a vital role in financing these operations.
Let us stop here for a moment. Are we to believe that withall the modern and vastly improved surveillance techniques,
including satellite reconnaissance, available to law enforcement
agencies in these countries, that this vile trade cannot be
pinpointed and stopped? How is it that law enforcement agencies
cannot go in and destroy these laboratories once they are
discovered? If this IS the case, and we still cannot interdict theheroin trade, then our anti-narcotics services ought to be known
as "The Geriatrics" and not drug enforcement agencies.
Even a child could tell our alleged "drug watchers" what todo. Simply keep a check on all factories making acetic anhydride,
THE most essential chemical component needed by laboratories torefine heroin from raw opium. THEN FOLLOW THE TRAIL! It is assimple as that! I am reminded of Peter Sellers in the "Pink
Panther" series when I think of law enforcement efforts to locate
heroin-refining laboratories. Even someone as bumbling as theimaginary inspector would have had no trouble in following theroute taken by acetic anhydride shipments to their final destination.
Governments could make laws that would oblige
manufacturers of acetic anhydride to keep scrupulous records
showing who buys the chemical and for what purposes it is to be

117

used. But do not hold your breath on this one, remember
Dope=Big Business and Big Business is done by the oligarchicalfamilies of Europe and the United States Eastern Liberal
Establishment. The drug business is not a Mafia operation, nor one
run by the Colombian cocaine cartels. The noble families of Britain
and America's top people are not going to advertise their role inthe shop windows; they always have a layer of front men to do
the dirty work.
Remember British and AMERICAN "nobility" never dirtied
their hands in the China opium trade. The lords and ladies weremuch too clever for that, as were the American elite: the Delanos,
Forbes, Appletons, Bacons, Boylestons, Perkins, Russells,
Cunninghams, Shaws, Coolidges, Parkmans, Runnewells, Cabots
and Codmans, by no means a complete list of families in America
who grew immensely wealthy from the China opium trade.
Since this is not a book about the drug trade, I cannot ofnecessity, cover the subject in an in-depth manner. But its
importance to the Committee of 300 must be emphasized. America
is run not by 60 families but by 300 families and England is run by
100 families and, as we shall see, these families are intertwined
through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to theBlack Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem
and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates,
find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong,
Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market
places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of
doing business.
Shipments of cocaine are sometimes interdicted and seizedThat is mere window dressing. Often times the shipments seized
belong to a new organization trying to break into the trade. Suchcompetition is put out of business by informing the authorities
exactly where it is going to enter the U.S. and who the owners are.
The big stuff is never touched; heroin is too expensive. It is
worthy of note that U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency operatives are
not allowed into Hong Kong. They cannot examine any ship's
manifest before it leaves the port. One wonders why, if there is somuch "international cooperation" going on—what the media likes

118

to characterize as "smashing the dope trade." Clearly the traderoutes for heroin are protected by "a higher authority. "In South America, apart from Mexico, cocaine is king. The
production of cocaine is very simple, unlike heroin, and great
fortunes are to be made by those willing to take risks for and on
behalf of the "higher ups." As in the heroin trade, interlopers are
not welcome and often finish up as casualties, or victims of family
feuds. In Colombia the drug mafia is a closely knit family. But suchhas been the bad publicity generated by the M19 guerrilla attackon the Justice Building in Bogota (M19 is the private army of thecocaine barons) and the murder of Rodrigo Lara Bonilla, aprominent prosecutor and a judge, that the "higher authority" hadto rearrange matters in Colombia.
Accordingly, the Ochoas of the Medellin Cartel turned
themselves in after being assured that they would not suffer any
loss of fortune, harm of any kind, nor would they be extradited to
the United States. A deal was struck that, provided they
repatriated the bulk of their huge narco-dollar fortunes toColombian banks, no punitive action would be taken against them.
The Ochoas—Jorge, Fabio, and their top man, Pablo Escobar,
would be held in private jails that resemble a luxury-class motelroom, and then be sentenced to a maximum term of two years-to
be served in the same motel jail. This deal is ongoing. The Ochoas
have also been guaranteed the right to continue to manage their"business" from their motel-prison.
But that does not mean that the cocaine trade has come toa screeching halt. On the contrary, it has simply been transferredto the second-string Cali cartel, and it is business as usual. For
some strange reason the Cali cartel, which is equal in size to theMedellin cartel, has been—at least up until now—largely ignoredby the DEA. Cali differs from the Medellin cartel in that it is run by
BUSINESSMEN, who eschew all forms of violence and never breakagreements.
Even more significant is that Cali does virtually no business
in Florida. My source told me that the Cali cartel is run by shrewd
businessmen unlike any seen in the cocaine business. He believes
that they were "specially appointed," but does not know by whom.

119"They never call attention to themselves," he said. "They do not
go around importing red Ferraris like Jorge Ochoa did, attracting
immediate attention, because it is forbidden to import such cars
into Colombia."
Cali cartel markets are in Los Angeles, New York andHouston, which closely parallel the heroin markets. Cali has notshown any signs of moving into Florida. A former DEA operative
who is a colleague of mine said recently, "These Cali people aresure smart. They are a different breed to the Ochoa brothers.
They act like professional businessmen. They are now larger thanthe Medellin cartel and I think we are going to see a lot morecocaine get into the United States than ever before. The kidnapingof Manuel Noriega will facilitate an easier flow through Panama of
cocaine and money, what with so many banks there. So much for
President George Bush's Operation Just Cause. All it did was makelife a great deal easier for Nicolas Ardito Barletta who used to be
run by the Ochoa brothers and who is fixing to front for the Cali
cartel."Based on my experience with the heroin trade I believethat the Committee of 300 has stepped in and taken over fullcontrol of the South American cocaine trade. There is no otherexplanation For the rise of the Cali cartel which is coupled with the
kidnaping of Noriega. Did Bush take his orders from London
regarding Noriega? There is every indication that he was literally
PUSHED into invading Panama and kidnaping Noriega, who had
become a serious impediment to "trade" in Panama, especially inthe banking business.
Several former intelligence agents have given me theiropinions which coincide with my own. Like the Gulf War that
followed in the wake of Panama, it was only after several callsfrom the British Ambassedor in Washington that Bush finally
plucked up enough courage to make his totally illegal move on
General Noriega. That he was supported by the British press andthe New York Times, a British intelligence run newspaper, speaks
volumes.
Noriega was formerly the darling of the Washington
establishment. He frequently hob-knobbed with William Casey and120

Oliver North and even met with President George Bush on at least
two occasions. Noriega was often seen at the Pentagon where he
was treated like one of those Arab potentates, and the red carpet
was always laid out for him at CIA headquarters in Langley Virginia.
U.S. Army Intelligence and the CIA are on record as having paid
him $320,000.
Then storm clouds began to appear on the horizon at about
the same time the Cali cartel was taking over the cocaine tradefrom the Ochoa brothers and Pablo Escobar. Led by Senator Jesse
Helms, who sold out to Ariel Sharon and the Israeli Histradut Party
in 1985, there suddenly began an agitation for the removal of
Noriega. Jesse Helms and those of a like mind were backed up by
Simon Hersh, a British intelligence agent working for the New YorkTimes, which has been a British intelligence mouthpiece in the U.S.
since the time that M16 boss, Sir William Stephenson, occupied
the RCA building in New York.
It is very significant that Helms should have chosen to leadthe charge against Noriega. Helms is the darling of the Sharon
faction in Washington and Sharon was the principal gun-runner inCentral America and Colombia. Moreover, Helms has the respect of
the Christian fundamentalists who believe in the maxim: "Israel,
my country, right or wrong." Thus a powerful momentum wascreated to "get Noriega." It is evident that Noriega could wellprove a serious impediment to the international drug merchants
and their Committee of 300 bankers, so he had to be removed
before he could do some significant damage.
Bush was pressured by his British masters to conduct anillegal search and seizure operation in Panama that resulted in thedeaths of no less than 7,000 Panamanians and wanton destructionof property. Nothing to implicate Noriega as a "drug dealer" wasever found, so he was kidnaped and brought to the U.S. in one of
the most blatant examples of international brigandry in history.
This illegal action probably best meets the Bush philosophy: "Themoral dimensions of American (read British royal family-Committeeof 300) foreign policy require us to chart a moral course through aworld of lesser evils. That's the real world, not black and while.
Very few absolutes."

121

It was a "lesser evil" lo kidnap Noriega, rather than have
him up-end the banks in Panama working for the Committee of300. The Noriega case is a prototype of monstrous One World
government actions waiting in the wings. An emboldened Bushcame right out in the open, unafraid, because we, the people haveput on a spiritual mantle that accommodates LIES and wants nopart of TRUTH. This is the world we have decided to accept. If it
were not so, a firestorm of anger would have swept the country
over the invasion of Panama, which would not have stopped untilBush was hounded from office. Nixon's Watergate transgressions
pale into insignificance next to the many impeachable offenses
committed by President Bush when he ordered the invasion of
Panama to kidnap General Noriega.
The government case against Noriega is based upon
perjured testimony by a group of big men, for the most part,
already convicted and lying through their individual and collective
teeth to gel their own sentences lightened. Their performance
would have pleased Gilbert and Sullivan immensely, were they
alive today. "They made them the rulers of DEA," might beapropos instead of, "They made them the rulers of Queen's Navy,"
from "HMS Pinafore." It is an altogether grotesque scene to see
how these con-artists are performing like not-so-well-trained seals
for the U.S. Justice Department; that is if we care to insult such anice clean animal by such an unworthy comparison.
Key dates conflict wildly, key details are altogether
conspicuous by their absence, lapses of memory on crucial points
all add up to the obvious fact that the government has no caseagainst Noriega, but that does not matter; the Royal Institute forInternational Affairs (RIIA) says "convict him anyway" and that iswhat poor Noriega can expect. One of the Justice Department's
star witnesses is one Floyd Carlton Caceres, a former pilot for the
Ochoa brothers. Following his arrest in 1986, Carlton tried to easehis position at the expense of Noriega.
He told his DEA interrogators that the Ochoa brothers had
paid Noriega $600,000 to allow three planes loaded with cocaine
to land and refuel in Panama. But once in court in Miami, it soon
became apparent that what was billed as the "star witness" for theprosecution was at best damp squib. Under cross-examination the122true story emerged: Far from being paid to allow the flights,
Noriega wasn't even approached by the Ochoas. Worse yet, in
December of 1983, Noriega had ordered that all flights to Panama
from Medellin be refused permission to land in Panama. Carlton is
not the only discredited witness.
One who is even a sorrier liar than Carlton is Carlos Lehder,
who was a kingpin in the Medellin Cartel until he was arrested in
Spain and sent to the U.S. Who gave the DEA the most vital
information that Lehder was in Madrid? The DEA reluctantly
concedes that they owe this important catch to Noriega. Now,
however, the Justice Department is using Lehder as a witness
against Noriega. If nothing else, this single witness demonstrates
the wretchedness of the United States government's case against
Manuel Noriega.
In return for services rendered, Lehder has been granted
an easing of his sentence and far nicer quarters—a room with aview and television—and his family was given permanent
residence in the U.S. Robert Merkel, a former U.S. attorney who
prosecuted Lehder in 1988 told the Washington Pose "I don't think
the government should be in the business of dealing with Carlos
Lehder, period. This guy is a liar from beginning to end.
The Justice Department, purely a name which bears noresemblance to what it is supposed to stand for, has pulled out allits dirty tricks against Noriega: illegally wire-tapping his
conversations with his lawyer; appointing a government lawyer topretend he was serving Noriega but who quit in the middle ofeverything; freezing his bank accounts so that Noriega is unable toconduct a proper defense; kidnaping, illegal search and seizure.
You name it, the government has broken more laws than Noriega
has ever done—if indeed he has broken any laws at all.
It is the U.S. Justice Department that is on trial tenfold
more than General Noriega. The Noriega case shows the glaringly
evil system that passes for "justice" in this country. The U.S. "waron drugs" is on trial as is the Bush Administration's socalled drug
policy. The Noriega trial, although it will end in a violent andflagrant rape of justice, will nevertheless offer some compensation
to those who are not blind, deaf and dumb. It proves for once and123

for all that Britain is in charge of our government and it will reveal
the utterly bankrupt ideology of the Bush Administration which
ought to have as its motto, "No Matter What, The End Always
Justifies The Means. There Are Very Few Moral Absolutes." Like
the majority of politicians, for Bush to have a standard of
ABSOLUTE MORALITY WOULD BE SUICIDAL. Only in this climate
could we have allowed President Bush to violate at least six UnitedStates laws and DOZENS OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS ingoing to war against Iraq.
What we are witnessing in Colombia and Washington is acomplete revision of how the cocaine trade is to be run; no more
wild stuff, no more blazing guns. Let the gentlemen of the Cali
cartel in pin-stripe suits conduct the business in a gentlemanly way
In short, the Committee of 300 has taken a direct hand in the
cocaine trade which henceforth will go as smoothly as the heroin
trade. The new government of Colombia is geared to the change
in tactics and direction. It is on notice to perform according to theCommittee's game plan.
There is need to mention U.S. participation in the China
opium trade which began in the southern United States prior to
the War Between The States. How can we tie the opium trade inwith the great cotton plantations of the South? To do that, wehave to start in Bengal, India, producers of the finest (if one cancall such a foul substance fine) opium which was much in demand.
Cotton was THE biggest trade in England, after opium sales
through the BEIC.
Most of the cotton from Southern plantations was worked
in the slave mills of Northern England, where women and children
earned a pittance for a 16-hour day's work. The cloth mills were
owned by the wealthy socialites in London, the Barings,
Palmerstons, Keswicks and most of all the Jardine Mathesons who
owned the Blue Star Shipping Line, on which the finished cotton
cloth goods were shipped to India. They could care less about thehapless conditions endured by Her Majesty's subject. After all, thatis what they were for, and their husbands and sons were useful forfighting wars to preserve Her Majesty's farflung empire as they
had done for centuries, and latterly, in the bloody Boer War. That
was British tradition, wasn't it?

124

Cotton cloth finished goods exported to India undercut anddestroyed the long-standing Indian producers of cotton finishedgoods trade. Terrible privation was endured by thousands ofIndians thrown out of work as a result of cheaper British goods
taking over their markets. India then became utterly dependent
upon Britain to earn enough currency to pay for its railroads andfinished cotton goods imports. There was only one solution to
India's economic woes. Produce more opium and sell it for less to
the British East India Company. This was the rock upon which
British trade grew and flourished. Without its opium trade, Britain
would have been as bankrupt.
Did the Southern plantation owners know about the ugly
secret of opium-for-cotton goods? It is unlikely that some of them
didn't know what was going on. Take, for instance, the Sutherlandfamily, one of the largest cotton plantation owners in the South.
The Sutherlands were closely related to the Matheson family—
Jardine Matheson—who in turn had as their business partners theBaring Brothers, founders of the famous Peninsular and Orient
Navigation Line (P&O), the largest of Britain's many merchantshipping lines.
The Barings were big investors in Southern plantations as
they were in the U.S. Clipper ships which plowed through the seas
between Chinese ports and all the important ports along theeastern seaboard of the United States. Today the Barings run anumber of very substantial financial operations in the UnitedStates. All of those names mentioned were, and their descendants
still are, members of the Committee of 300.
The majority of families who go to make up the Eastern
Liberal Establishment, among whom are the wealthiest to be foundin this country, derived their fortunes from either the cotton tradeor the opium trade and in some instances from both. Of these theLehmans are an outstanding example. When it comes to fortunes
made solely from the China opium trade, the first names thatcome to mind are the Astors and the Delanos. President Franklin D.
Roosevelt's wife was a Delano.

125John Jacob Astor made a huge fortune out of the China
opium trade and then he went respectable by buying up large
tracts of Manhattan real estate with his dirty money. During his
lifetime Astor played a big role in the Committee of 300s'
deliberations. In fact, it was the Committee of 300 who chose who
would be allowed to participate in the fabulously lucrative China
opium trade, through its monopolist BEIC, and the beneficiaries of
their largess remained forever wedded to the Committee of 300.
That is why, as we shall discover, most real estate in
Manhattan belongs to various Committee members, even as it has
since the days when Astor began buying it up. With the benefit ofaccess to records that would be closed to others outside of British
intelligence, I discovered that Astor had long been an asset ofBritish intelligence in the United States. Astor's financing of Aaron
Burr, the murderer of Alexander Hamilton, proves the point
beyond any reasonable doubt.
John Jacob Astor's son, Waldorf Astor, had the additional
honor bestowed upon him of being appointed to the RoyalInstitute for International Affairs (RIIA), through whichorganization the Committee of 300 controls every facet of our lives
in the United States. The Astor family is believed to have selected
Owen Lattimore to carry on their association with the opium trade
which he did through the Laura Spelman-funded Institute for
Pacific Relations (IPR). It was the IPR that oversaw China's entry
into the opium trade as an equal partner and not merely as asupplier. It was IPR that paved the way for the Japanese attack on
Pearl Harbor. Attempts to turn the Japanese into opium addicts
met with dismal failure.
By the turn of the century the oligarchical plutocrats ofBritain were like overgorged vultures on the Serengeti Plain at thetime of the annual Wildebeest march. Their income from the China
opium trade exceeded David Rockefeller's income by SEVERALBILLION DOLLARS PER ANNUM. Historic records made available tome in the British Museum in London and from India Office andother sources—former colleagues in well-placed positions, proves
this completely.

126

By 1905, the Chinese government, deeply concerned about
the rise in the number of opium addicts in China, tried to get help
from the international community. Britain pretended to cooperate,
but made no move whatsoever to abide by the 1905 protocols it
had signed. Later Her Majesty's government did an about-faceafter showing China that it was better to join them in the opium
business rather than to try and end it.
Even The Hague Convention was scoffed at by the British.
Delegates to the convention had agreed that Britain must abide by
the protocols it had signed, which was to drastically reduce theamount of opium sold in China and elsewhere. The British, while
paying lip service, had no intention of giving up their trade in
human misery, which included the so-called "pig trade."
Their servant, President George Bush, in prosecution of thecruel war of genocide waged against the Iraqi nation SOLELY for
and on behalf of British interests, likewise showed his contempt by
flouting the Hague Agreement on Aerial Bombardment, and awhole slew of international conventions to which the U.S. is asignatory, including ALL of the Geneva Conventions.
When evidence was produced two years later, notably by
the Japanese, who were growing very concerned about British
smuggling of opium into their country, that opium sales had
increased instead of decreased, then Her Majesty's delegate to theFifth Hague Convention produced a set of statistics which were atvariance with those provided by Japan. The British delegate turned
the tables by saying that it made a very strong case for legalizing
the sale of opium which would have the effect of doing away withwhat he called "the black market."He suggested on behalf of Her Majesty's government that
the Japanese government would then have a monopoly and fullcontrol of the trade. THIS IS PRECISELY THE SAME ARGUMENT
BEING ADVANCED BY THE FRONT MEN FOR THE BRONFMANS
AND OTHER BIG-TIME DOPE DEALERS—LEGALIZE COCAINE,MARIJUANA AND HEROIN, LET THE U.S GOVERNMENT HAVE THE
MONOPOLY AND THEREBY STOP WASTING BILLIONS ON THE
PHONY WAR ON DRUGS AND SAVE THE TAXPAYERS BILLIONS OFDOLLARS.

127

In the period of 1791-1894, the number of licensed opium
dens in the Shanghai International Settlement rose from 87 to 663.
Opium flowing into the United States was also stepped up. Sensingthat they might have some problems in China with the spotlight ofworld concern shining upon them, the plutocrats of the Knights of
St. John and the Order of the Garter, transferred some of theirattention to Persia (Iran).
Lord Inchcape, who founded the biggest steamshipcompany in the world at the turn of the 19th century, thelegendary Peninsula and Orient Steam Navigation Company, wasthe principal mover and shaker in establishing the Hong Kong andShanghai Bank, which remains the largest and least controlled
clearinghouse bank for the opium trade, which also financed the"pig trade" with the United States.
The British had set up a scam whereby Chinese "coolies"
were sent to the U.S. as so-called indentured laborers. The
rapacious Harriman family's railroad needed "coolies" to push therail connection westward to the California coast, or so they said.
Strangely enough, very few Negroes were given the manual laborjobs they were used to at that time and could have done a betterjob than the emaciated opium addicts who arrived from China.
The problem was that there was no market for opium
among the Negroes and, moreover, Lord Inchcape, son of thefounder of P and O needed the "coolies" to smuggle in thousandsof pounds of raw opium into North America, something the
Negroes could not do. It was the same Lord Inchcape who in 1923
warned that there must be no diminishing of opium poppy
cultivation in Bengal. "This most important source of revenue mustbe safeguarded," he told the commission allegedly investigating
the production of opium gum in India.
By 1846, some 120,000 "coolies" had already arrived in the
U.S. to work on Harriman's railroad pushing westward. The "pigtrade" was in full profitable swing because, of this number, it wasestimated by the U.S. government 115,000 were opium addicts.
Once the railroad was finished, the Chinese did not go back towhere they came from, but settled in San Francisco, Los Angeles,

128

Vancouver and Portland. They created a huge culture problem thathas never ceased to exist.
It is interesting to note that Cecil John Rhodes, aCommittee of 300 member who fronted for the Rothschilds inSouth Africa followed the Inchcape pattern, bringing hundreds ofthousand of Indian "coolies" to work on the sugar cane plantations
in Natal province. Among them was Mahatma Ghandi, aCommunist agitator and troublemaker. Like the Chinese coolies,
they were not returned to their country of origin once theircontracts expired. They, too, went on to create a massive social
program, and their descendants became lawyers who spearheaded
the drive to infiltrate the government on behalf of the Africa
National Congress.
By 1875 the Chinese "coolies" operating out of San
Francisco had set up an opium supply ring that resulted in 129,000
American opium addicts. What with the known 115,000 Chinese
addicts, Lord Inchcape and his family were raking in hundreds ofthousands of dollars a year from this source alone which, in termsof today's dollar would represent at least a $100 million dollar
income every year.
The very same British and American families who had
combined to wreck the Indian textile industry in the promotion of
the opium trade, and who brought African slaves to the U.S.
combined to make the "pig trade" a valuable source of revenue.
Later they were to combine to cause and promote the terrible War
Between The States, also known as the American Civil War.
The decadent American families of the unholy partnership,
thoroughly corrupted and wallowing in filthy lucre, went on to
become what we know today as the Eastern Liberal Establishmemt
whose members, under the careful guidance and direction of the
Crown and subsequently its foreign policy executive arm, the RoyalInstitute of International Affairs (RIIA), ran this counry—and still
does—from top to bottom through their secret upper-level, parallel
government, which is tightly meshed with the Committee of 300,
the ULTIMATE secret society.

129

By 1923, voices were being raised against this menace that
had been allowed to be imported into the United States. Believing
the United States to be a free and sovereign nation, Congressman
Stephen Porter, Chairman of the House of Representatives Foreign
Affairs Committee, introduced a bill which called for the British toaccount for their opium export-import business on a country-bycountry basis. The resolution set up quotas for each country,
which if observed, would have reduced the opium made by lO%.
The resolution was passed into law and the bill accepted by theCongress of the United States.
But the Royal Institute of International Affairs had otherideas. Founded in 1919 in the wake of the Paris Peace Conference
held at Versailles, this was one of the earliest "foreign policy"
executors of the Committee of 300. Research I have done on theCongressional Records, House, show that Porter was totallyunaware of the powerful forces he was up against. Porter was noteven aware of the existence of the RIIA, much less that its specificpurpose was to control every facet of the United States.
Apparently Congressman Porter received some kind of an
intimation from the Morgan Bank on Wall Street that he shoulddrop the whole affair. Instead, an enraged Porter took his case to
the League of Nations Opium Committee. Porter's total
unawareness of who he was up against is demonstrated in someof his correspondence to colleagues on the House Foreign Affairs
Committee in response to open British opposition to his proposals.
Her Majesty's representative chided Porter and then, acting
like a father toward an errant son, the British delegate—on
instructions from the RIIA—presented Her Majesty's proposals to
INCREASE opium quotas to account for an increase in the
consumption of opium for medicinal purposes. According to
documents that I was able to find in The Hague, Porter was at first
confused, then amazed and then enraged. Joined by the Chinesedelegate, Porter stormed out of the plenipotentiary session of theCommittee session, leaving the field to the British.
In his absence, the British delegate got the League torubber stamp Her Majesty's government proposals for a creation ofa tame-tiger Central Narcotics Board, whose chief function was

130

information gathering, the terms of which were purposely vague.
What was to be done with the "information" was never made clear.
Porter returned to the U.S. a shaken and much wiser man.
Another British intelligence asset was the fabulously rich
William Bingham, into which family one of the Barings married. It
was stated in papers and documents that I saw that the Baring
Brothers ran the Philadelphia Quakers and owned half of the realestate of that city, all made possible because of the fortune theBaring Brothers had amassed from the China opium trade. Anotherbeneficiary of the Committee of 300's largess was Stephen Girard,
whose descendants inherited the Girard Bank and Trust.
The names of the families, whose history is intertwinedwith that of Boston and who would never give us ordinary folk thetime of day, were wrapped in the arms of the Committee of 300
and its vastly lucrative BEIC China opium trade. Many of thefamous families became associated with the notorious Hong Kongand Shanghai Bank which is still the clearing house for billions ofdollars that flow from the opium trade in China.
Such famous names as Forbes, Perkins and Hathaway
appear in the records of the British East India Company. Thesegenuine American "bluebloods" created Russell and Company,
whose main trade was in opium, but also ran other shipping
enterprises from China to South America and all points in between.
As a reward for their services to the British Crown and the BEIC,
the Committee of 300 granted them a monopoly in the slave tradein 1833.
Boston owes its celebrated past to the cotton-opium-slave
trade granted to it by the Committee of 300 and it is stated in therecords I was privileged to see in London that Boston's merchantfamilies were the chief supporters of the British Crown in the
United States. John Murray Forbes is mentioned as the majordomoof the "Boston Blue Bloods" in India House records and in bankrecords in Hong Kong.
Forbe's son was the first American allowed by theCommittee of 300 to sit on the board of the most prestigious drugbank in the world—even today—the Hong Kong and Shanghai131Bank. When I was in Hong Kong in the early 1960's as "anhistorian interested in the British East India Company," I wasshown some old records, including past board members of thisnotorious drug bank, and sure enough, Forbes' name was among
them.
The Perkins family, so illustrious that their name is still
mentioned in awed whispers, were deeply involved in thenefarious filthy China opium trade. In fact Perkins the elder was
one of the first Americans to be elected to the Committee of 3OO.
His son, Thomas Nelson, was Morgan's man in Boston, and assuch also an agent for British intelligence. His unsavory-I would
say disgusting—past was not in question when he richly endowed
Harvard University. After all, Canton and Tientsin are a long way
from Boston, and who would have cared anyway?
What helped The Perkinses a lot was that Morgan was apowerful member of the Committee of 300, which enabled Thomas
N. Perkins to rapidly further his career in the China opium trade.
All the Morgans and Perkinses were Freemasons, which wasanother tie that bound them together, for only Freemasons ofhighest rank have any hope of being selected by the Committee of300. Sir Robert Hart, who for almost three decades was chief ofthe Imperial Chinese Customs Service (read the British Crown's
number one agent in the opium trade in China was subsequently
appointed to the board of Morgan Guarantee Bank's Far Eastern
Division.
Through access to the historical records in London andHong Kong, I was able to establish that Sir Robert developed an
intimate relationship with Morgan operations in the United States.
It is worthy of note that Morgan interests in the opium/ heroin
trade have continued in an unbroken line; witness the fact thatDavid Newbigging is on the advisory board of Morgan's Hong Kong
operation run in conjunction with Jardine Matheson.
To those who know Hong Kong, the name of Newbigging
will be familiar as the most powerful name in Hong Kong. In
addition to his membership of Morgan's elite bank, Newbigging
doubles as an advisor to the Chinese government. Opium formissile technology, opium for gold, opium for high-tech

132

computers—it is all the same to Newbigging. The way these banks
financial houses, trading companies and the families who run them
are intertwined would perplex Sherlock Holmes, yet somehow theymust be unraveled and followed if we are to understand theirconnections with the drug trade and their membership in theCommittee of 300.
The two-track entry into the United States of alcohol anddrugs were products of the same stable occupied by the same
thoroughbreds. First, prohibition had to be introduced into theUnited States. This was done by the British East India Company
heirs who, acting upon experience gained through thewelldocumented China Inland Mission records found in India
House, set up the Women's Christian Temperance Union,
supposedly to oppose consumption of alcohol in America.
We say that history repeats itself, and in a sense, this istrue. except that it repeats itself in an ever-upward spiral. Today
we find that some of the largest companies, allegedly "polluting"the earth, are the largest contributors of funds to theenvironmentalist movement. The "big names" send forth theirmessage. Prince Philip is one of their heroes, yet his son PrinceCharles owns a million acres of forested land in Wales from whichtimber is regularly harvested and, in addition, Prince Charles is oneof the largest owners of slum housing in London, where pollution
thrives.
In the case of those who railed against the "evils of drink,"
we find they were financed by the Astors, the Rockefellers, theSpelmans, the Vanderbilts and the Warburgs who had a vested
interest in the liquor trade. On the instructions of the Crown, Lord
Beaverbrook came over from England to tell these wealthy
American families that they were to invest in the WCTU. (It was
the same Lord Beaverbrook who came to Washington in 1940 and
ORDERED Roosevelt to get involved in Britain's war.)
Roosevelt complied by stationing a U.S. Navy flotilla inGreenland that spent the 9 months prior to Pearl Harbor hunting
and attacking German U-Boats. Like his successor, George Bush,
Roosevelt thought the Congress a confounded nuisance so, acting
like a king-sense he felt strongly since he is related to the British

133

royal family—FDR never sought the permission of Congress for his
illegal action. This is what the British are most fond of referring toas their "special relationship with America."
The drug trade has a connection with the murder of
President John F. Kennedy, which foul deed stains the national
character and will continue to do so until the perpetrators arefound and brought to justice. There is proof that the Mafia wasinvolved in this through the CIA, which brings to mind that it all
started with the old Meyer Lansky network which evolved into the
Irgun terrorist organization, and Lansky proved to be one of thebest vehicles for peddling cultural warfare against the West.
Lansky was, through more respectable fronts, associatedwith the British higher-ups in bringing gambling and dope
distribution to Paradise Island in the Bahamas under the cover of
The Mary Carter Paint Company—a joint Lansky-British M16
venture. Lord Sassoon was later murdered because he wasskimming money and was threatening to blow the whistle if he
was punished. Ray Wolfe was more presentable, representing theBronfmans of Canada. While the Bronfmans were not privy to
Churchill's massive Nova Scotia Project, they were and still arenevertheless an important asset of the British royal family in thebusiness of dope peddling.
Sam Rothberg, close associate of Meyer Lansky, also
worked with Tibor Rosenbaum and Pinchas Sapir, all king pins in
the Lansky drug ring. Rosenbaum ran a drug money laundering
operation out of Switzerland through a bank he established for thispurpose; Banque du Credite International. The bank quickly
expanded its activities and became the principal bank used by
Lansky and his mobster associates for laundering money garneredfrom prostitution, drugs and other Mafia rackets.
It is worthy of note that Tibor Rosenbaum's bank was usedby the shadowy chief of British Intelligence, Sir William
Stephenson, whose right hand man, Major John Mortimer
Bloomfield, a Canadian citizen, ran Division Five of the FBI
throughout the Second World War. Stephenson was an early
member of the 2Oth century Committee of 300, although
Bloomfield never made it that far. As I revealed in my series of134

monographs on the Kennedy assassination, it was Stephenson
who master-minded the operation which was run as a hands-on
project by Bloomfield. Fronting for the Kennedy assassination was
done through another drug-related front, Permanent Industrial
Expositions (PERMINDEX), created in 1957 and centered in theWorld Trade Mart building in downtown New Orleans.
Bloomfield just happened to be the attorney for theBronfman family. The World Trade Mart was created by Colonel
Clay Shaw and FBI Division Five station chief in New Orleans, Guy
Bannister. Shaw and Bannister were close associates of Lee
Harvey Oswald, accused of shooting Kennedy, who was murderedby CIA contract agent Jack Ruby before he could prove that hewas not the assassin who shot President Kennedy. In spite of the
Warren Commission and numerous official reports, it has NEVER
been established that Oswald owned the Mannlicher rifle said to be
the murder weapon (it was not) nor that he had ever fired it. The
connection between the drug trade, Shaw, Bannister andBloomfield has been established several times, and need notconcern us here.
In the immediate post-WW II period, one of the mostcommon methods used by Resorts International and other drug
related companies to clean money was by courier service to amoney laundering bank. Now all that has changed. Only the small
fry still use such a risky method. The "big fish" conduit theirmoney via the CHIPS system, an acronym for Clearing HouseInternational Payments System, run by a Burroughs computer
system centered at the New York Clearing House. Twelve of thelargest banks use this system. One of them is the Hong Kong andShanghai Bank. Another is Credite Suisse, that oh so respectable
paragon of virtue in banking—until the lid is lifted. Combined with
the SWIFT system based in Virginia, dirty drug money becomes
invisible. Only wanton carelessness results in the FBI getting lucky
now and then, if and when it is told not to look the other way.
Only low echelon drug dealers get caught with drug moneyin their hands. The elite, Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank, escape detection. But this, too, ischanging with the collapse of Bank of Credit and Commerce

135International (BCCI) which is likely to expose a great deal about
the drug trade if ever a proper investigation is carried out.
One of the largest assets in the portfolio of the Committeeof 300 companies is American Express (AMEX). Its presidents
regularly occupy positions on the Committee of 300. I first got
interested in Amex when I was carrying out an on-the-spot
investigation that led me to the Trade Development Bank in
Geneva. Later, this got me into a lot of trouble. I discovered that
Trade Development Bank, then run by Edmund Safra, key man in
the gold for opium trade, was supplying tons of gold to the Hong
Kong market via Trade Development Bank.
Before going to Switzerland, I went to Pretoria, South
Africa, where I talked with Dr. Chris Stals, at that time the deputy
governor of the South African Reserve Bank which controls all bulk
dealings in South African-produced gold. After several discussions
over a period of a week, I was told that the bank could not supply
me with the ten tons of gold that I was authorized to buy onbehalf of clients I was supposed to be representing. My friends inthe right places knew how to produce the documentation which
passed without question.
The Reserve Bank referred me to a Swiss company whom I
cannot name, because it would blow cover. I was also given theaddress of Trade Development Bank in Geneva. The purpose of
my exercise was to find out the mechanics of how gold is moved
and traded, and secondly to test bogus documents which had
been prepared for me by ex-intelligence friends of mine who
specialized in this kind of thing. Remember "M" in the "James
Bond" series? Let me assure you that "M" does exist, only hiscorrect initial is "C." The documents I had consisted of "buying
orders" from Liechtenstein companies with supporting papers tomatch.
On approaching Trade Development Bank I was at firstgreeted cordially but, as discussions progressed with more andmore suspicion until, when I felt it was no longer safe for me tovisit the bank, without telling anyone at the bank I left Geneva.
Later the bank was sold to American Express. American Express
was briefly investigated by former Attorney General Edwin Meese,136

after which he was quickly removed from office and labeled"corrupt." What I found was that American Express was and still isa conduit for laundering drug money and, thus far, no one has
been able to explain to me why a private company has the right toprint dollars—aren't American Express travelers checks dollars? I
subsequently exposed the Safra-Amex drug connections which
upset a lot of people, as can be imagined.
Committee of 300 member Japhet controls Charterhouse
Japhet, which in turn controls Jardine Matheson as a direct link to
the Hong Kong opium trade. The Japhets are reportedly English
Quakers. The Matheson family, also members of the Committee of300, were kingpins in the China opium trade, at least up until 1943.
The Mathesons have appeared in the Queen of England Honors
List since the early 19th century.
The top controllers of the drug trade in the Committee of
300 have no conscience about the millions of lives they ruin eachyear. They are Gnostics, Cathars, members of the cult of Dionysus,
Osiris, or worse. To them, "ordinary" people are there to be used
for their purposes. Their high-priests, Bulwer-Lytton and Aldous
Huxley, preached the gospel of drugs as a beneficial substance. To
quote Huxley:"And for private everyday use, there have always beenchemical intoxicants. All the vegetable sedatives and narcotics, all
the euphorics that grow on trees, the hallucinogens that ripen in
berries, have been used by humans since time immemorial. And tothese modifiers of conscience, modern science has added its quotaof synthetics. For unrestricted use the West has permitted only
alcohol and tobacco. All other chemical Doors in the Wall arelabeled DOPE."
To the oligarches and plutocrats of the Committee of 300,
drugs have a two-fold purpose, firstly to bring in colossal sums ofmoney and secondly, to eventually turn a major part of the
population into mindless drug zombies who will be easier tocontrol than people who don't need drugs, as punishment forrebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin, cocaine,
marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalize drugs so that a
MONOPOLY SYSTEM, which has been readied for introduction

137

once severe economic conditions, of which the 1991 depression is
the forerunner, cause drug usage to proliferate as hundreds ofthousands of permanently jobless workers turn to drugs for solace.
In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs top
secret papers, the scenario is laid out as follows (in part):"...having been failed by Christianity, and with
unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs
for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek
solace in drugs. That is when full control of the drug trade must becompleted in order that the governments of all countries who areunder our jurisdiction will have a MONOPOLY which we will control
through supply.... Drug bars will take care of the unruly and thediscontent, would be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless
addicts with no will of their own...."
There is ample evidence that the CIA and British
intelligence, specially M16, have already spent at least a decade
working toward this goal.
The Royal Institute of International Affairs used the lifetime work of Aldous Huxley and Bulwer-Lytton as its blueprint tobring about a state where mankind will no longer have wills of
their own in the One World Government-New World Order of the
fast-approaching New Dark Age. Again, let us see what high priest
Aldous Huxley had to say about this:"In many societies at many levels of civilization, attempts
have been made to fuse drug intoxication with God intoxication. In
ancient Greece, for example, ethyl alcohol had its place in theestablished religions. Dionysus, Bacchus, as he was often called,
was a true divinity. Complete prohibition of chemical changes canbe decreed but cannot be enforced. (THE LANGUAGE OF THE
PRO-DRUG LOBBY ON CAPITOL HILL.)"Now let us consider another type of drug—still undis
covered, but probably just around the corner—a drug making
people happy in situations where they would normally feelmiserable. (Is there anyone more miserable than a person who
has sought and been unable to find work?) Such a drug would be138

a blessing, but a blessing fraught with grave social and politicaldangers. By making a harmless chemical euphoria freely available,
a dictator (read Committee of 300) could reconcile an entire
population to a state of affairs to which self-respecting humanbeings ought not to be reconciled."
Quite a dialectical masterpiece. What Huxley was
advocating and which is official policy of the Committee of 300 andits surrogate, RIIA, can be quite simply stated as mass mind
control. As I have often said, all wars are wars for the souls of
mankind. Thus far it has not dawned on us that the drug trade isirregular low-intensity warfare against the whole human race of
free men. Irregular warfare is the most terrible form of warfare
which, while it has a beginning, has no ending.
Some will question the involvement of the British royalfamilies, past and present, in the drug trade. To see it in print
appears on the surface to be preposterous, and it is being seen in
print more often these days to make it appear exactly that,
preposterous. The oldest maxim in the intelligence business is, "If
you want to hide something, put it where everyone can see it.
F. S. Turner's book, "BRITISH OPIUM POLICY," published in
1876, shows how the British monarchy and its hangers-on family
relatives were deeply involved in the opium trade. Turner was thesecretary of the Anglo Oriental Society of the Suppression of theOpium Trade. He declined to be silenced by Crown spokesperson
Sir R. Temple. Turner stated that the government, and therefore
the Crown, had to withdraw from the opium monopoly, "and if ittakes any revenues at all, take only that which accrues fromtaxation honestly meant to have a restrictive force. "Turner was answered by a spokesman for the monarchy,
Lord Lawrence, who fought against the BEIC losing its monopoly.
"It would be desirable to get rid of the monopoly, but I myself am
disinclined to be the agent of change. If it is question of moderate
loss that we could afford, I would not hesitate to undertake it."(Taken from the Calcutta Papers 1870.)
By 1874 the war against the British monarchy and thearistocracy over its deep involvement in the China opium trade

139

was getting heated. The Society for the Suppression of the Opium
Trade violently assailed the aristocracy of the day and pressedhome its attacks in a fearless manner we would do well to emulate.
The society said that the Treaty of Tientsin, which Forced China toaccept the importation of enormous amounts of opium, was a
dastardly crime against the Chinese people.
There arose a mighty warrior, Joseph Grundy Alexander, abarrister by profession who, in 1866, led a strong attack on British
Crown opium policy in China in which he openly mentioned the
involvement of the royal family and the aristocracy. For the firsttime Alexander brought India, "the Jewel in the Crown," into the
picture. He laid the blame squarely where it belonged, on themonarchy, the so-called aristocracy and its servants in the British
government.
Under the direction of Alexander, the society committed
itself to the total destruction of the cultivation of opium poppies in
Bengal, India. Alexander proved to be a doughty opponent.
Through his leadership, the drug aristocracy began to falter and,in the face of his open denouncements of the royal family and its
hangers-on, several Members of Parliament began siding with him
Conservatives, Unionists, Labor. Alexander made it clear that the
drug trade was not a party political issue; it was for all parties tojoin together in helping to eradicate the menace.
Lord Kimberly, spokesman for the royal family and theentrenched oligarchists, threatened that any attempts to interferewith what he called "the commerce of the nation will run into
serious opposition from the cabinet." Alexander and his society
pressed on in the face of innumerable threats and finallyparliament agreed to appoint a Royal Commission to enquire into
the opium trade, with Lord Kimberly, who was Secretary of India,
as its chairman. A more inappropriate person to head thecommission could not have been found. It was akin to Dulles being
appointed to the Warren Commission.
In his first statement, Lord Kimberly made it clear that hewould rather resign from his august position than consent to a
resolution that would surrender Indian Opium Revenues. It is
worthy of note that "Indian Opium Revenue" implied money

140

shared by the nation. Like the idea that the people of South Africa
share in the enormous profits from the sale of gold and diamonds,
this was just not the case. Indian opium revenues went straight
into the royal coffers and the pockets of the nobility and theoligarchists and plutocrats, and made them billionaires.
Rowntree's book, "THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE" gives afascinating account of how Prime Minister Gladstone and his fellow
plutocrats lied, cheated, twisted and turned to keep theastonishing truth of the involvement of the British monarchy in theopium trade from being exposed. Rowntree's book is a treasure
house of information on the deep involvement of the British royalfamily and the lords and ladies of England and the huge fortunes
they accumulated from the misery of the Chinese opium addicts.
Lord Kimberly, secretary of the commission of inquiry, washimself deeply involved in the opium trade so he did everything in
his power to close the proceedings to all who sought the truth.
Finally, under a great deal of pressure from the public, the Royal
Commission was forced to open the door to this inquiry just a
crack, so that it became apparent that the highest in the land wererunning the opium trade and receiving huge benefits from it. But
the door was quickly slammed shut again, and the Royal
Commission called no expert witnesses, thereafter sitting for an
absurdly short period of time. The commission was nothing but afarce and a cover-up, such as we have become accustomed to in
20th century America.
The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the UnitedStates were just as deeply involved in the China opium trade as
were the British, indeed they still are. Witness recent history when
James Earl Carter toppled the Shah of Iran. Why was the Shahdeposed and then murdered by the United States government? fn
a word, because of DRUGS. The Shah had clamped down andvirtually put an end to the immensely lucrative opium trade being
conducted out of Iran by the British. At the time that the Shahtook over in Iran, there were already one million opium/heroin
addicts.
This the British would not tolerate, so they sent the UnitedStates to do their dirty work for them in terms of the "special

141

relationship" between the two countries. When Khomeini took over
the U.S. Embassy in Teheran, arms sales by the United States,
which had begun with the Shah, were not discontinued. Why not?
Had the United States done so, Khomeini would have canceled theBritish monopoly of the opium trade in his country. To prove thepoint, after 1984, Khomeini's liberal attitude toward opium had
increased the number of addicts to 2 million, according to United
Nations and World Health Organization statistics.
Both President Carter and his successor, Ronald Reagan,willingly and with full knowledge of what was at stake, went on
supplying arms to Iran even while American hostages languishedin captivity. In 1980 I wrote a monograph under the title, "What
Really Happened in Iran," which set out the facts. The arms tradewith Iran was sealed at a meeting between Cyrus Vance, a servantof the Committee of 300, and Dr. Hashemi, which resulted in the
U.S. Air Force beginning an immediate airlift of arms to Iran,carried on even at the height of the hostage crisis the arms camefrom U.S. Army stockpiles in Germany and some were even flown
directly from the United States with refueling stops at the Azores.
With the advent of Khomeini, who was put in power in Iranby the Committee of 300, opium production skyrocketed. By 1984
Iran's opium production exceeded 650 metric tons of opium perannum. What Carter and Reagan did was ensure that there was nofurther interference in the opium trade and they carried out the
mandate given to them by the oligarchical families in Britain in thisconnection. Iran presently rivals the Golden Triangle in the volumeof opium produced.
The Shah was not the only victim of the Committee of 300
William Buckley, CIA station chief in Beirut, in all his lack ofexperience on who is behind the opium trade, began conducting
investigations in Iran, Lebanon and even spent time in Pakistan.
From Islamabad, Buckley began sending back damning reports to
the CIA in Langley about the burgeoning opium trade in theGolden Crescent and Pakistan. The U.S. Embassy in Islamabad
was firebombed, but Buckley escaped the mob attack andreturned to Washington because his cover was blown by forces
unknown.

142

Then a very strange thing happened. Contrary to allprocedures laid down by the CIA when an agent's cover has beenblown, Buckley was sent back to Beirut. Buckley was in effectsentenced to death by the CIA in order to silence him, and thistime the sentence was carried out. William Buckley was kidnapedby agents of the Committee of 300. Under brutal interrogation by
General Mohammed el Khouili of Syrian intelligence to force him todisclose the names of all field officers of the DEA in thesecountries, he was brutally murdered. His efforts to expose thehuge opium trade developing out of Pakistan, Lebanon and Irancost Buckley his life.
If the remaining free men in this world believe thatsinglehandedly or in small groups they can smash the drug trade,they are sorely mistaken. They could cut off the tentacles of theopium and cocaine trade here and there, but never the head. The
crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern Liberal Establishment
family will not tolerate it. The war on drugs which the Bushadministration is allegedly fighting, but which it is not, is for
TOTAL legalization of ALL types and classes of drugs. Such drugs
are not solely a social aberration, but a fullscale attempt to gain
control of the minds of the people of this planet, or as the"Aquarian Conspiracy" authors put it, "to bring about radical
changes in the United States." THIS IS THE PRINCIPAL TASK OF
THE COMMITTEE OF 300, THE ULTIMATE SECRET SOCIETY.
Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It
is still run by the same "upper class" families in Britain and theUnited States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what
seem to be big losses through seizures by the authorities are
written off in paneled boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and
London over port and cigars as "merely the cost of doing business,old boy."
British colonial capitalism has always been the mainstay ofthe oligarchical feudal system of privilege in England and remains
so to the present day. When the poor, untutored pastoral people
in South Africa who became known as the Boers fell into thebloodstained hands of the British aristocracy in 1899, they had no
idea that the revoltingly cruel war so relentlessly pursued by
Queen Victoria, was financed by the incredible amounts of money

143

which came from the "instant fortunes" of the BEIC opium trade in
China into the pockets of the plutocrats.
Committee of 300 members Cecil John Rhodes, Barney
Barnato and Alfred Beit instigated and engineered the war. Rhodes
was the principle agent for the Rothschilds, whose banks were
awash in cash flowing from the opium trade. These robbers,
thieves and liars—Rhodes, Barnato, Oppenheimer, Joel and Beit—dispossessed the South African Boers of their birthright, the goldand diamonds that lay beneath their soil. The South African Boers
received nothing out of the BILLIONS UPON BILLIONS of dollars
derived from the sale of THEIR gold and diamonds.
The Committee of 300 quickly took full control of these vasttreasures, control which it even now maintains through one of its
members, Sir Harry Oppenheimer. The average South African
receives $100 per annum per capita from the gold and diamondindustry. The BILLIONS which flow out annually go to the bankersof the Committee of 300. It is one of the most foul and vile stories
of greed, theft and the murder of a nation ever recorded in the
annals of history.
How could the British Crown have succeeded in pulling off
this stunning fraud of gigantic proportion? To accomplish such a
Herculean task requires skilled organizing with devoted agentsinplace to carry out the daily instructions passed down from theconspirators' hierarchy. The first step was a press propaganda
campaign portraying the Boers as uncivilized barbarians, only
slightly human, who were denying British citizens the right to votein the Boer Republic. Then, demands were made on Paul Kruger,
leader of the Transvaal Republic, which of course could not be met.
After that, a series of incidents were staged to provoke the Boers
into retaliation, but that didn't work either. Then came theinfamous Jameson Raid where a certain Jameson led a party ofseveral hundred armed men in an attack on the transvaal. War
followed immediately thereafter.
Queen Victoria mounted the largest and best equipped armythat the world had ever seen at that time ( 1898). Victoria thought
he war would be over in two weeks, since the Boers had nostanding army and no trained militia and would be no match for

144

her 400,000 soldiers drawn from the ranks of Britain's
underclasses. The Boers never numbered more than 80,000
farmers and their sons—some were as young as fourteen-Rudyard
Kipling also thought the war would be over in less than a week.
Instead, with rifle in one hand and the Bible in the other,
the Boers held out for three years. "We went to South Africa
thinking the war would be over in a week," said Kipling. "Instead,the Boers taught us no end of a lesson." That same "lesson" could
be taught to the Committee of 300 today if we could but muster
10,000 leaders, good men and true to lead this nation in battle
against the gargantuan monster threatening to devour everything
our Constitution stands for.
After the war ended in 1902, the British Crown had toconsolidate its grip on the unimaginable fortune of gold anddiamonds that lay beneath the barren veldt of the Boer Republics
of Transvaal and Orange Free State. This was done through theRound Table of the legend of King Arthur and his Knights. The
Round Table is strictly a British M16 intelligence operation
established by the Committee of 300 which, together with the
Rhodes Scholarship program, is a dagger in the heartland of
America.
The Round Table was established in South Africa by Cecil
Rhodes and funded by the English Rothschild family. Its purpose
was to train business leaders loyal to the British Crown who would
secure the vast gold and diamond treasures for the British Crown.
South Africans had their birthright stolen from them in a coup so
massive and all pervading that it was apparent only a central
unified command could have pulled it off. That unified command
was the Committee of 300.
That this was accomplished is not in dispute. By the early
1930's, the British Crown had a stranglehold on the biggest
supplies of gold and diamonds ever found in the world. NOW THE
COMMITTEE OF 300 HAD AT ITS DISPOSAL BOTH THE VASTFORTUNE COMING FROM THE DRUG TRADE AND THE EQUALLY
VAST FORTUNE OF THE MINERAL AND METAL WEALTH OF
SOUTH AFRICA. Financial control of the world was complete.

145

The Round Table played a pivotal role in the coup. The
express purpose of the Round Table, after swallowing up South
Africa, was to blunt the benefits to the United States of theAmerican War of Independence, and once more bring the UnitedStates under British control. Organizing ability was essential forsuch an enterprise and it was provided by Lord Alfred Milner,
protege of the London Rothschild family. Using Scottish Rite
Freemason principles in selecting members of Round Table, chose
chosen underwent a period of intense training at Cambridge andOxford Universities under the watchful eyes of John Ruskin, a selfconfessed "old school communist," and T. H. Green, an operativeof M16.
It was Green, the son of a Christian evangelical cleric, who
spawned Rhodes, Milner, John Wheeler Bennet, A. D. Lindsay,
George Bernard Shaw and Hjalmar Schacht, Hitler's financeminister. I pause here to remind readers that the Round Table isonly ONE SECTOR of this vast and all-encompassing Committee of300. Yet the Round Table itself consists of a maze of companies,
institutions, banks and educational establishments, which in itself
would take qualified insurance actuaries a year to sort out.
Round Tablers fanned out throughout the world to takecontrol of fiscal and monetary policies and political leadership in all
countries where they operated. In South Africa, General Smuts,
who had fought against the British in the Boer War, was "turned"
and became a leading British intelligence, military and politicalagent who espoused the cause of the British Crown. In the UnitedStates, in later years, the task of boring away at the United Statesfrom the inside fell to William Yandell Elliot, the man who spawned
Henry Kissinger and who was responsible for his meteoric rise topower as chief U.S. advisor to the Committee of 300.
William Yandell Elliot was "an American at Oxford," who
had already served the Committee of 300 well, which is aprerequisite for higher office in the service of the committee. After
graduating from Vanderbilt University in 1917, Elliot was draftedby the Rothschild-Warburg banking network. He worked at theFederal Reserve Bank in San Francisco and rose to be a director.
From there he acted as a Warburg-Rothschild intelligence officer,
reporting on the important areas of the United States he was

146overseeing. Elliot's "Freemason" talent spotters recommended him
for a Rhodes Scholarship and, in 1923, he went to Balliol College
at Oxford University whose "dreaming spires" hid a network of
intrigue and future traitors to the West.
Balliol College was, and still is, the center of recruiting for
the Round Table. After a thorough brainwashing conducted by theTavistock Institute of Human Relations representative, A.D.
Lindsay, who had succeeded Master of Balliol T. H. Green, Elliot
was received into the Round Table and sent to The Royal Instituteof International Affairs to be given his assignment, which was that
he return to the United States to become a leader in the academic
community.
The Round Table's driving philosophy was to have Round
Tablers in positions to formulate and carry out social policies
through social institutions whereby what Ruskin called "themasses" could be manipulated. Members infiltrated the highest
levels of banking after under going a course at the Tavistock
Institute. The course was drawn up by Lord Leconsfield, an
intimate of the British royal family, and later run by Robert Brand
who went on to manage Lazard Freres. The Royal Institute ofInternational Affairs was and remains totally interfaced with the
British monarchy.
Some of the spinoffs of the Round Table are the
Bilderbergers, set up and run by Duncan Sandys, a prominent
politician and son-in-law of the late Winston Churchill, the Ditchley
Foundation, a secret banker's club which I exposed in my 1983
work, "International Banker's Conspiracy: The Ditchley
Foundation," the Trilateral Commission, the Atlantic Council of theUnited States and the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies,
whose well-hidden, behind the scenes founder was Lord Bullock of
the RIIA for whom Robert Anderson fronted.
The way in which Henry Kissinger, the RllA's chief asset in
the United States, came to power is a story of the triumph of theinstitution of the British monarchy over the Republic of the UnitedStates of America. It is a tale of horror, too long to be included
here. Nevertheless, it would be remiss of me if I did not mention

147

just a few of the highlights of Kissinger's rise to fame, fortune andpower.
After a stint in the United States Army, beginning with thejob of driving General Fritz Kraemer around war-torn Germany,thanks to the Oppenheimer family Kissinger was picked to attend
Wilton Park for further training. At the time he held the rank ofprivate first class. In 1952 Kissinger was sent to the Tavistock
Institute where R. V. Dicks took him in hand and turned him insideout. Thereafter there was no holding Kissinger back. He was laterdrafted to serve under George Franklin and Hamilton Fish of theCouncil on Foreign Relations' New York office.
It is believed that the official nuclear policy adopted by theUnited States was delivered to Kissinger during his stay atTavistock and further shaped by his participation in "Nuclear
Weapons and Foreign Policy," a Round Table seminar whichbrought forth the doctrine known as "flexible response," a total
irrationality, which became known by the acronym MAD.
Thanks to William Yandell Elliot and under the tutelage ofJohn Wheeler Bennett, top intelligence director of the Round Tableand chief of MI6 field operations in the United States, Kissinger
became Elliot's "favorite son" as he explained in his book, "The
Pragmatic Revolt in Politics." Kissinger was coopted into the Round
Table to push monetarist policies he studied at Harvard
International Seminars.
Kissinger avidly absorbed Elliot's teachings and was nolonger recognizable as the man General Kraemer once described
as "my little Jew-boy driver." Kissinger was inculcated with thespirit of the Master of Balliol, becoming an ardent disciple ofdecadent British aristocracy. Adopting the philosophies of Toynbee,
chief intelligence director for MI6 at the Royal Institute ofInternational Affairs, Kissinger used its papers to write his
undergraduate "dissertation."
By the mid 1960's Kissinger had proved his worth to theRound Table and the RIIA, and thus to the British monarchy. As areward and a test of what he had learned, Kissinger was placed incharge of a small group consisting of James Schlessinger,

148

Alexander Haig and Daniel Ellsberg. The Round Table was using toconduct a series of experiments. Cooperating with this group was
the Institute of Policy Studies chief theoretician Noam Chomsky.
Haig, like Kissinger, worked for General Kraemer, albeit not
as a driver, and the general found a number of varied openings in
the Department of Defense for his protege. Once Kissinger was
installed as National Security Advisor, Kraemer got Haig the job as
his deputy. Ellsberg, Haig, and Kissinger then set in motion the
RIIA's Watergate plan to oust President Nixon for disobeying direct
instructions. Haig played the lead role in brainwashing andconfusing President Nixon, and in effect it was Kissinger who ran
the White House during this softening up of the President. As I
mentioned in 1984, Haig was the White House go-between known
as "Deep Throat," passing information to the Washington Post
team of Woodward and Bernstein.
The Watergating of Nixon was the biggest coup yet pulled
off by the Round Table as an agency and an arm of the RIIA. All
the tangled threads led back to the Round Table; from there to the
RIIA, and right back to the Queen of England. The humiliation of
Nixon was an object lesson and a warning to future Presidents of
the United States not to imagine they could go against theCommittee of 300 and win. Kennedy was brutally murdered in fullview of the American people for the same reason; Nixon was notconsidered worthy enough to suffer the same fate as John F.
Kennedy.
But whatever the method used, the Committee of 300
made sure that all would-be aspirants for the White House got themessage: "Nobody is beyond our reach." That this message
remains just as forceful as it was when Kennedy was murderedand Nixon hounded out of office, is evidenced by the character of
President George Bush, whose eagerness to please his masters
should be cause for grave concern among those who worry about
the future of the United States.
The purpose of the exercise was made clear in thePentagon Papers episode and the drafting of Schlessinger into the
Nixon Administration to act as a spoiler in the defense
establishment and a counterforce to the development of atomic

149

energy, which role Schlessinger carried out from the shelter of his
position in the Atomic Energy Commission, one of the key factors
in deindustrializing the United States in the planned Club of RomePost Industrial-Zero-growth strategies. From this beginning we cantrace the roots of the 1991 recession/depression which has thus
far cost the jobs of 30 million Americans.
It is virtually impossible to penetrate the Committee of 300
and the oligarchical families that go to make it up. The camouflage
they pull over themselves as protective covering is very hard to rip
off. This fact should be noted by every freedom-loving American:
The Committee of 300 dictates what passes for United Statesforeign and domestic policies and has done so for over 200 years.
Nowhere was this more strikingly portrayed than when a cocky
President Truman had the wind knocked out of him by Churchill
ramrodding the so-called "Truman Doctrine" down the throat of
the little man from Independence, Missouri.
Some of their former members, whose descendants filledvacancies caused by death, and present members include Sir Mark
Turner, Gerald Villiers, Samuel Montague, the Inchcapes, Keswicks,
Peases, Schroeders, Airlies, Churchills, Frasers, Lazars and Jardine
Mathesons. The full list of members is presented elsewhere in thisbook; these people on the Committee ORDERED President Wilson
to go to war against Germany in the First World War; thisCommittee ordered Roosevelt to engineer the Japanese attack on
Pearl Harbor with the object of getting the United States into theSecond World War.
These people, this Committee, ordered this nation to war in
Korea, Vietnam and the Persian Gulf. The plain truth is that theUnited States has fought in 5 wars this century for and on behalfof the infamous Committee of 300. It seems that, apart from justa few, no one has stopped to ask, "WHY ARE WE FIGHTINGTHESE WARS?" The big drum of "patriotism," martial music andwaving flags and yellow ribbons, it seems, caused a great nation
to become bereft of its senses.
On the 50th anniversary of Pearl Harbor, a new "hateJapan" campaign is being waged, not by the Institute of Pacific
Relations (IPR), but in the most direct and brazen manner by the150Bush Administration and the Congress. The object is the same as it
was when Roosevelt inspired the attack on Pearl Harbor, paint theJapanese as aggressors and wage economic war, then ready ourforces for the next phase—armed aggression against Japan.
This is already in the works; it is only a matter of time
before more of our sons and daughters are sent off to beslaughtered in the service of the feudal lords of the Committee of300. We ought to shout from the housetops, "It is not for freedom
nor for love of country that we are going to die, but for a systemof tyranny that will shortly envelope the entire world."
So tight is the grip of this organization on Britain that 95%
of British citizens have, since the 1700's, been forced to accept as
their share, less than 20% of the national wealth of the country.
This is what the oligarchical feudal lords of England like to call"democracy." These nice, proper English gentlemen are, in reality,utterly ruthless—what they did in India, Sudan, Egypt, Iraq, Iranand Turkey will be repeated in every country under the New World
Order-One World Government. They will use every nation and its
wealth to protect their privileged way of life. It is this class of
British aristocracy whose fortunes are inextricably woven andintertwined with the drug trade, the gold, diamond and arms
trades, banking, commerce and industry, oil, the news media andentertainment industry.
Apart from the rank and file of the Labour Party (but not its
leaders), the majority of British political leaders are descendants of
titled families, the titles being hereditary and handed down fromfather to eldest son. This system ensures that no "outsideers"
aspire to political power in England. Nevertheless, some aliens
have been able to squeeze their way in.
Take the case of Lord Halifax, former British Ambassador to
Washington and the man who delivered Committee of 300 orders
to our government during the Second World War. Halifax's son,Charles Wood, married a Miss Primrose, a blood relative of Lord
Rothschild. Behind such names as Lord Swaythling is hidden thename of Montague, director of the Bank of England and adviser
and confidant of the majority stockholder of the Shell Oil Company,
Queen Elizabeth II. All are members of the Committee of 300.

151

Some of the old barriers have been broken down. Title is today not
the only criteria for admission to the Club of Rome.
It is appropriate to provide an overview of what theCommittee of 300 hopes to achieve, what its aims and objectives
are before we proceed to its vast, far flung interlocking interfacingof banks, insurance companies, corporations, etc. The following
information has taken years of investigative research to put
together from hundreds of documents and sources of mine who
gave me access to some of the papers in which the details are
hidden.
The Committee of 300 consists of certain individuals
specialists in their own fields, including cultus diabolicus, mind
altering drugs, and specialists in murder by poison, intelligence;banking, and every facet of commercial activity. It will benecessary to mention former members since deceased, because of
their former roles and because their places were given to family
members of new members considered worthy of the honor.
Included in the membership are the old families of theEuropean Black Nobility, the American Eastern Liberal
Establishment (in Freemason hierarchy and the Order of Skull andBone), the Illuminati, or as it is known by the Committee "MORIAH
CONQUERING WIND," the Mumma Group, The National and WorldCouncil of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the Nine Unknown Men,
Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The Order of the Eldersof Zion, the Nasi Princes, International Monetary Fund (IMF), theBank of International Settlements (BIS), the United Nations (U.N.),
the Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry—especiallythose in the Vatican hierarchy—the Central Intelligence Agency,
Tavistock Institute selected personnel, various members of leading
foundations and insurance companies named in the lists that
follow, the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the Milner GroupRound Table, Cini Foundation, German Marshall Fund, Ditchley
Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome, Environmentalists, The Order of
St. John of Jerusalem, One World Government Church, Socialist
International, Black Order, Thule Society, AnenherbeRosicrucianists, The Great Superior Ones and literally HUNDREDS
of other organizations.

152

What then are we looking at? A loosely-knit gathering ofpeople with weird ideas? Certainly not. In the Committee of 300,
which has a 150-year history, we have some of the most brilliant
intellects assembled to form a completely totalitarian, absolutely
controlled "new" society only it isn't new, having drawn most of
its ideas from the Clubs of Cultus Diabolicus. It strives toward a
One World Government rather well described by one of its latemembers, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by theCommittee which Wells boldly called: "THE OPEN CONSPIRACYPLANS FOR A WORLD REVOLUTION."
It was a bold statement of intent, but not really so boldsince nobody believed Wells except the Great Superior Ones, theAnenherbes and those who were what we would call "insiders"
today. Here is an extract of what Wells proposed:"The Open Conspiracy will appear first, I believe as aconscious organization of intelligent, and in some cases wealthymen, as a movement having distinct social and political aims,
confessedly ignoring most of the existing apparatus of politicalcontrol, or using it only as an incidental implement in the stages, amere movement of a number of people in a certain direction, whowill presently discover, with a sort of a surprise, the common
object toward which they are all moving. In all sorts of ways, they
will be influencing and controlling the ostensible government."
Like George Orwell's 1984, Wells'account is a mass-appeal
for a One World Government. Summarized, the intent and purposeof the Committee of 300 is to bring to pass the following
conditions:
A One World Government and one-unit monetary system
under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self
select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as
it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will
be limited by restrictions on the number of children per family,
diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful tothe ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined,
remain as the total world population.

153

There will be no middle class, only rulers and servants. Alllaws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts
practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One
World Government police force and a One World unified military to
enforce laws in all former countries where no national boundaries
shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state;those who are obedient and subservient to the One World
Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those whoare rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared
outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to kill them.
Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited.
Only one religion will be allowed and that will be in theform of a One World Government Church, which has been in
existence since 1920 as we shall see. Satanism, Luciferianism andWitchcraft shall he recognized as legitimate One World
Government curricula with no private or church schools. All
Christian churches have already been subverted and Christianity
will be a thing of the past in the One World Government.
To induce a state where there is no individual freedom or
any concept of liberty surviving, there shall be no such thing as
republicanism, sovereignty or rights residing with the people.
National pride and racial identity shall be stamped out and in thetransition phase it shall be subject to the severest penalties toeven mention one's racial origin.
Each person shall be fully indoctrinated that he or she is acreature of the One World Government with an identification
number clearly marked on their person so as to be readily
accessible, which identifying number shall be in the master file of
the NATO computer in Brussels, Belgium, subject to instantretrieval by any agency of the One World Government at any time.
The master Files of the CIA, FBI, state and local police agencies,
IRS, FEMA, Social Security shall be vastly expanded and form thebasis of personal records of all individuals in the United States.
Marriage shall be outlawed and there shall be no family life
as we know it. Children will be removed from their parents at an
early-age and brought up by wards as state property. Such an
experiment was carried out in East Germany under Erich154

Honnecker when children were take away from parents consideredby the state to be disloyal citizens. Women will he degradedthrough the continued process of "women's liberation" movements.
Free sex shall be mandatory.
Failure to comply at least once by the age of 20 shall bepunishable by severe reprisals against her person. Self-abortion
shall be taught and practiced after two children are born to a
woman; such records shall be contained in the personal file ofeach woman in the One World Government's regional computers.
If a woman falls pregnant after she has previously given birth totwo children, she shall be forcibly removed to an abortion clinic forsuch an abortion and sterilization to be carried out
Pornography shall be promoted and be compulsory
showing in every theater of cinema, including homosexual andlesbian pornography. The use of "recreational" drugs shall becompulsory, with each person allotted drug quotas which can bepurchased at One World Government stores throughout the world.
Mind control drugs will be expanded and usage becomecompulsory. Such mind control drugs shall be given in food and/or
water supplies without the knowledge and/or consent of thepeople. Drug bars shall be set up, run by One World Government
employees, where the slave-class shall be able to spend their free
time. In this manner the non-elite masses will be reduced to thelevel and behavior of controlled animals with no will of their own
and easily regimented and controlled.
The economic system shall be based upon the rulingoligarethical class allowing just enough foods and services to be
produced to keep the mass slave labor camps going. All wealthshall be aggregated in the hands of the elite members of theCommittee of 300. Each individual shall be indoctrinated tounderstand that he or she is totally dependent upon the state forsurvival. The world shall be ruled by Committee of 300 Executive
Decrees which become instant law. Boris Yeltsin is using
Committee of 300 decrees to impose the Committee's will on
Russia as a trial run. Courts of punishment and not courts ofjustice shall exist.

155

Industry is to be totally destroyed along with nuclear
powered energy systems. Only the Committee of 300 members
and their elitists shall have the right to any of the earth's resources.
Agriculture shall be solely in the hands of the Committee of 300
with food production strictly controlled. As these measures begin
to take effect, large populations in the cities shall be forcibly
removed to remote areas and those who refuse to go shall be
exterminated in the manner of the One World Government
experiment carried out by Pol Pot in Cambodia.
Euthanasia for the terminally ill and the aged shall becompulsory. No cities shall be larger than a predetermined number
as described in the work of Kalgeri. Essential workers will be
moved to other cities if the one they are in becomes
overpopulated. Other non-essential workers will be chosen at
random and sent to underpopulated cities to fill "quotas."
At least 4 billion "useless eaters" shall be eliminated by theyear 2050 by means of limited wars, organized epidemics of fatal
rapid-acting diseases and starvation. Energy, food and water shallbe kept at subsistence levels for the non-elite, starting with theWhite populations of Western Europe and North America and thenspreading to other races. The population of Canada, Western
Europe and the United States will be decimated more rapidly thanon other continents, until the world's population reaches amanageable level of 1 billion, of which 500 million will consist of
Chinese and Japanese races, selected because they are people
who have been regimented for centuries and who are accustomed
to obeying authority without question.
From time to time there shall be artificially contrived foodand water shortages and medical care to remind the masses that
their very existence depends on the goodwill of the Committee of300.
After the destruction of housing, auto, steel and heavy
goods industries, there shall he limited housing, and industries ofany kind allowed to remain shall be under the direction of NATO's
Club of Rome as shall all scientific and space exploration
development, limited to the elite under the control of the156

Committee of 300. Space weapons of all former nations shall be
destroyed along with nuclear weapons.
All essential and non-essential pharmaceutical products,
doctors, dentists and health care workers will be registered in thecentral computer data bank and no medicine or medical care will
he prescribed without express permission of regional controllers
responsible for each city, town and village.
The United States will be flooded by peoples of aliencultures who will eventually overwhelm White America, people
with no concept of what the United States Constitution stands forand who will, in consequence, do nothing to defend it, and inwhose minds the concept of liberty and justice is so weak as tomatter little. FOOD and shelter shall be the main concern.
No central bank save the Bank of International Settlement
and the World Bank shall be allowed to operate. Private banks will
be outlawed. Remuneration for work performed shall be under auniform predetermined scale throughout the One World
Government. There shall be no wage disputes allowed, nor any
diversion from the standard uniform scales of pay laid down by the
One World Government. Those who break the law will be instantly
executed.
There shall be no cash or coinage in the hands of the nonelite. All transactions shall be carried out by means of a debit card
which shall bear the identification number of the holder. Any
person who in any way infringes the rules and regulations of theCommittee of 300 shall have the use of his or her card suspended
for varying times according to the nature and severity of theinfringement.
Such persons will find, when they go to make purchases,that their card is blacklisted and they will not be able to obtain
services of any kind. Attempts to trade "old" coins, that is to say
silver coins of previous and now defunct nations, shall be treatedas a capital crime subject to the death penalty. All such coinage
shall be required to be surrendered within a given time along withguns, rifles, explosives and automobiles. Only the elite and One

157

World Government high-ranking functionaries will be allowed
private transport, weapons, coinage and automobiles.
If the offense is a serious one, the card will be seized at
the checking point where it is presented. Thereafter that person
shall not be able to obtain food, water, shelter and employment
medical services, and shall be officially listed as an outlaw. Largebands of outlaws will thus be created and they will live in regionsthat best afford subsistence, subject to being hunted down andshot on sight. Persons assisting outlaws in any way whatsoever,shall likewise be shot. Outlaws who fail to surrender to the policeor military after a declared period of time, shall have a former
family member selected at random to serve prison terms in theirstead.
Rival factions and groups such as Arabs and Jews andAfrican tribes shall have differences magnified and allowed thewage wars of extermination against each other under the eyes ofNATO and U.N. observers. The same tactics will be used in Central
and South America. These wars of attrition shall take place
BEFORE the take-over of the One World Government and shall be
engineered on every continent where large groups of people withethnic and religious differences live, such as the Sikhs, Moslem
Pakistanis and the Hindu Indians. Ethnic and religious differences
shall be magnified and exacerbated and violent conflict as a meansof "settling" their differences shall be encouraged and fostered.
All information services and print media shall be under thecontrol of the One World Government. Regular brainwashing
control measures shall be passed off as "entertainment" in themanner in which it was practiced and became a fine art in the
United States. Youths removed from "disloyal parents," shallreceive special education designed to brutalize them. Youth ofboth sexes shall receive training to qualify as prison guards for the
One World labor camp system.
It is obvious from the foregoing that much work remains to
be done before the dawning of the New World Order can occur.
The Committee of 300 has long ago perfected plans to destabilize
civilization as we know it, some of which plans were made known
by Zbignew Brzezinski in his classic work "THE TECHNOTRONIC

158

ERA" and the works of Aurellio Peccei who founded the Club ofRome, especially in his book, "THE CHASM AHEAD."
In "THE CHASM AHEAD," Peccei spelled out Committee of
300 plans to tame man, whom he called "THE ENEMY." Peccei
quoted what Felix Dzerzinski once said to Sydney Reilly at theheight of the Red Terror when millions of Russians were being
murdered: "Why should I concern myself with how many die?
Even the Christian Bible says what is man that God should be
mindful of him? For me men are nothing but a brain at one end
and a shit factory at the other. "It was from this brutish view of man that Emmanuel The
Christ came to rescue the world. Sydney Reilly was the MI6
operative sent to watch over Dzerzinski's activities. Reilly wasallegedly shot by his friend Felix while attempting to flee Russia.
The elaborate plot was devised when certain members of the
British Parliament raised a hue and cry and began to loudly
demand an accounting of Reilly's activities in Russia, which
threatened to expose the role of the Committee of 300 in gaining
control of the Baku oilfields and its major role in assisting Lenin
and Trotsky during the Bolshevik Revolution. Rather than have thetruth dragged out of Reilly, MI6 thought it expedient to stage his
death. Reilly lived out his days in utter luxury in a Russia villausually reserved for the Bolshevik elite.
Arguing that chaos would ensue unless the "Atlantic
Alliance," a euphemism for the Committee of 300 ruled postindustrial America, Peccei proposed a Malthusian triaging on a
global scale. He envisioned a collision between thescientifictechnological-military apparatus of the Soviet Union andthe Western world. Thus the Warsaw Pact countries were to beoffered a convergence with the West in a One World Government
to run global affairs on the foundations of crisis management andglobal planning.
Events unfolding in what was formerly the USSR and theemergence of several independent states in a loose federation in
Russia, is exactly what was envisaged by Peccei and the Club ofRome and this is clearly spelled out in both the books I havementioned. A USSR thus divided will be easier to cope with than a159strong, united Soviet nation. Plans that were laid down by theCommittee of 300 for a One World Government, which included
the prospect of a divided Russia, are now approaching a point of
rapid escalation. Events in Russia at the close of 1991 are all themore dramatic when viewed against the 1960 longrange planningby the Committee of 300.
In Western Europe the people are working toward afederation of states within a one government framework with asingle currency. From there the EEC system will be transferred bit
by bit to the United States and Canada. The United Nations isbenign slowly but surely transformed into a rubber stamp of One
World Government, with policies dictated to it by the United States
as we saw in the case of the Gulf War.
Precisely the same thing is happening with the British
Parliament. Discussion on Britain's participation in the Gulf War
was kept to a ridiculously minimal level and belatedly took place
only during a motion to adjourn the House. This has never
happened before in the ancient history of parliament, where so
important a decision had to be made and so little time was allowed
for discussion. One of the most noteworthy events inparliamentary history has gone virtually unnoticed.
We are close to the point where the United States will send
its military Forces to settle any and all disputes brought before theUnited Nations. Departing Secretary General Perez de Cuellar,
heavily laden with bribe money, was the most compliant U.N.
leader in history in granting demands of the United States without
discussion. His successor will be even more inclined to go alongwith whatever the U.S. government places before him. This is an
important step along the road to a One World Government.
The International Court of Justice at The Hague will be
used in increasing measure in the next two years to settle legal
arguments of all types. It is of course the prototype for a One
World Government legal system that will supplant all others. As forcentral banks, essential in the planning of the New World Order,
this is already very much a fait-accompli with the Bank ofInternational Settlements dominating the scene at the close of
1991. Private banks are fast disappearing in preparation for the

160

Big Ten banks that will control banking the world over under theguidance of BIS and the IMF.
Welfare states abound in Europe, and the United States isfast becoming the largest welfare state in the world. Once people
come to depend on government for their subsistence, it will bevery hard to wean them away from it as we saw in the results of
the last mid-term election held in the United States where 98% ofincumbents were returned to Washington to enjoy the good life inspite of their utterly deplorable records.
The abolition of privately owned firearms is already in force
in three quarters of the world. Only in the United States can the
populace still own guns of all types, but that legal right is being
chipped away at an alarming rate by local and state laws which
violate the Constitutional right of all citizens to bear arms. Private
gun ownership will have become a thing of the past in the UnitedStates by the year 2010.
SlMILARLY, EDUCATION IS BEING ERODED AT AN
ALARMING RATE. PRIVATE SCHOOLS ARE BEING FORCED TO
CLOSE BY A VARIETY OF LEGAL STRATAGEMS AND LACK OFFUNDING. The standard of education in the United States has
already sunk to such a deplorable level that today it can barely beclassified as education at all. This is according to plan; as I
described earlier, the One World Government does not want ouryouth to be properly educated.
Destruction of national identity proceeds apace. It is nolonger a good thing to be patriotic unless it is in the cause ofsome One World Government project such as the war of genocide
being waged against the nation of Iraq, or the impending
destruction of Libya. Racial pride is now frowned upon anddeemed to be an illegal act in many parts of the world,
INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, WESTERN EUROPE
AND CANADA, ALL COUNTRIES HAVING THE LARGESTCONCENTRATIONS OF THE WHITE RACE.
Led by the secret societies in America, destruction of
republican forms of government has proceeded apace since theclose of WW II. A list of such governments destroyed by the U.S.

161

is long, and it is difficult for the non-informed to accept thatgovernment of a country allegedly wedded to republicanism undera unique constitution would engage in such conduct, but the facts
speak for themselves.
This is a goal which was set over a century ago by theCommittee of 300. The United States has led the attacks on suchgovernments and continues to do so even as the United States
republican base is being steadily undermined. Starting with James
Earl Carter's legal counsel, Lloyd Cutler, a committee of
constitutional lawyers has been working to change the U.S.
Congress into a non-representative parliamentary system. Work
has been in progress since 1979 on the blueprint for such achange, and because of his devotion to the cause, Cutler was
made a member of the Committee of 300. The final draft for aparliamentary type of government is to be presented to theCommittee of 300 at the end of 1993.
In the new parliamentary system, members will not be
responsible to their constituents, but to parliamentary whips andwill vote the way they are told to vote. Thus, by judicial andbureaucratic subversion will the Constitution vanish as will
individual liberty. Preplanned degrading of man through licentious
sexual practices will be stepped up. New sexually degenerate cults
are even now being set up by the British Crown-working throughthe SIS and MI6 services. As we already know, all cults operatingin the world today are the product of British intelligence acting forthe oligarchical rulers.
We may think this phase of creating a whole new cultwhich specializes in sexual degenerate behavior is still far off, but
my information is that it is due to be stepped up in 1992. By 1994
it will be quite commonplace to have "live shows" in the mostprestigious clubs and places of entertainment. This type of"entertainment" is already in the process of having its image
cleaned and brightened.
Soon the big names in Hollywood and the entertainment
world will be recommending this or that club as a "must" for live
sex shows. Lesbianism and homosexuality will not be featured.
This new socially acceptable "entertainment" will consist of162

heterosexual displays and will be written up in reviews as one
finds in today's newspapers about shows on Broadway, or thelatest hit movie.
An unprecedented assault on moral values will go into highgear in 1992. Pornography will no longer be called "pornography,"
but adult sex entertainment. Sloganeering will take the form of"why hide it when everybody does it. Let's take away the image
that public displays of sex are ugly and dirty." No more will those
who care for this type of unbridled sexual lust have to go to seedy
porno parlours. Instead, the upper-class supper clubs and places
favored by the rich and famous will make public sexual displays ahighly "artistic" form of entertainment. Worse yet, some church"leaders" will even recommend it.
The voluminous all-pervading and enormous social
psychiatry apparatus put in place by the Tavistock Institute and its
huge web of related capabilities has been under the control of one
single entity, and that entity is still in control as we enter 1992.
That single entity, the conspirators'hierarchy, is called THE
COMMITTEE OF 300. It is a power structure and a power center
that operates far beyond the reach of any single world leader or
any government, including the United States government and its
Presidents—as the late John F. Kennedy found out. The Kennedy
murder was an operation of the Committee of 300 and we shallreturn to that.
The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society madeup of an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen ofEngland, the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmarkand the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats decided at thedeath of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian Black
Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would benecessary for its aristocratic members to "go into business" with
the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate
business on a global scale, and so the doors to ultimate power
were opened to what the Queen of England likes to refer to as"the commoners."
From my days in the intelligence business I know thatheads of foreign governments refer to this all-powerful body as

163"The Magicians." Stalin coined his own phrase to describe them:"The Dark Forces," and President Eisenhower, who was never able
to get beyond the "hofjuden" (court Jew) grade, referred to it in acolossal understatement as "the military-industrial complex." Stalin
kept the USSR heavily armed with conventional and nuclear forces
because he did not trust what he called "the family." His ingrained
mistrust and fear of the Committee of 300 proved to be wellfounded.
Popular entertainment, especially the medium of movie
making, was used to bring discredit upon those who tried to warnof this most dangerous threat to individual liberty and freedom of
mankind. Freedom is a God-given law which man has constantly
sought to subvert and undermine; yet the yearning for freedom byeach individual is so great that up to now, no system has beenable to tear that feeling from the heart of mad. The experimentsthat have gone on in the USSR, Britain and the USA, to blunt anddull mans yearnings for freedom, have thus far proved to be
unsuccessful.
But with the coming of the New World Order-One World
Government, far-reaching experiments will be stepped up to drivemans God-given yearning for freedom out of his mind, body andsoul. What we are already experiencing is but nothing, a mere
bagatelle, when compared with what is to come. Attacking thesoul is the thrust of a host of experiments being readied, and I
regret to say that institutions in the United States will play aleading role in the terrible experiments which have already been
carried out on local small-scale levels at such places as Bethesda
Naval Hospital and Vacaville prison in California.
The movies we have seen thus far include the James Bond
series, the "Assassination Bureau," the "Matarese Circle" and so on.
They were make-believe movies, designed to hide the truth thatsuch organizations do exist and on a far greater scale than even
Hollywood's fertile idea-men could dream up.
Yet the Assassination Bureau is absolutely real. It exists in
Europe and the United States solely to do the bidding of theCommittee of 300 to carry out high-level assassinations where allother remedies have failed. It was PERMINDEX which ran the164

Kennedy assassination under the direction of Sir William
Stephenson, for years the Queen of England's number one "pestcontrol" operative.
Clay Shaw, a contract agent of the CIA, ran PERMINDEX
out of the Trade Mart Center in New Orleans. Former New Orleans
District Attorney Jim Garrison came very close to cracking the
Kennedy assassination plot up to the level of Clay Shaw until
Garrison was "dealt with" and Shaw was found not quilty of
involvement in the Kennedy assassination plot. The fact that Shaw
was eliminated in the manner of Jack Ruby, another CIA contract
agent—both died of induced quick-acting cancer—speaks volumes
that Garrison was on the right track.
A second assassination bureau is located in Switzerland andwas until recently run by a shadowy figure of whom no
photographs existed after 1941. The operations were and probably
still are financed by the Oltramaire family—Swiss Black Nobility,
owners of the Lombard Odier Bank of Geneva, a Committee of 300
operation. The primary contact man was Jacques Soustelle—thisaccording to U.S. Army-G2 intelligence files.
This group was also closely allied with Allen Dulles andJean de Menil, an important member of the Committee of 300 anda very prominent name in the oil industry in Texas. ArmyG2
records show that the group was heavily involved in the arms
trade in the Middle East, but more than that, the assassination
bureau made no less than 30 attempts to assassinate General de
Gaulle, in which Jacques Soustelle was directly involved. The same
Soustelle was the contact man for the Sendero Luminosa-Shining
Pathway guerilla group protecting the Committee's Peruvian
cocaine producers.
When all of the best that the assassination bureau could do
had failed, thanks to the excellent work done by DGSE (French
intelligence-formerly SDECE) the job was assigned to MI6-MilitaryIntelligence Department Six, and also known as Secret Intelligence
Service (SIS), under the code name "Jackal." SDECE employed
clever young graduates and was not infiltrated by MI6 or the KGB
to any measurable extent. Its record in tracking down foreign
agents made it the envy of the secret services of every nation, and165

it was this group that followed "Jackal" to his final destination andthen killed him before he could fire on General de Gaulle's
motorcade.
It was the SDECE who uncovered a Soviet mole in thecabinet of De Gaulle, who also happened to be a liaison man with
the CIA in Langley. In order to discredit the SDECE, Allen Dulles,
who hated De Gaulle, (the feeling was mutual) had one of its
agents, Roger De Louette, caught with $12 million worth of heroin
in his possession. After a great deal of expert "interrogation," DeLouette "confessed" but was unable to say why he was smuggling
drugs into the United States. The whole thing stank to highheaven of a set-up.
Based upon an examination of SDECE methods inprotecting De Gaulle, especially in motorcades, the FBI, Secret
Service and the CIA knew exactly how to strip President Kennedyof his security and make it easy for the three PERMINDEX shooters
to murder him in Dealey Plaza in November 1963.
Another example of FACT disguised as fiction is the Leon
Uris novel, "TOPAZ." In "TOPAZ" we find a factual account of theactivities of Thyraud de Vosjoli, the very KGB agent uncovered by
SDECE and denounced as the KGB's liaison man with the CIA.
There are many fictionalized accounts of the MOSSAD's activities,
nearly all of which are based on fact.
The MOSSAD is also known as "The Institute." Many wouldbe writers make nonsensical statements about it, especially one
writer who is much in favor with the Christian right wing, which isaccepted as truth. One can pardon the offender because he has no
intelligence training, but that does not stop him from dropping"Mossad names" all over the place.
Such disinformation exercises are routinely run against
American right wing patriotic groups. Originally the MOSSAD
consisted of 3 groups, the Bureau of Military Intelligence, thePolitical Department of the Foreign Office and the Department ofSecurity (Sherut Habitachon). David Ben Gurion, a member of theCommittee of 300, received some considerable help from MI6 inputting it together.

166

But it was not a success, and in 1951 Sir William
Stephenson of MI6 restructured it into a single unit as arm of the
Political Department of the Israeli Foreign Office, with a special
operations group for espionage and "black job" operations. British
intelligence gave further assistance in training and equipping forservicing the Sarayet Maktal, also known as the General Staff
Reconnaissance unit, in the format of Britain's Special Air Service(SAS). This service unit of the MOSSAD is never mentioned byname and is known simply as "The Guys.""The Guys" are merely an extension of British intelligence's
SAS unit who continually train and update them in new methods.
It was "The Guys" who killed the leaders of the P.L.0. andkidnaped Adolph Eichmann. "The Guys" and indeed ALL MOSSAD
agents, operate on a war-time footing. The MOSSAD has atremendous advantage over other intelligence services in thatevery country in the world has a large Jewish community.
By studying social and criminal records, the MOSSAD isable to pick agents among local Jews it can have a hold over AND
MAKE THEM WORK FOR IT WITHOUT PAY. The MOSSAD also has
the advantage of having access to the records of all U.S. law
enforcement agencies and U.S. intelligence services The Office ofNaval Intelligence (OM) ELINT services the Mossad at no cost to
Israel. Citizens of the United States would be shocked, angered
and dismayed if ever it was discovered just how much the
MOSSAD knows about the lives of millions of Americans in every
walk of life, even those who are not political in any way.
The first head of the MOSSAD, Reuben Shiloach, was madea member of the Committee of 300, but it is not known whether
his successor enjoyed the same privilege. Chances are that hedoes. The MOSSAD has a skillful disinformation service. The
amount of disinformation it feeds to the American "market" isembarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how it is swallowed
hook, line and sinker and all.
What we are actually witnessing in the microcosm of the
MOSSAD is the extent of control exercised by the "Olympians" overthe intelligence services, entertainment, publishing, opinion-

167

making (polls) and the television "news" media on a global scale.
Ted Turner was recently given a seat on the Committee of 300 inrecognition for his "news" (making) CNN broadcasts. The
Committee has the power and the means to tell the people of thisworld ANYTHING, and it will be believed by the vast majority,
On every occasion that a researcher happens upon thisastounding central control group, he is either successfully bought
off, or else he undergoes some "speciality training" at theTavistock Institute after which he becomes a contributor to morefiction, of the James Bond type, i.e., he is derailed and wellrewarded. If such a person as John F. Kennedy should stumble
onto the truth about who directs world events, and cannot bebought, he is assassinated.
In the case of John F. Kennedy, the assassination was
carried out with great attendant publicity and with the utmost
brutality to serve as a warning to world leaders not to get out ofline. Pope John Paul I was quietly murdered because he wasgetting close to the Committee of 300 through Freemasons in the
Vatican hierarchy. His successor, Pope John Paul 11, was publicly
humiliated as a warning to cease and desist—which he has done.
As we shall see, certain Vatican leaders are today seated on theCommittee of 300.
It is easy to put serious researcher off track of theCommittee of 300 because Britain's MI6 (SAS) promotes a wide
variety of kookery such as the New Age, Yogaism, Zen Buddhism,
Witchcraft, Delphic Priesthood of Apollo (Aristotle was a member)and hundreds of small "cults" of all kinds. A group of "retired"
British intelligence agents who stayed on the track labeled theconspirators'hierarchy "Force X," and declared that it possesses a
super-intelligence service that has corrupted the KGB, the VaticanIntelligence, the CIA, the ONI, DGSE, U.S. military intelligence, theState Department intelligence service and even the most secret of
all U.S. intelligence agencies, the Office of National
Reconnaissance.
The existence of the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO)
was known to only a handful of people outside of the Committeeof 300, until Truman stumbled upon it quite by accident. Churchill

168

had a hand in setting up the NRO and he was reportedly livid
when Truman discovered its existence. Churchill more than any
other servant of the Committee of 300, considered Truman HisLittle-Man from independence "without an independence at all."This referred to Truman's every move being controlled byFreemasonry. Even today, NRO's annual budget is not known to
the Congress of the United States, and it is responsible to only aselected few in Congress. But it is a creature of the Committee of
300 to whom its reports are routinely sent every few hours.
Thus the fictionalized spoofs one sees about the various
branches and arms of control of the Committee were designed totake suspicion away from the real thing, but we should neverdoubt that the real thing does indeed exist. Take another example
of what I mean, the book "THE DAY OF THE JACKAL," from whicha highly successful movie was created.
The events related in the book are factual. Although for
obvious reasons the names of some of the players and the locales
were changed, but the thrust of the story, that a single MI6
operative was assigned to get rid of General Charles De Gaulle, isabsolutely correct. General De Gaulle had become unmanageable,
refusing to cooperate with the Committee-whose existence heknew very well since he had been invited to join it—came to a
climax when De Gaulle withdrew France from NATO andimmediately began building his own nuclear force—the so-called"force de frappe."
This so angered the Committee that De Gaulle's
assassination was ordered. But the French secret intelligence
service was able to intercept "Jackal's" plans and keep De Gaulle
safe. In the light of the record of MI6, which I might add is theCommittee of 300's main resource when it comes to intelligence,
the work done by French intelligence borders on the miraculous.
Military Intelligence Department Six dates back to Sir
Francis Walsingham, paymaster of Queen Elizabeth I for dirty
tricks operations. Over hundreds of years, MI6 has established arecord which no other intelligence agency can come near to
duplicating. MI6 agents have gathered information from the four
corners of the earth and have carried out secret operations that

169

would astound even the most knowledgeable if ever they were to
be made public, which is why it rates as the Master service of theCommittee of 300.
Officially, MI6 does not exist, its budget comes out of the
Queen's purse and "private funds," and is reported to be in arange of $350-$500 million per annum, but no one knows for surewhat the exact amount is. In its present form MI6 dates back to
1911, when it was under the leadership of Sir Mansfield Cumming,a captain in the Royal Navy, who was always identified by theletter "C," from which "M" of James Bond fame is taken.
No official record of MI6's failures and successes exist—it isthat secret, although the Burgess-Maclean-Blake-Blunt disasters
did great damage to the morale of MI6 officers. Unlike otherservices, future members are recruited from universities and otherareas of learning by highly skilled "talent scouts" as we saw in thecase of Rhodes Scholars inducted into the Round Table. One of therequirements is an ability to speak foreign languages. Candidates
undergo a rigorous "blooding."
With the backing of such a formidable force, the Committeeof 300 had little fear from ever being exposed, and this will go on
for decades. What makes the Committee incredible is theincredible secrecy that prevails. None of the news media has evermade mention of this conspiratorial hierarchy; therefore, as is to
be expected, people doubt its existence.
The Committee of 300 is for the most part under thecontrol of the British monarch, in this case, Elizabeth II. Queen
Victoria is believed to have been quite paranoid about keeping it
secret and went to great lengths to cover up MASONIC writingsleft at the scene of "Jack the Ripper" murders which alluded to theCommittee of 300's connections with "experiments" carried out by
a family member who was also a highly-placed member of theScottish Rite of Freemasonry. The Committee of 300 is filled withmembers of British aristocracy which has corporate interests andassociates in every country of the world, including the USSR.
The Committee's structure is as follows:

170

The Tavistock Institute at Sussex University and Londonsites is owned and controlled by the Royal Institute forInternational Affairs whose "hofjuden" in America is Henry
Kissinger. The EAGLE STAR GROUP, which changed its name to
the STAR GROUP after the close of the Second World War, iscomposed of a group of major international companies involved inoverlapping and interfaced areas (1) Insurance, (2) Banking, (3)Real Estate, (4) Entertainment, (5) High technology, including
cybernetics, electronic communications, etc.
Banking, while not the mainstay, is vitally important,especially in the areas where banks act as clearing houses andmoney launderers of drug money. The main "big name banks" are
The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve Banks, Bank ofInternational Settlements, the World Bank and the Hong Kong andShanghai Bank. American Express Bank is a means of recycling
drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls
hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout theworld.
Banks large and small in the thousands are in theCommittee of 300 network, including Banca Commerciale d'Italia,
Banca Privata, Banco Ambrosiano, the Netherlands Bank, Barclays
Bank, Banco del Colombia, Banco de Ibero-America. Of special
interest is Banca del la Svizzeria Italiana (BSI)—since it handles
flight capital investments to and from the United States-primarily
in dollars and U.S. bonds—located and isolated in "neutral" Lugano,the flight capital center for the Venetian Black Nobility. Lugano is
not in Italy or in Switzerland, and is a kind of a twilight zone forshady flight capital operations. George Ball, who owns a large
block of stock in BSI, is a prominent "insider" and the hank's U.S.
representative.
BCCI, BNL, Banco Mercantil de Mexico, Banco Nacional dePanama, Bangkok Metropolitan Bank, Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim,Standard Bank, Bank of Geneva, Bank of Ireland, Bank of Scotland,
Bank of Montreal, Bank of Nova Scotia, Banque Paris et Pays Bas,
British Bank of the Middle East and the Royal Bank of Canada toname but a very small number in a huge list of "speciality" banks.

171

The Oppenheimers of South Africa are much bigger"heavyweights" than the Rockefellers. For instance, in 1981 Harry
Oppenheimer, chairman of the giant Anglo American Corporationthat controls gold and diamond mining, sales and distribution in
the world, stated that he was about to launch into the North
American banking market. Oppenheimer promptly invested $10
billion in a specially created vehicle for the purpose of buying into
big banks in the U.S., among which was Citicorp. Oppenheimer's
investment vehicle was called Minorco, which set up shop in
Bermuda, a British royal family preserve. On the board of Minorco
was to be found Walter Wriston of Citicorp and Robert Clare, itschief counsel.
The only other company to rival Oppenheimer in the fieldof precious metals and minerals was Consolidated Gold Fields ofSouth Africa, but Oppenheimer took control of it with a 28% stakethe largest single stockholder. Thus gold, diamonds, platinum,titanium, tantalite, copper, iron ore, uranium and 52 other metals
and minerals, many of them of absolutely vital strategic value toUnited States, passed into the hands of the Committee of 300.
Thus was the vision of one of the earlier South African
members of the Committee of 300, Cecil John Rhodes, fully
realized, a vision which started with the spilling of the blood of
thousands upon thousands of White farmers and their families inSouth Africa, whom history records as the "Boers." While theUnited States stood by with folded hands as did the rest of theworld, this small nation was subjected to the most vicious war of
genocide in history. The United States will be subjected to thesame treatment by the Committee of 300 when our turn comes
and it will not be long in coming.
Insurance companies play a key role in the business of theCommittee of 300. Among these are found such top insurancecompanies as Assicurazioni Generali of Venice and Riunione
Adriatica di Sicurta, the largest and second largest insurancecompanies in the world, who keep their bank accounts at Bank ofInternational Settlements in Swiss gold francs. Both control amultiplicity of investment banks whose turnover in stocks on WallStreet double that of U.S. investors.

172

Prominent on the board of these two insurance giants are
Committee of 300 members: the Giustiniani family, Black Nobilityof Rome and Venice who trace their lineage to the Emperor
Justianian; Sir Jocelyn Hambro of Hambros (Merchant) Bank;
Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage dates back six centuries
to the most ancient Luzzatos, the Black Nobility of Venice, andUmberto Ortolani of the ancient Black Nobility family of the same
name.
Other old Venetian Black Nobility Committee of 300
members and board members of ASG and RAS are the Doria
family, the financiers of the Spanish Hapsburgs, Elie de Rothschildof the French Rothschild family, Baron August von Finck (Finck,
the second richest man in Germany is now deceased), Franco
Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient Orsini Black Nobility that traces its
lineage to an ancient Roman senator of the same name, the Alba
family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba, andBaron Pierre Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family.
The English companies controlled by the British royal family
are Eagle Star, Prudential Assurance Company, the Prudential
Insurance Company, which own and control most American
insurers, including Allstate Insurance. At the head of the list is
Eagle Star, probably the most powerful "front" for MilitaryIntelligence Department Six (MI6). Eagle Star, although nowhere
near as large as Assicurazioni Generale, is perhaps equallyimportant simply because it is owned by members of the Queen ofEngland's family and, as titular head of the Committee of 300,
Eagle Star makes a tremendous impact.
Eagle Star is more than a major "front" for MI6, it is also a
Front for major British banks, including Hill-Samuels, N. M.
Rothschild and Sons (one of the gold price "fixers" who meet daily
in London), and Barclays Bank (one of the funders of the African
National Congress-ANC). It can be said with a great degree of
accuracy that the most powerful British oligarchical families
created Eagle Star as a vehicle for "black operations" against those
who oppose Committee of 300 policies.

173

Unlike the CIA, British law makes it a serious crime to name
MI6 officials, so the following is but a partial list of "top brass" ofMI6, who are (or were) also members of the Committee of 300:
Lord Hartley Shawcross.
Sir Brian Edward Mountain.
Sir Kenneth Keith.
Sir Kenneth Strong.
Sir William Stephenson.
Sir William Wiseman.
All of the fore going are (or were) heavily involved in key
Committee of 300 companies which interface with literally
thousands of companies engaged in every branch of commercial
activity as we shall see.
Some of these companies include Rank Organization, Xerox
Corporation, ITT, IBM, RCA, CBS, NBC, BBC and CBC incommunications, Raytheon, Textron, Bendix, Atlantic Richfield,
British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, Marine Midland Bank,
Lehman Brothers, Kuhn Loeb, General Electric, Westinghouse
Corporation, United Fruit Company and a great many more. MI6
ran a large number of these companies through British intelligencestationed in the RCA building in New York, which was theheadquarters of its chief officer, Sir William Stephenson. Radio
Corporation of America (RCA) was formed by G.E., Westinghouse,
Morgan Guarantee and Trust (acting for the British crown), andUnited Fruit, back in 1919 as a British intelligence center. RCA's
first president was J.P. Morgan's Owen Young, after whom theYoung Plan was named. In 1929 David Sarnoff was appointed to
run RCA. Sarnoff had acted as an assistant to Young at the 1919
Paris Peace Conference where a fallen Germany was stabbed in
the back by the victorious "allies." A network of Wall Street banks
and brokerage houses takes care of the stock market for theCommittee, and prominent among these are Blyth, Eastman Dillon,
the Morgan groups, Lazard Freres and Kuhn Loeb Rhodes. Nothing
happens on Wall Street that is not controlled by the Bank ofEngland, whose instructions are relayed through the Morgangroups and then put into action through key brokerage houses
whose top executives are ultimately responsible for carrying out
Committee directives. Before it overstepped the limits laid down by

174

Morgan Guarantee, Drexel Burnham Lambert was a favorite of theCommittee of 300. In 1981 almost every major brokerage houseon Wall Street had sold out to the Committee, Phibro merging with
Salomon Brothers. Phibro is the business arm of the Oppenheimersof Anglo American Corporation. By this control mechanism, theCommittee of 300 ensures that its members and their far-flungbusiness corporations turned their investments on Wall Street overat a rate of double that of the "non-insider" foreign investors.
Remember, some of the richest families in the world live inEurope, so it is natural that they should have a preponderance ofmembers on the Committee. The Von Thurn und Taxis family who
once owned the German postal franchise, make David Rockefeller
look like a very poor relation. The Von Thurn und Taxis dynasty
dates back 300 years and generation after generation of family
members have had seats on the Committee which they occupy tothis day. We have already mentioned by name many of the mostwealthy Venetian Black Nobility members of the Committee of 300
and other names will be added as we come across them in theirvarious fields of endeavor. Now we shall include some American
members of the Committee of 300 and try to trace their affiliations
and connections to the British Crown.
How can these facts be verified? Actually, some of themcannot be verified because the information comes straight out of
intelligence files, but with a lot of legwork, there are many sources
which can verify at least part of the facts. The work would involvea diligent search of Dun and Bradstreet Reference Book ofCorporations, Standard and Poors, British and American "Who's
Who" with long hours of hard work in crossreferencing names with
their corporate affiliations.
Committee of 300 corporations, banks, and insurancecompanies operate under the unified command covering every
conceivable matter of strategy and cohesive action. The
Committee is the ONLY organized power hierarchy in the worldtranscending all governments and individuals, however powerfuland secure they may feel themselves to be. This covers finance,
defense matters and political parties of all colors and types.

175

There is no entity the Committee cannot reach and control,
and that includes organized religions of the world. This then, is theall powerful OLYMPIAN GROUP whose power base is in London
and the City of London's financial centers with its grip on minerals,
metals and precious gems, cocaine, opium and pharmaceuticaldrugs, rentier-financier bankers, cult promoters and founders ofrock music. The British Crown is the control point from which allthings radiate. As the saying goes, "They have a finger in everypie."
It is obvious that the communications field is tightly
controlled. Going back to RCA, we find that its directorate iscomposed of British-American establishment figures who featureprominently in other organizations such as the CFR, NATO, theClub of Rome, the Trilateral Commission, Freemasonry, Skull andBones, Bilderbergers, Round Table, Milner Society and the JesuitsAristotle Society. Among them was David Sarnoff who moved to
London at the same time Sir William Stephenson moved into the
RCA building in New York.
All three major television networks came as spinoffs from
RCA, especially the National Broadcasting Company (NBC) which
was first, closely followed by the American Broadcasting Company(ABC) in 1951. The third big television network was Columbia
Broadcasting System (CBS) which, like its sister companies was,and still is, dominated by British intelligence. William Paley wastrained in mass brainwashing techniques at the Tavistock Instituteprior to being passed as qualified to head CBS.
Thus, if we the people of the United States but knew it, all
our major television networks are subject to British oversight, andinformation they provide first goes to London for clearance. It isinteresting to note that the Tavistock intelligence paper written by
Stanford Research Institute, commonly named "The Aquarian
Conspiracy" was funded by donations from all three major
television networks.
All three major networks are represented on the Committeeof 300 and are affiliated with the giant of the mass communication
business, the Xerox Corporation of Rochester, New York, whose
Robert M. Beck holds a seat on the Committee. Beck is also a

176

director of the Prudential Life Insurance Company, which is a
subsidiary of the London Prudential Assurance Company Limited.
Others on the board of Xerox are Howard Clark of theAmerican Express Company, one of the main conduits for moving
drug money through "travelers checks," former Secretary of theTreasury, William Simon, and Sol Linowitz, who negotiated the
Panama Canal Treaties for the Committee. Linowitz is important to
the Committee by virtue of his long standing expertise inlaundering drug money through Marine Midland and the Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank.
Another Xerox board member is Robert Sproull, who is ofreal interest because, as president of the University of Rochester,
he allowed the Tavistock Institute, working through the CIA, to
use the university's facilities for the 20-year MK-Ultra LSD
experiments. Some 85 other universities in the U.S. also allowed
their facilities to be misused in this manner. As giant-sized as
Xerox is, it is dwarfed by the Rank Organization, a Londonbased
conglomerate fully controlled by members of Queen Elizabeth's
immediate family.
Notable members of the board of Rank Organization who
are also members of the Committee of 300 are the following:
Lord Helsby, chairman of the drug money clearing house,
Midland Bank. Helsby's other positions include a directorship in thegiant Imperial Group and the Industrial and Commercial FinanceCorporation.
Sir Arnold France, a director of Tube Investments who runs
the London underground train service. France is also a director of
the BANK OF ENGLAND which has so much control over theFederal Reserve Banks.
Sir Dennis Mountain, chairman of the mighty Eagle Star
group and a director of English Property Corp, one of the rentierfinancier companies of the British royal family. One such member
is the Honorable Angus Ogilvie, "Prince of Companies," who ismarried to Her Royal Highness Princess Alexandria, sister of theDuke of Kent, leader of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry and who

177

takes the place of the Queen when she is outside of Britain.
Ogilvie is a director of the Bank of England and chairman of the
giant LONRHO conglomerate. It was LONRHO that ended the ruleof Ian Smith in Rhodesia so that he could be replaced by Robert
Mugabe. At stake was Rhodesia's chrome mines which produce thefinest high-grade chrome ore in the world.
Cyril Hamilton, chairman of the Standard and Chartered
Bank (the old Lord Milner-Cecil Rhodes bank) and a board memberof the Bank of England. Hamilton is also on the board of the Xerox
Corporation, the Malta International Banking Corporation (AKnights of Malta bank), a director of the Standard Bank of South
Africa—the largest bank in that country, and a director of theBanque Belge d'Afrique.
Lord O'Brien of Lotherby, past president of the British
Bankers Association, director of Morgan Grenfell—a powerful bank,director of Prudential Assurance, director of J. P.Morgan, directorof the Bank of England, a board member of the Bank ofInternational Settlements, a director of the giant Unileverconglomerate.
Sir Reay Geddes, chairman of the giant Dunlop and Pirelli
tyre companies, director of the Midland and International Banks,
director of the Bank of England. Note how many of these powerful
men are directors of the Bank of England which makes control ofAmerican fiscal policies simple.
Many of these organizations and institutions, companies
and banks are so interfaced and interlocked as to make it analmost impossible task to sort them out. On RCA's board sits
Thornton Bradshaw, president of Atlantic Richfield and a memberof NATO, World Wildlife Fund, the Club of Rome, The Aspen
Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Council on Foreign Relations.
Bradshaw is also chairman of NBC. The most important function of
RCA remains its service to British intelligence.
It is not generally known how powerful was the role playedby the Committee of 300 in stopping the investigation into the CIA
which Senator McCarthy almost succeeded in pulling off. Had

178

McCarthy been successful, it is very likely that President John F.
Kennedy would be alive today.
When McCarthy said he was going to summon William
Bundy to appear before his commission of enquiry, panic swept
Washington and London. Bundy, had he been called to testify,
would most probably have cracked and opened the door to the"special relations" that existed between British oligarchical circles
and their cousins in the United States Government.
Such a possibility could not be entertained. The Royal
Insititute of International Affairs was called in to put an end to
McCarthy. The RIIA chose Allen Dulles, a man who was totally
enamored of decadent British society, to attack McCarthy head on.
Dulles put Patrick Lyman and Richard Helms in charge of the
McCarthy case. Helms was later rewarded for his service against
McCarthy by being made head of the CIA.
General Mark Clark, a member of the CFR and a well-liked
military man in London circles, was appointed by General
Eisenhower to turn back McCarthy's full-fledged attack on the CIA.
McCarthy was preempted when Clark announced that a special
committee was to be appointed to examine the agency. Clark, on
instructions from the RIIA, recommended a Congressional
watchdog committee to "periodically examine the work ofgovernment intelligence agencies." The whole thing was a supertragedy for America and a victory for the British, who feared that
McCarthy would accidentally stumble onto the Committee of 300
and its control over every aspect of United States affairs.
Lehman Brothers-Kuhn Loeb's former chairman, Peter
G.Peterson, served under former MI6 chief Sir William Wiseman
and as such was no stranger to British royalty. Peterson is tied inwith Aspen Institute, yet another arm of British intelligence.
John R. Petty is president and chairman of the Marine
Midland Bank—a bank whose drug trade connections have been
well established long before it was taken over by the Hong Kongand Shanghai Bank, probably the number one bank in the opium
trade, a position it has held since 1814.

179

But the best proof I can offer of the existence of theCommittee of 300 is the Rank Organization which, in conjunction
with Eagle Star, IS THE BRITISH CROWN. It is also the black
operations center of MI6 (SIS). Between them, these two
Committee of 300 companies control Her Majesty's Dominion of
Canada, using the "hofjuden" Bronfman family to carry out theirorders.
Trizec Holdings, ostensibly owned by the Bronfman family,is in reality the main asset of the Queen of England's in Canada.
The entire Southeast Asian opium trade interfaces with theBronfman empire and is one of the means whereby heroin isbrought to America. In a sense, Canada is like Switzerland pristinesnow-covered landscapes, big cities, a place of great beauty, but
underneath lies a deep layer of filth and dirt arising from its
massive heroin trade.
The Bronfman family are "cut-outs"'what is known in MI6
as "front men" controlled from London by MI6 "deskmen,"
intelligence jargon for controllers at headquarters. Edgar Bronfman,the family leader, was sent to "Moscow Center"-cover name forthe KGB headquarters at 2 Dzerzhinsky Square, Moscow, on alarge number of occasions.
At a low level, Bronfman was probably very useful as acontact man with Moscow. Bronfman was never at any stage acontract agent for MI6 and so never carried the title "Paroles," akey intelligence word for mutual identification between agents,
which greatly disappointed the eager Bronfman family head. At
one stage when it was thought that some of the family wereacting suspiciously, "watchers"—intelligence jargon for intelligence
officers keeping persons under surveillance, were put on the
Bronfman family, but found only that one of the Bronfmans had
been bragging to a United States "cousin" (the word MI6 uses for
the C.I.A.) who was unaware of the role of Edgar Bronfman. This
was quickly corrected.
Two Eagle Star directors, who were also the two top MI6
operatives, took control of the Bronfman family about six months
after the war ended. Sir Kenneth Keith and Sir Kenneth Strong,whom we have already met, legitimated the Bronfman family by

180

setting up Trizec Holdings. There is no one in the world who can
do a better job of "fronting," through companies, than MI6Yet, like Switzerland, there is a dirty side to Canada thathas been well-hidden from view by the Committee of 300 undercover of the Official Secrets Act, a carbon-copy of the British law
passed in 1913. Drugs, dirty money laundering, crime andracketeering are all covered by their infamous Act.
Not known to many is that, if charged under the Official
Secrets Act, which can be interpreted any way the Crown agentschoose, persons could face the death penalty. As I have said somany times since 1980, Canada is not a nation like South Africa, orHolland or Belgium; it always was, and remains tied to the Queenof England's apron strings. Canada, we find, is always first in
carrying out Queen Elizabeth's wishes. Canadian troops havefought in every one of Her Majesty's wars, including the Boer War( 18991903).
Like its American counterpart, the Canadian Institute ofInternational Affairs is a child of the Royal Institute forInternational Affairs (RIIA) and runs Canadian politics. Its
members have filled the position of Secretary of State ever since it
was founded in 1925. The Institute for Pacific Relations, the bodythat fostered the attack on Pearl Harbor, was welcomed in Canada
after Owen Lattimore and his fellow members had their treasonous
activities exposed in 1947 and left the United States before they
could be charged.
The Canadian Institute for International Affairs isconnected with the Rank Organization through Sir Kenneth Strong,
who was second in charge of MI6 at the end of the Second World
War. As a member of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Strong is
the number two man in Canada for Rank and the British Crown'scommercial interests. He is on the board of one of the most prolificdrug banks in the world after the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank,
the Bank of Nova Scotia, through which proceeds of the Canadianheroin trade are handled.
First in line is Sir Brian Edward Mountain, the ranking
member of the Knights of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem. It is181

well to remember that, when the British Crown wanted the UnitedStates to enter the Second World War, it sent Lord Beaverbrookand Sir Brian Mountain to meet with President Roosevelt to deliver
the Crown's orders in this regard. Roosevelt complied by ordering
the United States Navy to operate out of a base in Greenland,
from where attacks on German submarines were carried out ninemonths before Pearl Harbor. This was done without the knowledge
and consent of the Congress.
Another big name in the Rank-Canadian interfacing was Sir
Kenneth Keith, a director of Canada's equivalent of the Hong Kongand Shanghai Bank, the Bank of Nova Scotia, dripping in drugmoney laundering. He was also on the board of Britain's oldest
and most venerable newspaper institution, the London Times andthe Sunday Times. For over 100 years the "Times" has been the
Crown's voice on foreign affairs, finance matters and political life inEngland.
Like so many Committee of 300 members, Sir Kenneth
circulated between MI6 and the opium supply chain of commandin Hong Kong and China, ostensibly on business for the Canadian
Institute for International Affairs, of which he was a member
Furthermore, as a director of the Hill Samuel banking house, hispresence in China and Hong Kong could be explained without any
problem. One of his closest associates outside of MI6 circles was
Sir Philip de Zuleta, the Committee of 300's direct controller of all
British prime ministers, both Conservative and Labor. Sir Kenneth
Strong tied in all the spokes of the drug wheel, including terrorism,production of opium, the gold markets, dirty money launderingand banking to its central core, the British Crown.
At the top of British Crown control of Canada was Walter
Gordon. A former member of the Queen's hands-on oversightcommittee, also known as the Privy Council, Gordon sponsored theInstitute for Pacific Relations via the Canadian Institute ofInternational Affairs. As a former minister of finance, Gordon wasable to place Committee of 300 selected accountants and lawyers
inside the three main chartered banks: the Bank of Nova Scotia,
the Canadian Imperial Bank and the Toronto Dominion Bank.

182

Through these three "Crown banks" a network ofCommittee of 300 agents responsible to Gordon oversaw theworld's second largest dirty drug money laundering operation, witha direct open door to China. Before his death, Gordon controlled
James Endicott, Chester Ronning and Paul Linn, identified by MI6
as Canada's top "China specialists." All three men worked closelywith Chou-En-lai, who once told Gamal Abdul Nasser that hewould do to Britain and the USA what they had done to China, i.e.,turn them into nations of heroin addicts. Chou-En-lai made goodon his promise, starting with American GI's in Vietnam. Other close
collaborators in the Canadian heroin drug ring were John D. Gilmer
and John Robert Nicholson, both members of the Order of theKnights of St. John of Jerusalem.
Lord Hartley Shawcross, who is believed to report directly
to Queen Elizabeth II, was on the board of the Royal Institute forInternational Affairs and chancellor of Sussex University where thenotorious Tavistock Institute for Human Relations is located, withextensive connections in Canada.
As part of Rank's United States operation, no other single
company has been more successful for Rank than the Corning
Group, owners of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and
the New York Life Insurance Company. Committee of 300
members, Amory Houghton and his brother James Houghton, havelong served the British Crown through the above named insurancecompanies, and Corning Glass, Dow Corning and Corning
International. Both sit on the board of IBM and Citicorp. James
Houghton is a director of the Princeton Institute for Advanced
Studies, a director of the J. Pierpont Morgan Library, a strongholdof the RIIA and the CFR, and he is also a director of CBS.
It was the Houghton brother who donated hundreds ofacres known as Wye Plantation in Maryland to the British Crown's
Aspen Institute. Also on the Corning Glass board sits the Bishop of
the Archdiocese of the Anglican (Episcopalian) Church of Boston.
All this gives the group its much-vaunted air of respectability,
which insurance company executive s must carry, and as we shallsee, in addition to James Houghton, Keith Funston and John
Harper, both on Corning's board, run the Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company.

183

The MASSIVE gridding and interfacing of just this one
single unit of the Committee of 300 will give us a good indicationof the vast power at the disposal of the conspirators' hierarchy,
before which all knees are bowed, including the knee of the
President of the United States, whomever that happens to be.
What is important to note is how this American company,
one of HUNDREDS, is interfaced with British intelligence, with
Canada, the Far East and South Africa, not to mention its griddingof corporate officials and directors reaching into every aspect ofbusiness and politics in the United States.
While Metropolitan Life Insurance Company does not begin
to compare with the Committee of 300's giant Assicurazioni
Generale, it is nevertheless a good indicator of how theHoughtons'power extends right across the business spectrum of
the U.S. and Canada. Starting with R. H. Macy, (whose floor
walkers no longer wear red carnations to honor the company's
affiliation with Communism), the Royal Bank of Canada, Nationaland Westminster Bank, Intertel (a virulent and vile private
intelligence agency), Canadian Pacific, The Reader's Digest, RCA,
AT&T, the Harvard Business School, W. R. Grace Shipping
Company, Ralston Purina Company, U.S. Steel, Irving Trust,
Consolidated Edison of New York and ABC, the Houghtons' power
grid extends as far as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank.
Another successful Rank company in the United States is
the Reliance Insurance Group. As an integral part of the Strategic
Bombing Survey, Reliance established the initial structural base forbrainwashing, opinion-making, polling, survey and the systems
analysis used by the Tavistock Institute in the United States. The
Reliance Insurance Company, based in Philadelphia, set up the
corporate structure which enabled the Strategic Bombing Survey
to be turned against the people of the United States who, althoughunaware of it, have been subjected to savage psychological
warfare for the past 45 years.
A key operative in this assault on the United States wasDavid Bialkin of the Committee of 300 law firm, Wilkie, Farr andGallagher. Bialkin ran the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) for many

184

years. The ADL is a British intelligence operation founded in the
U.S. by MI6 and run by Saul Steinberg and Eric Trist of Tavistock.
Saul Steinberg is the U.S. representative and business partner of
the Jacob de Rothschild family of London.
Reliance Corporation is home for Carl Lindner who
succeeded Eli Black when he "fell" from a 44th floor window of a
New York skyscraper. Reliance Company interfaces with thepowerful United Fruit Company of Boston and New Orleans run by
Max Fisber who, before be was sheepdipped, was a wellknown
Detroit underworld figure. United Fruit Company has long been aconveyer of heroin and cocaine into the U.S. under the expertiseof Misbulam Riklis of Rapid American Corporation who
masterminds shipments from Canada to the U.S. Remember, allthis is under the aegis of a single company, gridding andinterfacing with a myriad of smaller companies and operations togive the Committee of 300 full control of a multiplicity ofoperations, each one carefully interlocked in the grid.
Reliance Group is a spinoff of the parent company whosefunction it is to brainwash the American people through a networkof pollsters and opinion makers and relies on Operations Researchfor direct links with the Tavistock Institute. Another associatecompany is Leasco, which is closely interfaced with AT&T,
Disclosure Incorporated, Western Union International, Imbucon
Ltd and Yankelovich, Skelly and White.
Daniel Yankelovich is the emperor of the polling-opinion
making corporate structure in the United States, a vast apparatus
which provides "public opinions on social, economic and politicalmatters of substance," to quote Edward Bernays. It was this vast
apparatus that turned the majority of Americans, who had nevereven heard of Saddam Hussein and vaguely knew that Iraq was acountry somewhere in the Middle East, into a people howling forhis blood and the extermination of Iraq as a nation.
Yankelovich utilized to the full all knowledge gained during
the Second World War. As a second-generation warrior,
Yankelovich has no equal, which is why ABC polls conducted by hiscompany are always in the forefront of "public opinion." The
population of the United States was targeted in the same manner

185

of German worker housing by attacking the sense of reality. This
technique is, of course, standard training for certain intelligencegroups, which includes the CIA.
Yankelovich's task was to destroy traditional American
values and replace them with New Age-Age of Aquarius values. As
the Committee of 300's most senior public opinion maker, no one
can doubt that Yankelovich has done a superb job.
Probably the best way to explain what methods are used
and what results are expected to be achieved is to quote John
Naisbitt's work as explained in his "Trend Report." Naisbitt has
acted as advisor to Lyndon Johnson, Eastman Kodak, IBM,America Express, the Center for Policy Study, Chase Manhattan,
General Motors, Louis Harris Polls, the White House, Institute ofLife Insurance, the American Red Cross, Mobil Oil, B.P. and a hostof Committee of 300 companies and institutions. His methodology,
derived from MI6 Tavistock procedures, is of course not unique:"I will briefly outline our methodology. In developing Trend
Report for our clients we rely mostly on a system of monitoring
local events and behavior. We are overwhelmingly impressed withthe extent to which this is a bottom-up society, so we monitor
what is going on locally, rather than what is going on in
Washington or New York. Things start in Los Angeles, in Tampa, inHartford, in Wichita, Portland, San Diego and Denver. It is a verymuch 'from the bottom-up' society.
"The tracking concept employed in determining thesetrends has its roots in WW II. During the war, intelligence experts
sought to find a method for obtaining information on enemy
nations that public opinion polls would normally have provided.
Under the leadership of Paul Lazarsfeld and Harold Laswell, amethod was developed for monitoring what was going on in thesesocieties that involved doing a content analysis of the daily press.
"Although this method of monitoring public thinking
continues to be the choice of the intelligence community thenation annually spends millions of dollars doing newspaper content
analyses in all parts of the world.... The reason this system ofmonitoring changes in society works so well is that 'news holes' in186

newspapers is a closed system. For economic reasons the amountof space devoted to news in a newspaper doesn't change overtime.
"So when something new is introduced into that news hole,something or a combination of things has to go out or be omitted.
The principle involved here is classified as a forced choice within aclosed system. In this forced situation societies add new
preoccupations and forget old ones. We keep track of the ones
that are added and the ones that are given up.
"Evidently, societies are like human beings. I do not knowwhat the number is, but a person can only keep so many problems
and concerns in his head at any one time. If new problems orconcerns are added, some existing ones must be given up. We
keep track of what Americans have given up and have taken up.
"The United States is rapidly shifting from a mass industrial
society to an information society and the final impact will be more
profound than the 19th century shift from an agricultural to anindustrial society. Starting in 1979, the number one occupation in
the U.S. became clerking, replacing laborer and farmer. In thislatter statement is a brief history of the United States."
It is not by chance that Naisbitt is a member of the Club ofRome and, as such, a "senior staffer" of the Committee of 300. He
is also one of the senior vice presidents of Yankelovich, Skelly andWhite. What Naisbitt is doing is not forecasting trends but MAKING
them. We have seen how the industrial base of the United Stateshas been destroyed, starting with the steel industry. In 1982 I
wrote a work I called "Death of the Steel Industry," in which I
stated that by the mid-1990's, steel production in the U.S. will
have declined to a point of no return, and that the auto andhousing industries would go the same way.
All this has come to pass, and what we are witnessing
today is not an economic recession due not only to unsoundeconomic policies, but the deliberately planned destruction of ourindustrial base—and along with it the destruction of America's
unique middle class—the backbone of the country—which depends

187

on a progressive industrial expansion for growth and for steady
employment.
This is one of the reasons why the recession, which started
in earnest in January of 1991, has turned into a depression fromwhich the United States as we knew it in the 1960's-1970's will
most probably never reappear. The economy will not come out ofthe depression of 1991 until at least 19951996, at which time theUnited States will have become an entirely different society fromthe one it when the recession began.
Opinion makers have played no small part in this war on
the United States; we need to examine the role of the Committeeof 300 in bringing about these far-reaching changes and how thesocial engineers have used central systems analyses to keep public
opinion from expressing anything other than the policies of theinvisible government. How and where did it all begin?
From documents covering the First World War that I wasable to gather and examine in the War Office in Whitehall, London,
it appears that the Royal Institute for International Affairs wascommissioned by the Committee of 300 to do a study ofmanipulating war information. This task was given to Lord
Northcliffe and Lord Rothmere and Arnold Toynbee, who was
MI6's agent at the RIIA. Lord Rothmere's family owned anewspaper which was used to support various government
positions, so it was thought that the paper could change public
perceptions, especially among the ranks of growing opposition to
the war.
The project was housed in Wellington House, named after
the Duke of Wellesly. American specialists drafted to help Lords
Rothmere and Northcliffe included Edward Bernays and Walter
Lippman. The group held "brain storming" sessions to work out
techniques for mobilizing mass support for the war, especiallyamong the working class people whose sons were expected to go
to the slaughter fields of Flanders in record numbers.
Using Lord Rothmere's newspaper, new manipulativetechniques were tried out and, after a period of about 6 months, it
was apparent that they were a success. What the researchers

188

discovered was that only a very small group of people understood
the process of reasoning and the ability to observe the problem as
opposed to passing an opinion on it. This, said Lord Rothmere,
was the way in which 87% of the British public approached thewar, and that the same principle applied not only to the war, but
to every conceivable problem in society in general.
In this manner, irrationality was elevated to a high level of
public consciousness. The manipulators then played upon this toundermine and distract the grasp of reality governing any given
situation and, the more complex the problems of a modern
industrial society became, the easier it became to bring greaterand greater distractions to bear so that what we ended up withwas that the absolutely inconsequential opinions of masses ofpeople, created by skilled manipulators, assumed the position ofscientific fact.
Having literally stumbled upon so profound a conclusion,
the manipulators put it to one test after another during the war, sothat in spite of hundreds of thousands of the youth of Britain beingslaughtered on the battlefields of France, there was virtually no
opposition to the bloody war. Records of the time show that by
1917, just before the United States entered the war, 94% of the
British working class bearing the brunt of the war did not have thefaintest idea what they were fighting for, other than the image
created by the media manipulators that the Germans were ahorrible race, bent upon destroying their monarch and theircountry, and who had to be wiped off the face of the earth.
Certainly nothing has changed because, in 1991, we had
the exact same situation created by the news media which allowed
President Bush to flagrantly violate the Constitution in waging a
war of genocide against the nation of Iraq with the full consent of
87% of the American people. Woodrow Wilson can be credited—ifthat is the proper expression to use—of jumping on the public
opinion manipulators' band wagon and using it to further thecauses whispered in his ear by his controller, Colonel House.
On instructions from President Wilson, or rather Colonel
House, the Creel Commission was created and, as far as can bb
ascertained, the Creel Commission was the first organization in the

189

United States to use the RIIA techniques and methodology forpolling and mass propaganda. The psychological warfare
experiments perfected at Wellington House were used in theSecond World War with equal success, and have been incontinuous use in the massive psychological war against theUnited States which began in 1946. The methods did not change,
only the target. Now it was not German worker housing but the
middle class of the United States that became the focus of theattack.
As so often happens, the conspirators could not containtheir glee. After WW II, in 1922 to be precise, Lippmann detailed
the work done by the RIIA in a book he called "PUBLIC OPINION":"Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen and puzzling
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations towhich public opinion refers are known only as opinions, picturesinside heads of human beings, pictures of themselves, of others,of their needs, purposes and relationships, are their public
opinions. These pictures which are acted upon by groups of people,
or by individuals acting in the name of groups are PUBLIC
OPINION with capital letters. The picture inside the head often
misleads men in their dealings with the world outside of theirheads."
No wonder Lippmann was chosen to make the people of
the United States "like" the Beatles when they arrived on ourshores and were thrust upon an unsuspecting country. Combinedwith the propaganda sent forth night and day from radio andtelevision it was only a comparatively short time before The
Beatles became "popular." The technique of radio stations
allegedly receiving hundreds of requests from imaging listeners for
Beatlemusic, led to charts and ratings for first, the "top ten" andgradually escalated until, by 1992, it has expanded to "the top 40
on the charts."
In 1928, Lippmann's compatriot Edward Bernays wrote abook called "CRYSTALLIZING PUBLIC OPINION" and in 1928 asecond book of his was published entitled simply "PROPAGANDA."
In it Bernays described his experiences at Wellington House.
Bernays was a close friend of Master Manipulator H.G. Wells,

190

whose many quasi-novels were used by Bernays to help formulatemass mind control techniques.
Wells was not shy about his role as a leader in changing
lower class society, mainly because he was a close friend ofmembers of the British royal family, and spent a great deal of timewith some of the most highly placed politicians of the day, men
like Sir Edward Grey, Lord Haldane, Robert Cecil of the Jewish
Cecil family that had controlled the British monarchy since a Cecil
became the private secretary and lover of Queen Elizabeth I, Leo
Amery, Halford Mackinder of MI6 and later head of the London
School of Economics, whose pupil Bruce Lockhart would become
MI6 controller of Lenin and Trotsky during the Bolshevik
Revolution, and even the great man himself, Lord Alfred Milner.
One of Well's favorite watering holes was the prestigious St.
Ermins Hotel, meeting place of the Coefficient Club, a club towhich certified gentlemen only were admitted and where they met
once a month. All of the men mentioned above were members andalso members of the Souls Club. Wells claimed that any nation
could be defeated, not by direct confrontation but by
understanding the human mind—what he called, "the mental
hinterlands hidden behind the persona."
With such a powerful backer, Bernays felt confident enoughto launch his "PROPAGANDA":"As civilization becomes more complex, AND AS THE NEEDFOR INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN INCREASINGLY
DEMONSTRATED (emphasis added-JC), the technical means havebeen invented and developed BY WHICH PUBLIC OPINION MAY
BE REGIMENTED (emphasis added-JC). With printing press andnewspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and airplanes, ideas
can be spread rapidly, and even instantaneously, across the wholeof America." Bernays had not yet seen how much better television,
which was to follow, would do the job.
"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of organized
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in a
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanismof society constitute an INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT WHICH IS THE

191

TRUE RULING POWER IN OUR COUNTRY." To back up his position,
Bernays quoted H. G. Wells' article published in the New YorkTimes in which Wells enthusiastically backed the idea of modernmeans of communication "opening up a new world of politicalprocesses which will allow the common design to be documented
and sustained against perversion and betrayal" (of the invisible
government).
To continue with the revelations contained in"PROPAGANDA":"We are governed, our minds are moulded, our tastes
formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard
of. What ever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it
remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether
in the sphere of politics or business, our social conduct or our
ethical thinking, we are dominated by a relatively small number of
persons, a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million, who
understand the mental processes and social patterns of themasses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind,
and who harness old social forces and contrive new ways TO BIND
AND GUIDE THE WORLD" (emphasis added-JC).
Bernays was not bold enough to tell the world who the"THEY" are who "pull the wires which control the public mind...,"
but in this book we shall make up for his intentional oversight bydisclosing the existence of that "relatively small number of
persons," the Committee of 300. Bernays was roundly applaudedfor his work by the CFR whose members voted to place him incharge of CBS. William Paley became his "undergraduate" andeventually replaced Bernays, having acquired thorough knowledgeof the new-science science of public opinion making, which madeCBS the leader of the field, a role which CBS television and radio
has never relinquished. Political and financial control by the"relatively small number," as Bernays called them, is exercisedthrough a number of secret societies, most notably the Scottish
Rite of Freemasonry, and perhaps even more importantly, throughthe Venerable Order of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, anancient order consisting of the British monarch's hand-picked
executives chosen for their expertise in areas vital to the continued
control of the Committee.

192

In my work "The Order of St. John of Jerusalem" publishedin 1986, I described The Order in the following manner:"...It is therefore not a secret society, except where its
purposes have been perverted in the inner councils like the Orderof the Garter, which is a prostituted oligarchical creation of the
British royal family, which makes a mockery of what the Sovereign
Order of St. John of Jerusalem stands for.
"As an example, we find the atheist Lord Peter Carrington,
who pretends to be an Anglican Christian but who is a member of
the Order of Osiris and other demonic sects, including
Freemasonry, installed as a Knight of the Garter at St. George's
Chapel, Windsor Castle, by Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth II ofEngland, of the Black Nobility Guelphs, also head of the Anglican
Church, which she thoroughly despises."
Carrington was selected by the Committee of 300 to bring
down the government of Rhodesia, sign over the mineral wealth ofAngola and South West Africa to City of London control, wreck theArgentine and turn NATO into a leftwing political organization
beholden to the Committee of 300.
Another strange face we see attaching itself to the Holy
Christian Order of St. John of Jerusalem, and I use the word
stranger as it is used in the original Hebrew of the Old Testament
to denote the lineage of an individual, is that of Major Louis
Mortimer Bloomfield, the man who helped plan the murder of John
F. Kennedy. We see photos of this "strange" man wearing withpride the Cross of Malta, the same cross worn on the sleeve of theKnights of the Order of the Garter.
We have been so brainwashed that we believe the British
royal family is just a nice, harmless and colorful institution, and failto realize just how corrupt and therefore highly dangerous is thisinstitution called the British Monarchy. The Knights of the Order of
the Garter are the INNERMOST circle of the most corrupt public
servants who have utterly betrayed the trust placed in them by
their nation, their people.

193

The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of
the Committee of 300, Queen Elizabeth II's most trusted "privy
council." When I did my research on the Order of St. John ofJerusalem some years ago, I went to Oxford to talk with one of
the Masters who is a specialist on ancient and modern British
traditions. He told me that the Knights of the Garter are the inner
sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty's Most Venerable
Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Let me say this is not the originalorder founded by the true Christian warrior, Peter Gerard, but istypical of many fine institutions that are taken over and destroyed
from the inside, while yet appearing to the uninitiated to be theoriginal.
From Oxford I went to the Victoria and Albert Museum andgained access to the papers of Lord Palmerston, one of thefounders of the Opium Dynasty in China. Palmerston, like so manyof his kind, was not only a Freemason, but a dedicated servant of
Gnosticism.... Like the present 'royal family,' Palmerston made apretense of being a Christian but was in fact a servant of Satan.
Many satanists became leaders of British aristocracy and madeimmense fortunes out of the China opium trade.
I learned from the papers in the museum named after
Victoria that she changed the name of the Order of St. John ofJerusalem in 1885 in order to break away from the Catholic
connection of the Order's founder, Peter Gerard, and renamed it
the "Protestant Most Venerable Order of Jerusalem." Membership
was open to every oligarchical family that had made its fortune in
the China opium trade and every thoroughly decadent family
received place in the 'new order.'Many of these venerable gentlemen were responsible foroverseeing the prohibition era in the United States from Canada,
where several of its members supplied the whisky ferried to theUnited States. Notable among this group was Committee of 300
member Earl Haig, who gave his whisky franchise to old Joe
Kennedy. Both prohibition and the distilleries who met the demand
for alcohol were creations of the British Crown acting through theCommitteemen of 300. It was an experiment which became theforerunner of today's drug trade, and the lessons learned from the194prohibition era are being applied to the soon to be legalized drugtrade.
Canada is the route most used by Far East heroin suppliers.
The British Monarchy sees to it that this information never
becomes public. Using her powers, Queen Elizabeth rules overCanada through the Governor-General (one wonders how modern
Canadians can accept such an archaic arrangement?), who is the
Queen's PERSONAL representative, and on down the line to the
Privy Council (yet another archaic hang-over from colonialist days)
and the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, who control Canadian
commerce in all of its facets.
Opposition to British rule is suppressed. Canada has someof the most restrictive laws in the world, including so-called "hatecrime" laws imposed upon the country by Jewish menbers of theHouse of Lords in England. At present there are four major trials invarious stages in Canada involving persons charged with "hatecrimes." These are the Finta, Keegstra, Zundel and Ross cases.
Anyone who dares to try and show proof of Jewish control of
Canada (which the Bronfmans exercise), is immediately arrested
and charged with so-called "hate crimes." This will give us someidea of the vastness of the reach of the Committee of 300 whichquite literally sits on top of everything n this world.
Testifying to the truth of this statement is the fact that theCommittee of 300 set up the International Institute for Strategic
Studies (IISS) under the auspices of the Round Table. Thisinstitute is the vehicle for M16-Tavistock black propaganda andwet jobs (an intelligence cover name denoting an operation where
bloodshed is required), nuclear and terrorist, which goes to theworld's press for dissemination, as well as to government andmilitary establishments.
Membership of IISS includes representatives of 87 major
wire services and press associations as well as 138 senior editorsand columnists drawn from international newspapers andmagazines. Now you know where your favorite columnist gets allof his information and opinions from. Remember Jack Anderson,
Tom Wicker, Sam Donaldson, John Chancellor, Mary McGrory,
Seymour Hersh, Flora Lewis and Anthony Lewis, et al? The195

information provided by IISS, especially scenarios like those
prepared to blacken President Hussein and to justify the coming
attack on Libya and condemn the PLO are all specially tailormade
for the occasion. The Mai Lai massacre story published by
Seymour Hersh came straight out of IISS, just in case we wrongly
suppose that men like Hersh do their own research work.
The International Institute for Strategic Studies is nothing
more than a higher echelon opinion-maker as defined by
Lippmann and Bernays. Instead of writing books, newspapers
report opinions presented by chosen columnists, and IISS wasformed to be a coordinating center for not only creating opinions,but to get those opinions and scenarios out much faster and to agreater audience than could be reached by a book, for example.
IISS is a good example of the gridding and interfacing ofCommittee of 300 institutions.
The idea of bringing IISS into being arose at the 1957
Bilderberger meeting. It will be recalled that the Bilderberger
Conference is a creation of M16 under the direction of the RoyalInstitute of International Affairs. The idea came from Alastair
Buchan, son of Lord Tweedsmuir. Buchan was chairman at thetime, and a board member of the RIIA and a member of theRound Table reportedly very close to the British royal family This
was the same conference that welcomed Labour Party leader
Dennis Healey to its ranks. Others in attendance were Francois
Duchene, whose mentor, Jean Monet Duchenes, ran the TrilateralCommission under the tutelage of H. V. Dicks from Tavistock's
Columbus Center.
Among the governing council of this gigantic propaganda
opinion-making apparat is included the following:Frank Kitson, a one time controller of The IRAPROVISIONALS, the man who started the Mau-Mau insurgency in
Kenya.
Lazard Freres, represented by Robert Ellsworth.
N. M. Rothschild, represented by John Loudon.
Paul Nitze, representative of Schroeder Bank. Nitze has
played a very prominent and substantial role in matters of Arms

196

Control agreements, which have ALWAYS been under the directionof the RIIA.
C. L. Sulzberger of the New York Times.
Stansfield Turner, a former director of the CIA.
Peter Calvocoressi, representing Penguin Books.
Royal Institute for International Affairs, represented byAndrew Schoenberg.
Columnists and Reporters, represented by Flora Lewis,
Drew Middleton, Anthony Lewis, Max Frankel.
Daniel Ellsberg.
Henry Kissinger.
Robert Bowie, a former director of the ClA's National
Intelligence Estimates.
Flowing from the 1957 Bilderberger meeting, Kissinger was
instructed to open a Round Table office in Manhattan, the nucleusof which consisted of Haig, Ellsberg, Halperin, Schlessinger,
McNamara and the McBundy brothers. Kissinger was directed to fill
all executive positions in the Nixon administration with Round
Tablers, loyal to the RIIA and therefore to the Queen of England.
It was no accident that Kissinger chose President Nixon's old
hangout, the Hotel Pierre, as his center of operations.
The significance of the Round Table-Kissinger operation
was thus: On orders of the RIIA chairman Andrew Schoeberg, a
block was placed on all agencies involved in intelligence,
preventing them from giving information to President Nixon. This
meant Kissinger and his staff were getting ALL INTELLIGENCE,FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC, LAW ENFORCEMENT INFORMATION,
INCLUDING FBI DIVISION 5, before any of it was released to the
President. This made certain that all M16-controlled terrorist
operations in the U.S. would have no chance of being leaked. This
was Halperin's bailiwick.
By working this methodology, Kissinger at once establishedhegemony over the Nixon presidency, and after Nixon wasdisgraced by the Kissinger group and hounded from office,Kissinger emerged with unprecedented powers such as have notbeen equaled before or since Watergate. Some of these seldom
enumerated powers included the following:

197

Kissinger ordered National Security Decision Memorandum
No. I to be drafted by Halperin, who got the actual wording
directly from the RIIA through Round Table circles. The
memorandum appointed Kissinger as the supreme U.S. authority,
chairman of the Verification Panel. All SALT negotiations weredirected from here, using Paul Nitze, Paul Warnke and a nest of
traitors inside the Arms Control mission at Geneva.
In addition, Kissinger was appointed to The Vietnam
Special Studies Group, which oversaw and made evaluations of allreports, civilian and military, including intelligence reports coming
out of Vietnam. Kissinger also demanded and got oversight of the"40 Committee," a super-secret agency that has the task ofdeciding when and where to initiate covert activities and thenmonitors the progress of operations it sets in motion.
Meantime Kissinger ordered a blizzard of wire-taps by theFBI, even on his closest assistants, so as to give the impressionthat he was on top of everything. Most of his circle were told thatwiretaps on them were in force. This nearly backfired was an M16
operative by the name of Henry Brandon was ordered wiretapped,
but was not informed by Kissinger. Brandon was doubling as areporter for the London Times and Kissinger very nearly got
thrown out because nobody does this to the London Times.
The full story of the Ellsberg break-in and the subsequent
Watergating of Nixon is too long to be included here. Suffice tosay, Kissinger had control of Ellsberg from the day that Ellsberg
was recruited while at Cambridge. Ellsberg had always been ahardliner in favor of the Vietnam War, but was gradually"converted" to a radical leftist activist. His "conversion" was only ashade less miraculous than St. Paul's Damascus Road experience.
The entire spectrum of the new left in the United States
was the work of British intelligence M16 acting through Round
Table assets and the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS). Just as it
did with all countries with a republican base, whose policies had tobe changed, LPS played a leading role, even as it does today inSouth Africa and South Korea. Much of IPS's activities are
explained in my work "IPS Revisited" published in 1990.

198

IPS had one main function, that being to sow discord andspread disinformation resulting in chaos. One such program,
aimed at America's youth, centered on drugs. Through a series of
IPS fronts, acts like the stoning of Nixon's motorcade and a large
number of bombings, a climate of deception was effectively
created which led a majority of Americans to believe that theUnited States was under threat from the KGB, the GRU and Cuban
DGI. The word went out that a lot of these imaginary agents had
close ties to the Democrats through George McGovern. It was infact, a model disinformation campaign for which M16 is justly
famous.
Haldeman, Ehrlichman and Nixon's closest aides had noclue as to what was happening, hence a flurry of statements
emanating from the White House that East Germany, The Soviet
Union, North Korea and Cuba were training terrorists and funding
their operations in the United States. I doubt whether Nixon knew
very much about IPS, let alone suspected what it was doing to his
presidency. We suffered the same kind of disinformation during
the Gulf War when the word went out that terrorists of all stripes
were about to invade the United States and blow up everything insight.
President Nixon was literally left in the dark. He didn't evenknow that David Young, a Kissinger pupil, was working in thebasement of the White House, supervising "leaks." Young was a
graduate of Oxford and a long-time Kissinger associate throughRound Table assets such as the law firm of Milbank Tweed.
President Nixon was no match for the forces arrayed against him
under the direction of M16 on behalf of the Royal Institute forInternational Affairs and hence the British royal family.
About the only thing that Nixon was guilty of, in so far as
Watergate is concerned, was his ignorance of what was going on
all around him. When James McCord "confessed" to Judge John
Sirica, Nixon should have been on to it like a flash that McCord
was playing a double game. He ought to have challenged Kissinger
about his relationship with McCord there and then. That would
have thrown a spanner in the works and derailed the whole M16Watergate operation.

199

Nixon did not abuse his presidential powers. His crime was
not defending the Constitution of the United States of America andnot charging Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham and Ben Bradley withconspiracy to commit insurrection. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham's
pedigree is of the most doubtful kind, as "Jessica Fletcher" of"Murder She Wrote" would soon have discovered. But evenknowing that, Mrs. Graham's controllers in the Round Table would
have fought hard to keep the lid on things. The role of the
Washington Post was to keep the pot boiling by one "revelation"
after another, thereby engendering a climate of public distrust of
President Nixon, even when there was not one shred of evidence
to support wrong doing by him.
Yet it shows the immense power of the press, as Lippman
and Bernays had quite properly anticipated, in that Mrs. Graham,long suspected of the murder of her husband, Philip L. Graham—
officially classed as "suicide"—should have retained any credibility
at all. Other traitors who should have been indicted for
insurrection and treason were Kissinger, Haig, Halperin, Ellsberg,
Young, McCord, Joseph Califano and Chomsky of IPS and thoseCIA operatives who went to McCord's house and burned all of his
papers. Again, it is worth repeating that Watergate, like manyother operations we do not have the space to include here,
demonstrated the COMPLETE CONTROL exercised over the UnitedStates by the Committee of 300.
While Nixon kept company with people like Earl Warren andsome Mafia dons who had built Warren's house, that does notmean that he should have been disgraced over the Watergate
Affair. My dislike of Nixon stems from his willingness to sign theinfamous ABM Treaty in 1972 and his all-too-cozy relationship withLeonid Brezhnev. One of the sorriest slip-ups of the Minority
Council was its abject failure to expose the dirty role played by
INTERTEL, the Corning Group's ugly private intelligence agency
whom we have already met, who "leaked" a lot of Watergate
material to Edward Kennedy. Private intelligence agencies like
INTERTEL have no right to exist in the United States. They are a
MENACE to our right to privacy and an insult to all free men
everywhere.

200

Blame must also fall on those who were supposed toprotect President Nixon from the kind of steelmesh net that was
thrown around him to isolate him. The intelligence personnel
around Nixon were a poor lot who had no knowledge of just how
thorough British intelligence operations are; indeed, they had no
inkling that Watergate was a British intelligence operation in its
entirety. The Watergate plot was a coup-d'etat against the UnitedStates of America, as was the murder of John F. Kennedy.
Although this fact is not recognized as such today, I am confident
that when all the secret papers are finally opened, history willrecord that two coup-d'etats, one against Kennedy and one
against Nixon, did indeed take place, and which in their wakebrought the most violent rape and assault on the institutions uponwhich the Republic of the United States stands.
The individual who most deserves the title of traitor andwho is most guilty of sedition is General Alexander Haig. This
desk-man office-colonel whose paper-shuffling career did notinclude commanding any troops in battle, was suddenly thrust
upon the scene by the invisible upper-level parallel government
President Nixon once described him as a man who had to ask
Kissinger's permission to go to the bathroom.
Haig was a product of the Round Table. He was noticed by
Round Tabler Joseph Califano, one of Her Majesty's most trusted
Round Tablers in the United States. Joseph Califano, legal councilof the Democratic National Convention, had actually interviewed
Alfred Baldwin, one of the plumbers A MONTH BEFORE THE
BURGLARY TOOK PLACE. Califano was stupid enough to write amemorandum on his interview with Baldwin, in which he gave
details of information on McCord's background and why McCord
had selected Baldwin to be on the "team."
Even more damaging, Califano's memorandum contained
full details of transcripts of wiretaps of conversations between
Nixon and the reelection committee, all this BEFORE the break-in
occurred. Califano should have been indicted on a score of federal
offenses; instead he got away cleanly with his criminal activity.
Sanctimonious Sam Ervin refused to allow Fred Thompson,
Minority Council, to introduce this highly damaging evidence at the201

Watergate hearings—on the spurious grounds that it was "toospeculative."
On Round Table orders, Kissinger had Haig promoted fromcolonel to four-star general in the most meteoric rise everrecorded in the annals of United States military history, in thecourse of which Haig was leap-frogged over 280 senior U.S. Army
generals and high-ranking officers.
During Haig's "promotion," and as a result of it, 25 senior
generals were forced to resign. As a reward for his treacherytoward President Nixon, AND THE UNITED STATES, Haig was
subsequently given the plum job of Commanding General of theNorth Atlantic Treaty Organization forces (NATO), although he was
THE LEAST QUALIFIED COMMANDER EVER TO HOLD THATPOSITION. Here again he was leap-frogged over 400 senior
generals from NATO countries and the United States.
When the news of his appointment reached the Soviet
Armed Forces High Command, Marshall Orgakov recalled his three
top Warsaw Pact generals from Poland and East Germany, andthere was much merrymaking, clinking of glasses and quaffing ofchampagne until well into the night. All through Haig's tenure ascommander of NATO forces the professional elite cadre of theSoviet Armed Forces, men who have never been anything else but
professional soldiers, held Haig in the utmost contempt and openlyreferred to him as the "office manager of NATO." They knew that
Haig owed his appointment to the RIIA and not to the UnitedStates military.
But before his military promotion took him out of
Washington, let it be known that Alexander Haig, in conjunction
with Kissinger, all but destroyed the office of the President of theUnited States and its government. The chaos left by Kissinger andHaig in the wake of Watergate has never been chronicled to thebest of my knowledge. On the insistence of the RIIA, Haig virtually
took over the management of the Government of the UnitedStates after the April 1973 coup d'etat. Bringing 100 Round Table
agents chosen from the Brookings Institution, Institute Policy
Studies and the Council on Foreign Relations, Haig filled the top
one hundred posts in Washington with men who, like himself,

202

were beholden to a foreign power. In the ensuing debacle, theNixon Administration was torn asunder and the United Statesalong with it.
Thrusting aside the pious platitudes and posturings ofdefending the Constitution, Senator Sam Ervin did more to change
the United States than anything President Nixon was alleged tohave done, and the United States has not yet recovered from thenear-mortal wound of Watergate, a Committee of 300 sponsoredoperation conducted by the Royal Institute for International Affairs,
the Round Table and "hands on" M16 officers based in the UnitedStates.
The way President Nixon was first isolated, surrounded bytraitors and then confused, followed to the letter the Tavistock
method of gaining full control of a person according to themethodology laid down by Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt
Lewin. I have already given details of Lewin's methodology
elsewhere in this book, but in view of the text-book case of
President Richard M.Nixon, I think it is worth repeating:"One of the main techniques for breaking morale through astrategy of terror consists in exactly this tactic—keep the person
hazy as to where he stands and just what he may expect. In
addition, if frequent vacillations between severe disciplinary
measures and promises of good treatment together with the
spreading of contradictory news, make the cognitive structure ofthis situation utterly unclear, then the individual may cease evento know a particular plan would lead toward or away from his goal.
Under these conditions even those individuals who have definite
goals and are ready to take risks are paralyzed by severe innerconflict in regard to what to do."Kissinger and Haig followed Tavistock training manuals tothe letter. The result was a distraught, confused, frightened anddemoralized President Nixon, whose only course of action—he wastold by Haig—was to resign. In 1983 I wrote two works, "TheTavistock Institute: Sinister and Deadly" and "The Tavistock
Institute: Britain's Control of U.S. Policy," based upon Tavistock
secret manuals which had fallen into my hands. Tavistock
Institute's methods and actions are spelled out in these two works.

203

So successfully were Tavistock methods applied to unseat
President Nixon that the people of this nation fully believed thecalumny of lies, distortions and set-piece contrived situations
mounted by the conspirator as truth, when in fact Watergate wasa diabolical lie from end to end. It is important to stress thisbecause we have certainly not seen the last of Watergate-type
operations.
What were the alleged impeachable offenses committed byPresident Nixon, and the so-called "smoking gun" evidence which
was supposed to back up the charges? First, the "smoking gun."This piece of FICTION was created by Kissinger and Haig around
the June 23rd tape, which Haig coerced Nixon into surrendering toLeon Jaworski.
Haig spent hours convincing President Nixon that this tapewould sink him, because it proved "beyond any doubt" that Nixon
was guilty of serious wrong doing and a co-conspirator in the
Watergate break-in. President Nixon's first response was to tellHaig, "It's utter nonsense to make such a big deal of this," but
Haig chipped away until Nixon became convinced that he could not
make a successful defense before the Senate, based solely on thisparticular June 23rd tape!
How had Haig accomplished his mission? Acting out ascenario prepared for him by his Round Table controllers, Haig had
an unedited transcript of the "smoking gun" tape typed by his staff.
In reality there was nothing in the tape that President Nixon could
not have explained. Sensing this, Haig then circulated his
unauthorized unedited transcript of the tape among Nixon's
staunchest supporters in the House and Senate and theRepublican Party high command. Peppered with "smoking gun"and "devastating," and coming from Nixon's trusted aide, thetranscript had the effect of a falcon hitting a flock of pigeons;
Nixon's supporters panicked and ran for cover.
Following up his sedition and insurrection, Haig summoned
to his office Congressman Charles Wiggins, a staunch Nixon
supporter who had agreed to lead the fight in the House to head
off impeachment proceedings. In a bare-faced blatant lie, Wiggins

204

was informed by Haig, "The fight is lost." After that Wiggins lost allinterest in defending Nixon, believing that Nixon himself had
agreed to give up. Haig then dealt with Senator Griffin, a leading
supporter of the president in the Senate in the same way. AS A
RESULT OF HAIG'S SEDITIOUS, TREASONOUS ACTIVITIES,SENATOR GRIFFIN IMMEDIATELY WROTE A LETTER TOPRESIDENT NIXON CALLING UPON HIM TO RESIGN.
THREE MONTHS EARLIER, Round Table controlled Institutefor Policy Studies, child of James Warburg, founder and a fellow,
Marcus Raskin, delivered EXACTLY the same ultimatum thatPresident Nixon resign, using the British intelligence propaganda
journal, The New York Times of May 25th to deliver the ultimatum.
The Watergate tragedy was a step in the irreversible transition tobarbarism which is enveloping the United States, and which isleading us into the One World Government New World Order. The
United States is now at the same place that Italy found itself when
Aldo Moro tried to rescue it from created instability.
With what wrongdoing was Nixon charged? John Doar,
whose brutish character was well-suited to his task of bringing socalled articles of impeachment against the president, was theauthor and finisher of one of the most far-reaching ILLEGAL
domestic surveillance counterintelligence operations ever run in
the United States.
Heading the Interdepartmental Intelligence Unit (IDIU),
Doar garnered information from every conceivable agency of thefederal government, including the Internal Revenue Service. The
program was linked to the Institute for Policy Studies. One of thehighlights of John Doar's career was to provide the CIA—which isforbidden by law to engage in domestic surveillance, with 10,00012,000 names of citizens he suspected as political dissidents, forfurther investigation.
On July 18th, 1974, this great upholder of the law, withmeasured pomposity, delivered the "charges" against President
Nixon, which episode was nationally televised. THERE WAS NOT A
SINGLE PIECE OF EVIDENCE THAT NIXON HAD DONE ANYTHINGIMPEACHABLE; indeed, Doar's pathetic litany of Nixon's alleged"crimes" were so trivial that it is a wonder the proceedings went

205

beyond this point. Income tax fiddling, unauthorized bombing of
Cambodia and a vague "abuse of power" charge that would never
have stuck in a court of law was the best that Doar could do. The
United States was as unstable as it would ever be when President
Nixon resigned on August 8th, 1974.
Nowhere more so than in our economic and fiscal policies.
In 1983 the international bankers met in Williamsburg, Virginia towork out a strategy to prepare the United States for a total
disintegration of its banking system. This planned event was tostampede the U.S. Senate into accepting control of our monetaryand fiscal policies by the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
Dennis Weatherstone of Morgan Guarantee on Wall Street statedthat he was convinced this was the only way for the United States
to save itself.
The proposal was endorsed by the Ditchley Group which
had its beginning in May of 1982 at Ditchley Park in London. On
January lOth-11th, l983, this alien group met in Washington D.C.,
in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act and the Clayton Act, andconspired to overthrow the sovereignty of the United States ofAmerica in its monetary and financial freedom. The United States
Attorney General knew of the meeting and its purpose. Instead ofcharging members of the group with conspiracy to commit afederal crime, he simply looked the other way.
Under the abovementioned acts, proof of a conspiracy is allthat is needed for a felony conviction, and there was ample
evidence that a conspiracy did indeed take place. But as the
Ditchley Foundation had met at the request of the Royal Institutefor International Affairs and was hosted by the Round Table, no
one in the Justice Department had the courage to take action as
required by those who had sworn to uphold the laws of the UnitedStates.
The Ditchley Plan to usurp control of the fiscal andmonetary policies of the United States was the brainchild of Sir
Harold Lever, a strong backer of Zionism and a close confidant ofmembers of the British royal family and a member of theCommittee of 300. Sir Harold Lever was a director of the giant
UMILEVER conglomerate, an important Committee of 300

206

company. Lever's plan called for the IMF's influence to bebroadened so that it could influence central banks of all nations,
including the U.S. and guide them into the hands of a One World
Government bank.
This was considered a vital step in bringing about asituation where the IMF would become the supreme arbiter ofworld banking. The ultra-secret January meeting was preceded byan earlier meeting in October 1982, and was attended byrepresentatives of 36 of the world's top banks who met at the New
York Vista Hotel. Security for the October 26th-27th seminar was
as tight as anything ever seen in the Big Apple. This earlier
Ditchley Group meeting also violated United States law.
Addressing the meeting, Sir Harold Lever said it wasessential that national sovereignty as an archaic hang-over must
be ended before the year 2000. "The United States will soon haveto realize that it will be no better than any Third World country
when the IMF takes control," said Sir Harold. It was later reported
to the delegates that plans to appoint the IMF as the controller ofUnited States fiscal policies were being readied to bring before theUnited States Senate by the year 2000.
Rimmer de Vries, speaking for Morgan Guarantee, said it
was high time that the United States became a member of the
Bank of International Settlements. "There must be areconsideration of U.S. hesitancy over the past 50 years," De Vries
declared. Some British and German bankers, fearing possible
violations of U.S. law, said that the Ditchley Group is nothing but acommittee to iron out exchange rate problems. Felix Rohatyn also
spoke of the great need to change U.S. banking laws so that the
IMF could play a greater role in this country. Rohatyn headed
Lazard Freres, a Club of Rome bank and part of the Eagle StarGroup which we have already met.
Round Tablers William Ogden and Werner Stang spoke
enthusiastically in support of surrendering U.S. fiscal sovereignty
to the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International
Settlements. Delegates representing the Alpha ranking Group, a P2
Freemasonry bank, said the United States must be forced to207surrender to "the higher authority of a world bank," before any
progress toward the New World Order could be made.
On January 8th, 1983, before their big meeting on JanuarylOth-11th, Hans Vogel, a leading Club of Rome member, wasreceived at the White House. President Ronald Reagan had invited
George Schultz, Caspar Weinberger, George Kennan and Lane
Kirkland to be present at his meeting with Vogel, who explained to
President Reagan what the aims and objectives of the DitchleyGroup were. From that day, President Reagan did an about face
and worked with the Committee of 300's various agencies toadvance the International Monetary Fund and the Bank ofInternational Settlements as the authority on U.S domestic andforeign monetary policies.
The invisible government of the Committee of 300 has put
tremendous pressure on America to change its ways—for theworse. America is the last bastion of freedom and unless our
freedoms are taken away from us, progress toward a One World
Government will be considerably slowed. Such an undertaking as a
One World Government is a massive one, requiring a great deal ofskill, organizing abilities, control of governments and their policies.
The only organization that could possibly have undertaken thismammoth task with any hope of success is the Committee of 300,
and we have seen just how far it has come toward total success.
Above all, the battle is a spiritual one. Unfortunately, theChristian churches have become little more than social clubs run
by the infinitely evil World Council of Churches (WCC), whose
beginnings lie not in Moscow but in the City of London, as we see
from the chart at the end of the book which gives the structure of
the One World Government Church. This body was set up in the
1920's to serve as a vehicle for One World Government policies,
and stands as a monument to the long-range planning capabilitiesof the Committee of 300.
Another corrupt body similar in structure and design to the
WCC is the Union of Concerned Scientists, set up by the TrilateralCommission, and funded by the Carnegie Endowment Fund, theFord Foundation and Aspen Institute. This is the group that has
led the fight to prevent the United States from mounting an208effective deterrent against Soviet Cosmospheres, space-basedlaser beam weapons which can destroy selected targets in the
United States or elsewhere from outer space.
The United States SDI program was designed to counterthe threat posed by Soviet Cosmospheres, a threat which still
exists in spite of the assurances that "communism is dead." Soviet
spokesman Georgi Arbatov told a meeting of the Union ofConcerned Scientists that it is important for them to oppose the
SDI program, because if the SDI program became operational, "itwill be a military catastrophe." Year after year the Union ofConcerned Scientists has opposed every budget which included
funding for the vital SDI program, until by the end of 1991, there
is not even enough money to fund further research still required
let alone place the system in orbit. The Union of Concerned
Scientists is run by the Royal Institute for International Affairs andis heavily infiltrated with M16 British intelligence agents.
There is not one single aspect of life in America that is notwatched over, steered in the "right" direction, manipulated, andcontrolled by the invisible government of the Committee of 300.
There is not one elected official or political leader that is not
subject to its rule. No one thus far has got away with defying oursecret rulers, who do not hesitate to make "a horrible example" ofanyone, including the President of the United States of America.
From 1776 when Jeremy Bentham and William Petty, theEarl of Shelburne, fresh from the triumph of the French Revolution
which they planned and ran, were drafted by the British Crown tobring their combined experience to bear against the colonists, to1812 when the British sacked and burned Washington, destroying
secret documents that would have exposed the treason being
worked against the young United States of America to theWatergating of President Nixon and assassination of President
Kennedy, the hand of the Committee of 300 is clearly visible. This
book is an attempt to open the eyes of the American people to thisterrible truth: We are not an independent nation, nor can we everbe, as long as we are ruled by an invisible government, theCommittee of 300.

209

PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS / ORGANIZATIONS AND
THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE COMMITTEE OF
300
Academy for Contemporary Problems.
Africa Fund.
Agency of International Development.
Albert Previn Foundation.
Alliance Israelite Universalle.
American Civil Liberties Union
American Council of Race Relations.
American Defense Society.
American Press Institute.
American Protective League.
Anti-Defamation League.
Arab Bureau.
Arab Higher Committee.
ARCA Foundation.
Armour Research Foundation.
Arms Control and Foreign Policy Caucus.
Arthur D. Little, Inc.
Asian Research Institute.
Aspen Institute.
Association for Humanistic Psychology.
Augmentation Research Center.
Baron De Hirsh Fund.
Battelle Memorial Institute.
Berger National Foundation.
Berlin Center for Future Research.
Bilderbergers.
Black Order.
Boycott Japanese Goods Conference.
British Newfoundland Corporation.
British Royal Society.
Brotherhood of Cooperative Commonwealth.
Bureau of International Revolutionary Propaganda.
Canadian Jewish Congress.
Cathedral of St. John the Divine, New York.
Center for Advanced Studies in the Behavioral Sciences.
Center for Constitutional Rights.
Center for Cuban Studies.

210

Center for Democratic Institutions.
Center for International Policy.
Center for the Study of Responsive Law.
Christian Socialist League.
Cini Foundation.
Club of Rome.
Cominform.
Committee for the Next Thirty Years.
Committee of Fourteen.
Committee on National Morale.
Committee to Frame A World Constitution.
Communist League.
Congress of Industrial Organizations.
Council on Foreign Relations.
David Sassoon Company.
De Beers Consolidated Mines.
Democratic League of Brussels.
East India Committee of 300.
Economic and Social Control (ECOSOC).
Environmental Fund.
Environmetrics Inc.
Esalen Institute.
Fabian Society.
Federation of American Zionists.
Fellowship for a Christian Social Order.
Fellowship of Reconciliation.
Ford Foundation.
Fordham University Institution Educational Research.
Foundation for National Progress.
Garland Fund.
German Marshall Fund.
Governing Body of the Israelite Religious Community.
Gulf South Research Institute.
Haganah.
Harvard University.
Hells Fire Club.
Horace Mann League.
Hudson Guild.
Hudson Institute.
Hudson Bay Company.
Imperial College University of London.

211

Industrial Christian Fellowship.
Institute for Brain Research.
Institute for Pacific Relations.
Institute for Policy Studies.
Institute for Social Research.
Institute for the Future.
Institute for World Order.
Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice.
Inter-Alpha.
Inter-American Social Development Institute.
International Institute for Strategic Studies.
Interreligious Peace Colloquium.
Irgun.
Knights of Malta.
League of Nations.
Logistics Management Institute.
London Board of Deputies of British Jews.
London School of Economics.
Mary Carter Paint Company.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mellon Institute.
Metaphysical Society.
Milner Group.
Mocatto Metals.
Mont Pelerin Society.
NAACP.
National Action Research on Military/lndustrial Complex.
National Center for Productivity Institute.
National Council of Churches.
National Opinion Research Center.
National Training Laboratories.
New Democratic Coalition.
New World Foundation.
New York Rand Institute.
NORML.
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO).
Odd Fellows.
Order of St. John of Jerusalem.
Order of The Golden Dawn.
OXFAM.
Oxford Univac.

212

Pacific Studies Center.
Palisades Foundation.
Peninsula and Orient Navigation Company.
PERMINDEX.
Princeton University.
Rand Corporation.
Rand School of Social Sciences.
Research Triangle Institution.
Rhodes Scholarship Committee.
Rio Tinto Zinc Company.
Riverside Church Disarmament Program.
Round Table.
Royal Institute for International Affairs.
Russell Sage Foundation.
San Francisco Foundation.
Sharps Pixley Ward.
Social Science Research Council.
Socialist International.
Socialist Party of the United States.
Society for Promotion of Study of Religions.
Society of Heaven (TRIADS).
Soviet State Committee for Science and Technology.
Stanford Research Institute.
Stockholm International Peace Research Institute.
Sun Yat Sen Society.
Systems Development Corporation.
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.
Tempo Corporation.
The High Twelve International.
The Public Agenda Foundation.
The Quality of Life Institute.
Theosophist Society.
Thule Society.
Transatlantic Council.
Trilateral Commission.
U.S. Association of the Club of Rome.
U.S. Institute for Peace.
Union of Concerned Scientists.
UNITAR.
University of Pennsylvania Wharton School.
Warburg, James P. and Family.

213

Western Training Laboratories.
Wilton Park.
Women's Christian Temperance Union.
Wong Hong Hon Company.
Work in America Institute.
World Council of Churches.

214

SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPS
Arab Bureau.
Aristotelian Society.
Asian Research Institute.
Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation.
British American Canadian Corporation.
Brotherhood of Eternal Love.
Cambridge Apostles.
Canadian Histadrut Campaign.
Canadian Pacific Ltd.
Caribbean-Central American Action Group.
China Everbright Holdings Ltd.
Chinese People's Institute of Foreign Affairs.
Council of South America.
Endangered Peoples' Society.
English Property Corporation Ltd.
Hospice Inc.
International Brotherhood of Teamsters.
International Red Cross.
Jerusalem Foundation, Canada.
Kissinger Associates.
Kowloon Chamber of Commerce.
Organization of American States.
Overseas Chinese Affairs Committee.
Radio Corporation of America (RCA).
Royal Police of Hong Kong.
YMCA.

215

BANKS
American Express.
Banca de la Svizzera d'Italia.
Banca Andioino.
Banca d'America d'Italia.
Banca Nazionale del Lavoro.
Banca Privata.
Banco Ambrosiano.
Banco Caribe.
Banco Commercial Mexicana.
Banco Consolidato.
Banco d'Espana.
Banco de Colombia.
Banco de Commercio.
Banco de Iberio-America.
Banco de la Nacion.
Banco del Estada.
Banco Internacional.
Banco Latino.
Banco Mercantile de Mexico.
Banco Nacional de Cuba.
Banco Nacional de Panama and 54 smaller Panamanianbanks.
Bangkok Commercial d'Italian.
Bangkok Metropolitan Bank.
Bank al Meshreq.
Bank America.
Bank for International Settlements.
Bank Hapoalim.
Bank Leu.
Bank Leumi.
Bank of Bangkok.
Bank of Boston.
Bank of Canada.
Bank of Credit and Commerce International.
Bank of East Asia.
Bank of England.
Bank of Escambia.
Bank of Geneva.
Bank of Ireland.

216

Bank of London and Mexico.
Bank of Montreal.
Bank of Norfolk.
Bank of Nova Scotia.
Bank Ohio.
Banque Bruxelles-Lambert.
Banque Commerciale Arabes.
Banque du Credit International.
Banque e Paris et Pays-Bas.
Banque Francais et Italienn por l'Amerique du Sud.
Banque Louis Dreyfus e Paris.
Banque Privee.
Banques Sud Ameris.
Barclays Bank.
Baring Brothers Bank.
Barnett Banks.
Baseler Handeslbank.
Basel Committee on Bank Supervision.
BCCI.*
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce.
Centrust Bank.
Chartered Bank.
Charterhouse Japhet Bank.
Chase Manhattan Bank.
Chemical Bank.
Citibank.
Citizens and Southern Bank of Atlanta.
City National Bank of Miami.
Claridon Bank.
Cleveland National City Bank.
Corporate Bank and Trust Company.
Credit and Commerce American Holdings.
Credit and Commerce Holdings, Netherlands Antilles.
Credit Suisse.
Crocker National Bank.
de'Neuflize, Schlumberger, Mallet Bank.
Dresdener Bank.
Dusseldorf Global Bank.
First American Bank of Georgia.
First American Bank of New York.
First American Bank of Pensacola.

217

First American Bank of Virginia.
First American Banking Corp.
First Empire Bank.
First Fidelity Bank.
First National Bank of Boston.
First National City Bank.
Florida National Bank.
Foreign Trade Bank.
Franklin National Bank.
Hambros Bank.
Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking
Independence Bank of Encino.
Israeli Discount Bank.
Litex Bank.
Ljubljanska Bank.
Lloyds Bank.
Marine Midland Bank.
Midland Bank.
Morgan Bank.
Morgan Et Cie.
Morgan Grenfell Bank.
Narodny Bank.
National Bank of Cleveland.
National Bank of Florida.
National Westminister Bank.
Orion Bank.
Paravicini Bank Ltd.
Republic National Bank.
Royal Bank of Canada.
Schroeder Bank.
Seligman Bank.
Shanghai Commercial Bank.
Soong Bank.
Standard and Chartered Bank.
Standard Bank.
Swiss Bank Corporation.
Swiss Israel Trade bank.
Trade Development Bank.
Unibank.
Union Bank of Israel.
Union Bank of Switzerland.

218

Vanying Bank.
White Weld Bank.
World Bank.
World Commerce Bank of Nassau.
World Trade Bank.
Wozchod Handelsbank.
Note: With the exception of the Basel Committee on Banking
each of the above mentioned banks have been, and may still be
involved in the drug, diamond, gold and weapons trade.
* BCCI. This bank has been indicted on several charges ofbeing heavily involved in drug money laundering throughout theworld. Its structure girds every operation of the Committee of 300.
Of interest is its corporate structure. Middle East Interests, 35% ofstock held by:
Ruling Family of Bahrain.
Ruling Family of Sharjah.
Ruling Family of Dhubai.
Ruling Family of Saudi Arabia.
Ruling Family of Iran.
Group of Middle East Businessmen.
BCCI Cayman Islands 41%.
Bank of America 24%.
BCCI Cayman Islands and BCCI Luxembourg established
Agency offices in Miami, Boca Raton, Tampa, New York, San
Francisco and Los Angeles.

219

LEGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND LAWYERS
American Bar Association.
Clifford and Warnke.
Coudert Brothers.
Cravaith, Swain and Moore.
Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher.

220

ACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORS
Price, Waterhouse.

221

TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATESFLOW LABORATORIES
Gets contracts from the National Institute of Health.
MERLE THOMAS CORPORATION
Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyzes data fromsatellites.
WALDEN RESEARCH
Does work in the field of pollution control.
PLANNING RESEARCH CORPORATION, ARTHUR D. LITTLE,
G.E. "TEMPO," OPERATIONS RESEARCH INC.
Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research andconduct surveys, make recommendations to government.
They are part of what President Eisenhower called "apossible danger to public policy that could itself become captive ofa scientific-technological elite."
BROOKINGS INSTITUTION
Dedicates its work to what it calls a "national agenda."
Wrote President Hoover's program, President Roosevelt's "New
Deal," the Kennedy Administration's "New Frontiers" program(deviation from it cost John F. Kennedy his life), and President
Johnson's "Great Society." Brookings has been telling the UnitedStates Government how to conduct its affairs for the past 70 years
and is still doing so on behalf of the Committee of 300.
HUDSON INSTITUTE
Under the direction of Herman Khan, this institution has
done more to shape the way Americans react to political and social
events, think, vote and generally conduct themselves than perhaps
any except the BIG FIVE. Hudson specializes in defense policy

222

research and relations with the USSR. Most of its military work isclassified as SECRET. (One idea during the Vietnam War was tobuild a moat around Saigon.) Some of its earlier papers wereentitled "Stability and Tranquility Among Older Nations," and"Analytical Summary of U.S. National Security Policy Issues."
Hudson prides itself on its diversity; it helped NASA with its
space programs and helped to promote new youth fashions andideas, youth rebellion and alienation for the Committee of 300,
ostensibly funded by Coca Cola. Hudson may be quite properlyclassified as one of the Committee of 300's BRAIN-WASHING
establishments. Some of its nuclear war scenarios make for very
interesting reading and, if they can be obtained, I would
recommend "The 6 Basic Thermonuclear Threats" and "Possible
Outcomes of Thermonuclear War" and one of its more frightening
papers entitled "Israeli-Arab Nuclear War."
Hudson also does corporate advising for Committee of 300
companies, Rank, Xerox, General Electric, IBM and General Motors,
to name but a few of them, but its really big client remains the U.
S. Department of Defense which includes matters of civil defense,
national security, military policy and arms control. To date it has
not got into "wet NASA," that is to say, the National
Oceanographic Agency.
NATIONAL TRAINING LABORATORIESNTL is also known as the International Institute for Applied
Behavioral Sciences. This institute is definitely a brainwashingcenter based on Kurt Lewin principles which include so-called TGroups (training groups), artificial stress training whereby
participants suddenly find themselves immersed in defending
themselves against vicious accusations. NTL takes in the National
Education Association, the largest teacher-group in the UnitedStates.
While officially decrying "racism," it is interesting to notethat NTL, working with NEA, produced a paper proposing
education vouchers which would separate the hard-to-teachchildren from the brighter ones, and funding would be allocatedaccording to the number of difficult children who would be223

separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The
proposal was not taken up.

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, WHARTON SCHOOL OF
FINANCE & COMMERCE
Founded by Eric Trist, one of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock,
Wharton has become one of the more important Tavistock
institutions in the U.S. in so far as "Behavioral Research" isconcerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S. Departmentof Labor—which it teaches how to produce "cooked" statistics atthe Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates Incorporated.
This method is very much in demand as we come to the close of
1991 with millions more out of work than is reflected in USDL
statistics.
Wharton's ECONOMETRIC MODELING is used by every
major Committee of 300 company in the United States, Western
Europe and by the International Monetary Fund, the United
Nations and the World Bank. Wharton has produced such
noteworthy persons as George Schultz and Alan Greenspan.
INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCHThis is the institute set up by "brain trusters" from
Tavistock Rensis Likert, Dorwin Cartwright and Ronald Lippert.
Among its studies are "The Human Meaning of Social Change,""Youth in Transition" and "How Americans View Their Mental
Health." Among the institute's clients are The Ford Foundation, U.S.
Department of Defense, U.S. Postal Service and the U.S.
Department of Justice.
INSTITUTE FOR THE FUTURE
This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is fundedby the Ford Foundation, yet it draws its long-range forecasting
methodology from the mother of all think tanks. Institute for the
Future projects what it believes to be changes that will be taking
place in time frames of fifty years. The institute is supposed to be224

able to forecast socioeconomic trends and to blow the whistle on
any departures from what it has laid down as normal.
Institute for the Future believes it is possible and normal tointervene now and give decisions for the future. So-called "Delphi
Panels" decide what is normal and what is not, and prepare
position papers to "steer" government in the right direction tohead off such groups as "people creating civil disorder." (This
could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduated taxes,
or demanding that their right to bear arms is not infringed.)
The institute recommends actions such as liberalizing
abortion laws, drug usage and that cars entering an urban area
pay tolls, teaching birth control in public schools, requiring
registration of firearms, making the use of drugs a non-criminal
offense, legalizing homosexuality, paying students for scholastic
achievements, making zoning controls a preserve of the state,offering bonuses for family planning and last, but by no means
least, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new communities beestablished in rural areas. As will be observed, many of theInstitute for the Future's goals have already been more than fully
realized.
INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS)
One of the "Big Three," IPS has shaped and reshaped
United States policies, foreign and domestic, since it was foundedby James P. Warburg and the Rothschild entities in the UnitedStates, bolstered by Bertrand Russell and the British Socialists
through its networks in America which include the League forIndustrial democracy in which Leonard Woodcock played a leading,if behind-the-scenes role. Local lead players in the League forIndustrial Democracy included "conservative" Jeane Kirkpatrick,Irwin Suall (of the ADL), Eugene Rostow (Arms Control negotiator),
Lane Kirkland (Labor leader), and Albert Shanker.
For record purposes only, IPS was incorporated in 1963 by
Marcus Raskin and Richard Barnett, both highly-trained Tavistock
Institute graduates. Most of the funding came from Rothschildassociates in America like the James Warburg Family, the Stern
Family Foundation and the Samuel Rubin Foundation. Samuel

225

Rubin was a registered member of the Communist Party who stole
the Faberge name (Faberge was "Jeweler of the Imperial Russian
Court") and made a fortune out of the Faberge name.
The objectives of IPS came from an agenda laid down for itby the British Round Table, which agenda in turn came from
Travistock Institute, one of the most notable being to create the"New Left" as a grass roots movement in the U.S. IPS was toengender strife and unrest and spread chaos like a wildfire out ofcontrol, proliferate the "ideals" of left wing nihilistic socialism,support unrestricted use of drugs of all types, and be the "bigstick" with which to beat the United States political establishment.
Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as theBlack Panthers, Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff
member Halperin, The Weathermen Underground, theVenceramos and the campaign staff of candidate George
McGovern. No scheme was too big for IPS and its controllers totake on and manage.
Take the plot to "kidnap" Kissinger, which was in the handsof Eqbal Ahmed, a British M16 intelligence agent of Pakistani origin,laundered through "TROTS" (Trotskyite terrorists based in London).
The "plot" was "discovered" by the FBI so that it could not go too
far. Ahmed went on to become the director of one of IPS's mostinfluential agencies, The Transnational Institute which, chameleonlike, changed from its former name, Institute of Race Relations,when intelligence agents of BOSS (Bureau of State Security) inSouth Africa unmasked the fact that it was tied directly to Rhodes
Scholarship-Harry Oppenheimer and Anglo-American-British mining
interests in South Africa. BOSS also discredited the South Africa
Foundation at the same time.
Through its many powerful lobbying groups on Capitol Hill,
IPS relentlessly used its "big stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a
network of lobbyists, all supposedly operating independently but in
actual fact acting cohesively, so that Congressmen are pummeledfrom all sides by seemingly different and varied lobbyists. In thisway, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway individual
Representatives and Senators to vote for "the trend, the way
things are going." By using key point men on Capitol Hill, IPS was226

able to break into the very infrastructure of our legislative systemand the way it works.
To give only a single concrete example of what I am talking
about: in 1975, an IPS point man persuaded representative John
Conyers (D-Michigan) and forty-seven members of the House torequest IPS to prepare a budget study that would oppose thebudget being prepared by President Gerald Ford. Although not
adopted, the request was reinstated in 1976, 1977, and 1978
gathering sponsors as it went.
Then in 1978, fifty-six Congressmen signed their names tosponsor an IPS budget study. This was prepared by Marcus Raskin.
Raskin's budget called for a fifty percent cut in the Defense Budget,a socialist housing program "that would compete with and steadily
replace private housing and mortgage markets," a national healthservice, "radical changes in the educational system that would
disrupt capitalist control over the distribution of knowledge," andseveral other radical ideas.
The influence of IPS on Arms Control negotiations was amajor factor in getting Nixon to sign the treasonous ABM Treaty in
1972, which left the United States virtually defenseless against
ICBM attack for almost 10 years. IPS became, and remains to thisday one of the most prestigious "think tanks" controlling foreign
policy decisions, which we, the people, foolishly believe are thoseof our law makers.
By sponsoring militant activism at home and with links torevolutionaries abroad, by engineering such victories as "ThePentagon Papers," besieging the corporate structure, bridging thecredibility gap between underground movements and acceptable
political activism, by penetrating religious organizations and using
them to sow discord in America, such as radical racial politics
under the guise of religion, using the establishment media tospread IPS ideas, and then supporting them, IPS has lived up to
the role which it was founded to play.
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE

227

Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford ResearchInstitute, in a 1952 speech made it clear what lines the institutewas to follow. Stanford can be described as one of the "jewels" inTavistock's Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in1946 immediately after the close of WW II, it was presided overby Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind control researchand "future sciences." Included under the Stanford umbrella wasCharles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the "Changing
Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian Conspiracy rests.
Some of Stanford's major clients and contracts were at firstcentered around the defense establishment but, as Stanford grew,
so did the diversity of its services:
Applications of Behavioral Sciences to Research
Management.
Office of Science and Technology.
SRI Business Intelligence Program.
U.S. Department of Defense Directorate of Defense
Research and Engineering.
U.S. Department of Defense Office of Aerospace Research.
Among corporations seeking Stanford's services were Wells
Fargo Bank, Bechtel Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank ofAmerica, McDonnell-Douglas Corporation, Blyth, Eastman Dillon
and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret projects was
extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare (CAB)
weapons.
Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller"think tanks" doing research into every facet of life in America.
This is known as ARPA networking and represents the emergenceof probably the most far-reaching effort to control the environmentof every individual in the country. At present Stanford's computers
are linked with 2500 "sister" research consoles which include theCentral Intelligence Agency (CIA), Bell Telephone Laboratories,
U.S. Army Intelligence, the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI),
RANI), MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role in that itis the "library," cataloging all ARPA documentation.
"Other agencies"—and one can use one's imagination here,
are allowed to search through SRI's "library" for key words,

228

phrases, look through sources and update their own master files
with those of Stanford Research Center. The Pentagon, forinstance, uses SRI's "master files" extensively, and there is little
doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the same.
Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out by
Stanford.
While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers,
there is absolutely no guarantee that the same research could not,and will not, be turned to civilian applications. Stanford is known
to be willing to do anything for anyone, and it is my belief that if
ever SRI were to be fully exposed, the hostility which would arise
from revelations as to what it actually does would most probably
force SRI to close.
MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, ALFRED P.
SLOAN SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT
This major institute is not generally recognized as being apart of Tavistock U.S.A. Most people look upon it as a purely
American institution, but that is far from being the case. MITAlfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the following groups:
Contemporary Technology.
Industrial Relations.
Lewin Group Psychology.
NASA-ERC Computer Research Laboratories.
Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology.
Systems Dynamics. Forrestor and Meadows wrote The
Club of Rome's "Limits of Growth" zero growth study.
Some of MIT's clients include the following:
American Management Association.
American Red Cross.
Committee for Economic Development.
GTE.
Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA).
NASA.
National Academy of Sciences.
National Council of Churches.
Sylvania.

229

TRW.
U.S. Army.
U.S. Department of State.
U.S. Navy.
U.S. Treasury.
Volkswagen Company.
So vast is the reach of IDA that it would take hundreds ofpages to describe the activities in which it is engaged, and IDA is
fully described in my book on the role played by Institutions andFoundations in committing treason against the United States ofAmerica, which will be published early in 1992.
RAND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden toTavistock Institute and certainly the RIIA's most prestigious
vehicle for control of United States policies at every level. Specific
RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM program,prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space
programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds ofprojects for the military, the Central lntelligence Agency (CIA) in
relation to the use of mind altering drugs like peyote, LSD (thecovert MK-Ultra operation which lasted for 20 years).
Some of RAND's clients include the following:
American Telephone and Telegraph Company (AT&T).
Chase Manhattan Bank.
International Business Machines (IBM).
National Science Foundation.
Republican Party.
TRW.
U.S. Air Force.
U.S. Department of Energy.
U.S. Department of Health.
There are literally THOUSANDS of highly importantcompanies, government institutions and organizations that makeuse of RAND's services, and to list them all would be an impossible
task. Among RAND's "specialities" is a study group that predicts
the timing and the direction of a thermonuclear war, plus working

230

out the many scenarios based upon its findings. RAND was onceaccused of being commissioned by the USSR to work out terms ofsurrender of the United States Government, an accusation thatwent all the way to the United States Senate, where it was taken
up by Senator Symington and subsequently fell victim to articles ofscorn poured out by the establishment press. BRAIN WASHING
remains the primary function of RAND.
To summarize, the major Tavistock institutions in the
United States engaged in brainwashing at all levels, including
government, the military, business, religious organizations andeducation are the following:
Brookings Institution.
Hudson Institute.
Institute for Policy Studies.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
National Training Laboratories.
Rand Research and Development Corporation.
Stanford Research Institute.
Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania.
It is estimated by sources of mine that the total number ofpeople employed by these institutions is in the region of 50,000
with funding close to $lO billion dollars.
Some major world-wide Committee of 300 institutions andorganizations are as follows:
Americans for a Safe Israel.
Biblical Archaeology Review.
Bilderbergers.
British Petroleum.
Canadian Institute of Foreign Relations.
Christian Fundamentalism.
Council on Foreign Relations, New York.
Egyptian Exploration Society.
Imperial Chemical Industries.
International Institute for Strategic Studies.
Order of Skull and Bones.
Palestine Exploration Fund.

231

Poor Knights of the Templars
Royal Dutch Shell Company.
Socialist International.
South Africa Foundation.
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.
Temple Mount Foundation.
The Atheist Club.
The Fourth State of Consciousness Club.
The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn.
The Milner Group.
The Nasi Princes.
The Order of Magna Mater.
The Order of the Divine Disorder.
The RIIA.
The Round Table.
Trilateral Commission.
Universal Freemasonry.
Universal Zionism.
Vickers Armament Company.
Warren Commission.
Watergate Committee.
Wilton Park.
World Council of Churches.
PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE OF 300
Abergavemy, Marquis of.
Acheson, Dean.
Adeane, Lord Michael.
Agnelli, Giovanni.
Alba, Duke of.
Aldington, Lord.
Aleman, Miguel.
Allihone, Professor T. E.
Alsop Family Designate.
Amory, Houghton.
Anderson, Charles A.
Anderson, Robert 0.
Andreas, Dwayne.
Asquith, Lord.
Astor, John Jacob and successor, Waldorf.

232

Aurangzeb, Descendants of.
Austin, Paul.
Baco, Sir Ranulph
BalFour, Arthur.
Balogh, Lord.
Bancroft, Baron Stormont.
Baring.
Barnato, B.
Barran, Sir John.
Baxendell, Sir Peter.
Beatrice of Savoy, Princess.
Beaverbrook, Lord.
Beck, Robert.
Beeley, Sir Harold.
Beit, Alfred.
Benn, Anthony Wedgewood.
Bennet, John W.
Benneton, Gilberto or alternate Carlo.
Bertie, Andrew.
Besant, Sir Walter.
Bethal, Lord Nicholas.
Bialkin, David.
Biao, Keng.
Bingham, William.
Binny, J. F.
Blunt, Wilfred.
Bonacassi, Franco Orsini.
Bottcher, Fritz.
Bradshaw, Thornton.
Brandt, Willy.
Brewster, Kingman.
Buchan, Alastair.
Buffet, Warren.
Bullitt, William C.
Bulwer-Lytton, Edward.
Bundy, McGeorge.
Bundy, William.
Bush, George.
Cabot, John. Family Designate.
Caccia, Baron Harold Anthony.
Cadman, Sir John.

233

Califano, Joseph.
Carrington, Lord.
Carter, Edward.
Catlin, Donat.
Catto, Lord.
Cavendish, Victor C. W. Duke of Devonshire.
Chamberlain, Houston Stewart.
Chang, V. F.
Chechirin, Georgi or Family Designate.
Churchill, Winston.
Cicireni, V. or Family Designate.
Cini, Count Vittorio.
Clark, Howard.
Cleveland, Amory.
Cleveland, Harland.
Clifford, Clark.
Cobold, Lord.
Coffin, the Rev William Sloane.
Constanti, House of Orange.
Cooper, John. Family Designate.
Coudenhove-Kalergi, Count.
Cowdray, Lord.
Cox, Sir Percy.
Cromer, Lord Evelyn Baring.
Crowther, Sir Eric.
Cumming, Sir Mansfield.
Curtis, Lionel.
d'Arcy, William K.
D'Avignon, Count Etienne.
Danner, Jean Duroc.
Davis, John W.
de Benneditti, Carlo.
De Bruyne, Dirk.
De Gunzberg, Baron Alain.
De Lamater, Major General Walter.
De Menil, Jean.
De Vries, Rimmer.
de Zulueta, Sir Philip.
de'Aremberg, Marquis Charles Louis.
Delano. Family Designate.
Dent, R.

234

Deterding, Sir Henri.
di Spadaforas, Count Guitierez, (House
Douglas-Home, Sir Alec.
Drake, Sir Eric.
Duchene, Francois.
DuPont.
Edward, Duke of Kent.
Eisenberg, Shaul.
Elliott, Nicholas.
Elliott, William Yandel.
Elsworthy, Lord.
Farmer, Victor.
Forbes, John M.
Foscaro, Pierre.
France, Sir Arnold.
Fraser, Sir Hugh.
Frederik IX, King of Denmark Family Designate.
Freres, Lazard.
Frescobaldi, Lamberto.
Fribourg, Michael.
Gabor, Dennis.
Gallatin, Albert. Family Designate.
Gardner, Richard.
Geddes, Sir Auckland.
Geddes, Sir Reay.
George, Lloyd.
Giffen, James.
Gilmer, John D.
Giustiniani, Justin.
Gladstone, Lord.
Gloucestor, The Duke of.
Gordon, Walter Lockhart.
Grace, Peter J.
Greenhill, Lord Dennis Arthur.
Greenhill, Sir Dennis.
Grey, Sir Edward.
Gyllenhammar, Pierres.
Haakon, King of Norway.
Haig, Sir Douglas.
Hailsham, Lord.
Haldane, Richard Burdone.

235

Halifax, Lord.
Hall, Sir Peter Vickers.
Hambro, Sir Jocelyn.
Hamilton, Cyril.
Harriman, Averill.
Hart, Sir Robert.
Hartman, Arthur H.
Healey, Dennis.
Helsby, Lord.
Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II.
Her Majesty Queen Juliana.
Her Royal Highness Princess Beatrix.
Her Royal Highness Queen Margreta.
Heseltine, Sir William.
Hesse, Grand Duke descendants, Family Designate.
Hoffman, Paul G.
Holland, William.
House of Braganza.
House of Hohenzollern.
House, Colonel Mandel.
Howe, Sir Geoffrey.
Hughes, Thomas H.
Hugo, Thieman.
Hutchins, Robert M.
Huxley, Aldous.
Inchcape, Lord.
Jamieson, Ken.
Japhet, Ernst Israel.
Jay, John. Family Designate.
Keynes, John Maynard.
Jodry, J. J.
Joseph, Sir Keith.
Katz, Milton.
Kaufman, Asher.
Keith, Sir Kenneth.
Keswick, Sir William Johnston, or Keswick, H.N.L.
Keswick, William Johnston.
Kimberly, Lord.
King, Dr. Alexander.
Kirk, Grayson L.
Kissinger, Henry.

236

Kitchener, Lord Horatio.
Kohnstamm, Max.
Korsch, Karl.
Lambert, Baron Pierre.
Lawrence, G.
Lazar.
Lehrman, Lewis.
Lever, Sir Harold.
Lewin, Dr. Kurt.
Lippmann, Walter.
Livingstone, Robert R. Family Designate.
Lockhart, Bruce.
Lockhart, Gordon.
Linowitz, S.
Loudon, Sir John.
Luzzatto, Pieipaolo.
Mackay, Lord, of Clasfern.
Mackay-Tallack, Sir Hugh.
Mackinder, Halford.
MacMillan, Harold.
Matheson, Jardine.
Mazzini, Gueseppi.
McClaughlin, W. E.
McCloy, John J.
McFadyean, Sir Andrew.
McGhee, George.
McMillan, Harold.
Mellon, Andrew.
Mellon, William Larimer or Family Designate.
Meyer, Frank.
Michener, Roland.
Mikovan, Anastas.
Milner, Lord Alfred.
Mitterand, Francois.
Monett, Jean.
Montague, Samuel.
Montefiore, Lord Sebag or Bishop Hugh.
Morgan, John P.
Mott, Stewart.
Mountain, Sir Brian Edward.
Mountain, Sir Dennis.

237

Mountbatten, Lord Louis.
Munthe, A., or family designate.
Naisbitt, John.
Neeman, Yuval.
Newbigging, David.
Nicols, Lord Nicholas of Bethal.
Norman, Montague.
O'Brien of Lotherby, Lord.
Ogilvie, Angus.
Okita, Saburo.
Oldfield, Sir Morris.
Oppenheimer, Sir Earnest, and successor, Harry.
Ormsby Gore, David (Lord Harlech).
Orsini, Franco Bonacassi.
Ortolani. Umberto.
Ostiguy, J.P.W.
Paley, William S.
Pallavacini.
Palme, Olaf.
Palmerston.
Palmstierna, Jacob.
Pao, Y.K.
Pease, Richard T.
Peccei, Aurellio.
Peek, Sir Edmund.
Pellegreno, Michael, Cardinal.
Perkins, Nelson.
Pestel, Eduard.
Peterson, Rudolph.
Petterson, Peter G.
Petty, John R.
Philip, Prince, Duke of Edinburgh.
Piercy, George.
Pinchott, Gifford.
Pratt, Charles.
Price Waterhouse, Designate.
Radziwall.
Ranier, Prince.
Raskob, John Jacob.
Recanati.
Rees, John Rawlings.

238

Rees, John.
Rennie, Sir John.
Rettinger, Joseph.
Rhodes, Cecil John.
Rockefeller, David.
Role, Lord Eric of Ipsden.
Rosenthal, Morton.
Rostow, Eugene.
Rothmere, Lord.
Rothschild Elie de or Edmon de and/or Baron RothschiLd
Runcie, Dr.Robert.
Russell, Lord John.
Russell, Sir Bertrand.
Saint Gouers, Jean.
Salisbury, Marquisse de Robert Gascoiugne Cecil. Shelburne,
The Salisbury, Lord.
Samuel, Sir Marcus.
Sandberg, M. G.
Sarnoff, Robert.
Schmidheiny, Stephan or alternate brothers Thomas,
Alexander.
Schoenberg, Andrew.
Schroeder.
Schultz, George.
Schwartzenburg, E.
Shawcross, Sir Hartley.
Sheridan, Walter.
Shiloach, Rubin.
Silitoe, Sir Percy.
Simon, William.
Sloan, Alfred P.
Smuts, Jan.
Spelman.
Sproull, Robert.
Stals, Dr. C.
Stamp, Lord Family designate.
Steel, David.
Stiger, George.
Strathmore, Lord.
Strong, Sir Kenneth.
Strong, Maurice.

239

Sutherland.
Swathling, Lord.
Swire, J. K.
Tasse, G. Or Family Designate.
Temple, Sir R.
Thompson, William Boyce.
Thompson, Lord.
Thyssen-Bornamisza, Baron Hans Henrich.
Trevelyn, Lord Humphrey.
Turner, Sir Mark.
Turner, Ted.
Tyron, Lord.
Urquidi, Victor.
Van Den Broek, H.
Vanderbilt.
Vance, Cyrus.
Verity, William C.
Vesty, Lord Amuel.
Vickers, Sir Geoffrey.
Villiers, Gerald Hyde family alternate.
Volpi, Count.
von Finck, Baron August.
von Hapsburg, Archduke Otto, House of Hapsburg-Lorraine.
Von Thurn and Taxis, Max.
Wallenberg, Peter or Family Designate.
Wang, Kwan Cheng, Dr.
Warburg, S. C.
Ward Jackson, Lady Barbara.
Warner, Rawleigh.
Warnke, Paul.
Warren, Earl.
Watson, Thomas.
Webb, Sydney.
Weill, David.
Weill, Dr. Andrew.
Weinberger, Sir Caspar.
Weizman, Chaim.
Wells, H. G.
Wheetman, Pearson (Lord Cowdray).
White, Sir Dick Goldsmith.
Whitney, Straight.

240

Wiseman, Sir William.
Wittelsbach.
Wolfson, Sir Isaac.
Wood, Charles.
Young, Owen.

241

CONSPIRATORS' HIERARCHY: THE COMMITTEE OF 300
BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES
1980'S PROJECT, Vance, Cyrus and Yankelovich, Daniel.
1984, Orwell, George.
AFTER TWENTY YEARS: THE DECLINE OF NATO AND THE
SEARCH FOR A NEW POLICY IN EUROPE, Raskin, Marcus andBarnett, Richard.
AIR WAR AND STRESS, Janus, Irving.
AN AMERICAN COMPANY; THE TRAGEDY OF UNITED FRUIT,
Scammel, Henry and McCann, Thomas.
AN INTRODUCTlON TO THE PRINCIPLES AND MORALS OF
LEGISLATION, Bentham, Jeremy. In this 1780 work Bentham
claimed that "nature has placed mankind under the governance of
two sovereign masters, pain and pleasure... They govern us in all
we do." Bentham went on to justify the horrors of the Jacobinterrorists in the French Revolution.
ANNUAL REPORT OF BANK LEUMI, 1977.
AT THAT POINT IN TIME: THE INSIDE STORY OF THE
SENATE WATERGATE COMMITTEE, Thompson, Fred. I was told
where to find Thompson, who was the Minority Counsel on the
Ervin Committee, by Bernard Barker, one of the Watergate
Burglars. My meeting with Barker took place outside an A&P
supermarket quite close to the Coral Gables Country Club in Coral
Gables, Florida. Barker said Thompson was with his law partner
who was on a short visit to his mother in Coral Gables, which was
only about five minutes away from the A&P Supermarket. I went
there and met Thompson who expressed his disappointment over
the way Ervin had imposed such severe restrictions on evidence he,Thompson, could admit.
BAKU AN EVENTFUL HISTORY, Henry, J. D.

242

BEASTS OF THE APOCALYPSE, O'Grady, Olivia Maria. This
remarkable book gives details about a large number of historicalfigures, including William C. Bullitt, who conspired with Lloyd
George to pull the rug out from under White Russian Generals
Denekin and Rangle at a time when they had the Bolshevik Red
Army on the very brink of defeat. It also gives a great deal of
information about the utterly corrupt Petroleum Industry. Of
particular interest is the information it provides on Sir Moses
Montefiore, of the ancient Venetian Black Nobility Montefiores.
BRAVE NEW WORLD, Aldous Huxley.
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY IN CHINA, Owen, David Edward.
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY, F. S. Turner.
CECIL RHODES, Flint, John.
CECIL RHODES, THE ANATOMY OF AN EMPIRE, Marlow,
John.
CONFERENCE ON TRANSATLANTIC IMBALANCE AN
COLLABORATION, Rappaport, Dr. Anatol.
CONVERSATIONS WITH DZERZHINSKY, Reilly, Sydney. In
British Intelligence documents not published.
CREATING A PARTICULAR BEHAVIORAL STRUCTURE,
Cartwright, Dorwin.
CRYSTALIZING PUBLIC OPINION, Bernays, Edward.
DEMOCRATIC IDEALS AND REALITY, Mackinder, Halford.
ERVIN, SENATOR SAM. Apart from obstructing the
introduction of vital evidence in the Watergate hearings, Ervin, in
my opinion, while holding himself out as a Constitutional authority,
consistently betrayed this nation by opposing aid to church schools,
citing the judicial opinions in the Everson case. Ervin, a Scottish
Rite Freemason—which in my opinion is why he was given the
Watergate Committee chair, was eventually honored receiving the243

prestigious Scottish Rite "Individual Right's Support" award. In
1973, Ervin held a luncheon in the Senate Dining Room in honor ofSovereign Grand Commander Clausen.
EVERSON VS. BOARD OF EDUCATION, 33O U.S. I, 1947.
FRANKFURTER PAPERS, Box 99 and Box 125, "HUGO BLACK
CORRESPONDENCE."
GNOSTICISM, MAMCHEANISM, CATHARISM, The New
Columbia Encyclopedia.
GOALS OF MANLL, Lazlo, Ernin.
GOD'S BANKER, Cornwell, Rupert. This book gave someinsight into P2 and the murder of Roberto Calvi—P2 Masonry.
HUMAN QUALITY, Peccei, A.
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS.
INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY OF MUSIC, Adorno,
Theo. Adorno was kicked out of Germany by Hitler because of his
Cult of Dionysus music experiments. He was moved to England by
the Oppenheimers where the British royal family gave him facilities
at Gordonstoun School and their support. It was here that Adorno
perfected "Beatlemusic Rock," "Punk Rock" "Heavy Metal Rock"and all of the decadent clamor that passes for music today. It is
worthy of note that the name "The Beatles" was chosen to show aconnection between modern rock, the Isis cult and the Scarab
Beatle, a religious symbol of ancient Egypt.
INVASION FROM MARS, Cantril. In this work Cantril analyzes
the behavior patterns of people who fled in panic following theOrson Wells experiment in mass hysteria, using H.G Wells' "WAR
OF THE WORLDS."INVESTIGATION OF THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION, THE
UNCOMMISSIONED REPORT ON JIM GARRISON FINDINGS. Paris,
Flammonde.

244

IPS REVISITED, Coleman, Dr. John.
ISIS UNVEILED, A MASTER KEY TO THE ANCIENT AND
MODERN SCIENCE AND THEOLOGY, Blavatsky, Madame Helena.
JOHN JACOB ASTOR, BUSINESSMAN, Porter, Kenneth
Wiggins.
JUSTICE BLACK'S PAPERS, Box 25, General Correspondence,
Davies.
KING MAKERS, KING BREAKERS, THE STORY OF THE CECILFAMILY, Coleman, Dr. John.
LIBERATION THEOLOGY. Information was drawn from workby Juan Luis Segundo, who in turn drew heavily upon the writingsof Karl Marx. Segundo savagely attacked the Catholic Church
instruction against Liberation Theology as found in "Instruction on
Certain Aspects of the 'Theology of Liberation'" published August
6th, 1984.
LIES CLEARER THAN TRUTH, Barnett, Richard (Founder
member of IPS).
McCalls Magazine, January 1983.
McGRAW HILL GROUP, ASSOCIATED PRESS. Portions ofreports from 28 magazines owned by McGraw Hill, and AP stories.
MEMOIRS OF A BRITISH AGENT, Lockhart, Bruce. In thisbook we are told how the Bolshevik Revolution was controlled out
of London. Lockhart was Lord Milner's representative who went to
Russia to watch over Milner's investment in Lenin and Trotsky.
Lockhart had access to Lenin and Trotsky at short notice eventhough Lenin frequently had a waiting room full of high-ranking
officials and foreign delegates, some having been waiting to see
him for as long as five days. Yet Lockhart never had to wait morethan a few hours to see either man. Lockhart carried a letter
signed by Trotsky informing all Bolshevik officials that Lockhart
had special status and should be given the utmost cooperation at
all times.

245

MIND GAMES, Murphy, Michael.
MISCELLANEOUS OLD RECORDS, India House Documents,
London.
MK ULTRA LSD EXPERIMENT, CIA Files 1953-1957.
MR. WILLIAM CECIL AND QUEEN ELIZABETH, Read, Conyers.
MURDER, Anslinger, Henry. Anslinger was at one time the
Number 1 agent in the Drug Enforcement Agency and his book ishighly critical of the so-called war on drugs allegedly being waged
by the U.S. Government.
MY FATHER, A REMEMBRANCE, Black, Hugo L., Jr.
NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES, Josephson, Emmanuelin his book "ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST."OIL IMPERIALISM, THE INTERNATIONAL STRUGGLE FORPETROLEUM, Fischer, Louis.
PAPERS OF SIR GEORGE BIRDWOOD, India House
Documents, London.
PATTERNS IN EASDEA TITLE I READING ACHIEVEMENTTESTS, Stanford Research Institute.
POPULATION BOMB, Erlich, Paul.
PROFESSOR FREDERICK WELLS WILLIAMSON, India House
Documents, London.
PUBLIC AGENDA FOUNDATION. Founded in 1975 by Cyrus
Vance and Daniel Yankelovich.
PUBLIC OPINION, Lippmann, Walter.
REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY, Coudenhove Kalergi,
Count.

246

ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST. Josephson details how
the Rockefellers used their wealth to penetrate the Christian
Church in America and how they later used their Number 1 agent,
John Foster Dulles—who was related to them—to maintain theirgrip on every aspect of church life in this country.
ROOM 3603, Hyde, Montgomery. The book gives some detailabout M16 British Intelligence operations run by Sir William
Stephenson out of the RCA Building in New York; but, as is usualwith "cover stories," the REAL events have been omitted.
SPECIAL RELATIONSHIPS: AMERICA IN PEACE AND WAR,
Wheeler-Bennet, Sir John.
STEPS TO THE ECOLOGY OF THE MIND, Bateson, Gregory.
Bateson was one of the Tavistock new-science scientists in the top
five at Tavistock and later did much to formulate and manage the46-year war on America conducted by Tavistock.
STERLING DRUG. William C. Bullitt was once on its board of
directors and was also on the board of I.G. Farben.
TECHNOTRONIC ERA, Brzezinski, Z.
TERRORISM IN THE UNITED STATES INCLUDING ATTACKSON U.S. INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES: FBI Files # 100-447935,#100-447735, and #100-446784.
THE CAIRO DOCUMENTS, Haikal, Mohammed. Haikal was
the grand old man of Egyptian journalism, and he was present at
the interview given to Chou En-lai by Nasser in which the Chinese
leader vowed to "get even" with Britain and the U.S over theiropium trade in China.
THE CHASM AHEAD, Peccei, A.
THE DlARIES OF SIR BRUCE LOCKHART, Lockhart, Bruce.
THE ENGINEERING OF CONSENT, Bernays. In this 1955
book, Bernays lays out the modus operandi of how to persuade

247

targeted groups to change their minds on important issues that
can and do alter the national direction of a country. The book also
deals with the unleashing of psychiatric shock troops such as we
see in lesbian and homosexual organizations, environmentalgroups, abortion rights groups and the like. "Psychiatric shock
troops" was a concept developed by John Rawlings Reese, thefounder of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.
THE FEDERAL BUDGET AND SOCIAL RECONSTRUCTION, IPS
Fellows Raskin and Barnett. A list of members of Congress who
asked IPS to produce the alternative budget study and/or
supported it is too long to include here but contained suchprominent names as Tom Harkness, Henry Ruess, Patricia
Schroeder, Les Aspin, Ted Weiss, Don Edwards, Barbara Mikulski,
Mary Rose Oakar, Ronald Dellums and Peter Rodino.
THE HUXLEYS, Clark.
THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE, Rowntree.
THE JESUITS, Martin, Malachi.
THE LATER CECILS, Rose, Kenneth.
THE LEGACY OF MALTHUS, Chase, Allan.
THE MANAGEMENT OF SUSTAINABLE GROWTH, Cleveland,
Harlan. Cleveland was commissioned by NATO to report on just
how far the Club of Rome's Post Industrial
Society-Zero Growth blueprint to wreck the industrial base of
the United States had succeeded. This shocking document should
be read by every patriotic American who feels an urgent need foran explanation as to why the U.S. is in a deep economic
depression at the end of 1991.
THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA, Woodruff, Philip.
THE OPEN CONSPIRACY, Wells, H. G. In this work, Wells
describes how in the New World Order (which he calls the New
Republic) "useless eaters," excess population, will be gotten rid of:

248"The men of the New Republic will not be squeamish either infacing or inflicting death.... They will have an ideal that will makekilling worthwhile; like Abraham, they will have the faith to kill,
and they will have no superstitions about death.... They will hold, I
anticipate, that a certain portion of the population exists only on
sufferance out of pity and patience, and, on the understandingthat they do not propagate, and I do not foresee any reason to
oppose that they will not hesitate to kill when that sufferance isabused.... All such killings will be done with an opiate.... If
deterrent punishments are used at all in the code of the future,
the deterrent shall be neither death, nor mutilation of the
body...but good scientifically caused pain." The United States has
a very large contingent of Wells converts who would not hesitate
to follow the dictates of Wells, once the New World Orderbecomes a reality. Walter Lippmann was one of Wells' most ardent
disciples.
THE POLITICS OF EXPERIENCE, Laing, R.D. Laing was theStaff Psychologist at Tavistock and, under Andrew Schofield, a
member of the Governing Council.
THE POLITICS OF HEROIN IN SOUTH EAST ASIA, McCoy,
Alfred W., Read, C.B and Adams, Leonard P.
THE PROBLEM OF CHINA, Russell, Bertrand.
THE PUGWASH CONFEREES, Bertrand Russell. In the early
1950's Russell led a movement urging a nuclear attack on Russia.
When it was discovered, Stalin warned that he would not hesitate
to retaliate in kind. This led to a quick "rethink" on he part of
Russell, who almost overnight became a pacifist thus was born the"Ban the Bomb" Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND) out of
which arose the Pugwash antinuclear scientists. In 1957 the firstgroup met at the home of Cyrus Eaton in Nova Scotia, a long-time
American Communist. The Pugwash Conferees dedicatedthemselves to anti-nuclear and environmental issues and were athorn in the side of U.S. efforts to develop nuclear weapons.
THE ROUND TABLE MOVEMENT AND IMPERIAL UNION,
Kendle, John.

249

THE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULAR MUSIC INDUSTRY; THE
FILTERING PROCESS WHEREBY RECORDS ARE SELECTED FOR
PUBLIC CONSUMPTION, Institute for Social Research. This work
explains how "Hit Parades," "The Top Ten"—now expanded to the"Top Forty"—and other charades are constructed to deceive
listeners and convince them what they hear is what "THEY" like!
THE WORKS OF JEREMY BENTHAM, Bowering, John.
Bentham was the liberal of his day and the agent for Lord
Shelburne, British Prime Minister at the end of the American War
of Independence. Bentham believed that man was no more than acommon animal, and Bentham's theories were later written up by
his protege, David Hume. Writing about instinct in animals Humesaid, "...which we are so apt to admire as extraordinary andinexplicable. But our wonder will perhaps cease or diminish when
we consider that the experimental reasoning itself which we
possess in common with beasts, and upon which the whole
conduct of life depends, is nothing but a species of instinct, or
mechanical power that acts in us unknown to ourselves.... Though
the instincts be different, yet still it is an instinct."
TIME PERSPECTIVE AND MORALE, Levin B.
TOWARD A HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY, Cantril.
TREND REPORT, Naisbitt, John.
U.S. CONGRESS, HOUSE COMMITTEE ON INTERNALSECURITY, REPORTING ON THE INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES(IPS) AND THE PENTAGON PAPERS. In the spring of 1970, FBI
operative William McDermott went to see Richard Best, who atthat time was Rand's top security officer, to warn him of thepossibility that Ellsberg had removed Vietnam study papers doneby Rand and had copied them outside of Rand premises. Best took
McDermott to see Dr. Harry Rowan who headed Rand and who
was also one of Ellsberg's closest friends. Rowan told the FBI thata Defense Department inquiry was going on and on his assurance,
the FBI apparently dropped its investigation of Ellsberg. In fact, noinquiry was in progress, nor did the DoD ever conduct one.
Ellsberg retained his security clearance at Rand and blatantly went
on removing and copying Vietnam War documents right up to the250time of his exposure during the Pentagon Papers affair whichrocked the Nixon Administration to its foundations.
UNDERSTANDING MAN'S SOCIAL BEHAVIOR, Cantril. Cantril
was primarily responsible for establishing the Association for
Humanistic Psychology based in San Francisco that taught
Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of this type that we find thelines between pure science and social engineering become totally
obliterated. The term "social engineering" covers every aspect of
methods used by Tavistock to bring about massive charges ingroup orientation toward social, economic, religious and politicalevents and brainwashing of target groups who then believe that
opinions expressed and viewpoints taken are their own. Selectedindividuals underwent the same Tavistockian treatment, resulting
in major shifts in personality and behavior. The effect of this on
the national scene was, and still is, devastating and is one of theprincipal factors in bringing the United States into the twilight,
decline and fall state-of-being in which the country finds itself at
the close of 1991. I did a report on this national condition under
the title: "Twilight, Decline and Fall of the United States ofAmerica" which was published in l987. The Association for Human
Psychology was founded by Abraham Maselov in l957 as a Club ofRome project. Another Tavistock-Club of Rome Commissioned
opinion-making research center was established by Risis Likhert
and Ronald Lippert who called it The Center for Research in the
Utilization of Scientific Knowledge. The facility was under the
directorship of Club of Rome's Donald Michael. The center drewheavily on the Office of Public Opinion Research established at
Princeton University in l940. It was from here that Cantril taught
many of the techniques used by today's pollsters-opinion makers.
UNPUBLlSHED LETTERS, Kipling, Rudyard. Kipling was a
Wells disciple and, like Wells, believed in Fascism, as a means ofworld control. Kipling adopted the Running Cross as his personal
emblem. The Running Cross was later adopted by Hitler and withslight modifications became known as the swastika.
UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Wells, H. G. Gives interestingdetails of how Wells sold the rights to "WAR OF THE WORLDS" to
RCA.

251

WHO OWNS MONTREAL, Aubin, Henry.
WHO'S WHO IN CANADA, several editions.